SHIN KURUSHlMA DOCKYARD CO.,LTD.

SN0.23?0/27 /W
(TOYOHASHI SNO. 3%%/77/837'%6)
[ F 1 ?' -'!A J. - -1
??
-
tLtVAI UK
TYPE:UE5-350-8CA

I SNO. I IMO NO. 1

HEAD OFFICE

USHlO RElNETSU CO.,LTD.

. , ~
-
-
 DRAWING UST

EL- 1- 2

DOOR MOTOR
DOOR MACHINE CONTROLLER

--

EL- 18- 3
EL- 18- 4
EL- 18- 5
EL- 18- 6 ONCAGEMANUALPUSHSWITCHBOX
EL- 18- 7 .
TOP-BOX TM-BOX ARRANGE

EL- AEP- 1
EL- AEP- 2
i L - 20- 1-6

--
 PRINCIPAL ITEM

TYPE SINGLE WRAP TRACTION GEARED TYPE

MAXIMUM CAPACITY 4 PERSONS OR 350kg (MAX)
RATED SPEED 45m/min
POWER SOURCE AC440V. 60Hz. 3 6
MOTOR 5.5KW. 4P. 1500RPM
STROKE 23.91Omm
HEIGHT OF HOISTWAY 29.200mm
STATION 8 STATIONS
CAGE W1000 X D900 X HZ000
ENTRANCE W700 X H I 900
INVERTER DRIVE
CONTROL SYSTEM SELECTIVE COLLECTIVE CONTROL
PUSH BUTTON OPERATION SYSTEM
CAGE 8kg/m
GUIDE RAIL TYPE
COUNTER WEIGHT 8kg/m
WIRE ROPE 126 X 4 UNE 1:lROPING
BUFFER BUFFER SPRING
HALL DOOR CENTER OPENING DOOR (AUTOMATIC)
CAGE DOOR CENTER OPENING DOOR (AUTOMATIC)
INDICATOR ELECTRIC FLASH LIGHT INDICATOR
SAFETY DEVICE INSTANTANEOUS SAFETY
MASTER CALL E-DK
HOME LANDING E-DK/OFF
NAME PLATE ENGUSH
CAUTION PLATE ENGUSH
 1.Specification
1-1.Driving system Single wrap traction geared type
1.2.0peration system Inverter drive
Selective collective control
Push button operation system
1-3.Loadingcapacity 350kg
1.4.Passenger capacity 4 persons
1-5.Speed 4.5mlmin
1-6.Electric motor AC440V 60% 5.5kw 4P 1500rpm
1.7.Stops 8 stops
f- 1-&Elevating stroke 23.91m
1-9.0verall height of elevator trunk 29.2m
l.1O.Internal dimensions of cage WlOOO X D900 X H2000
2.Applicable standard and conditions NK (SINGAPOLE)
(With out certfication)
3.0perable conditions
Ambient temperature: 45°C
Rolling and Pitching: Inclination 10" in bow and stern, 15" in port and starboard
4,Construction and installation
4-1.Cage
- Floor surface :
The frame is made of shape steels with reinforcing material fully so that it can
withstand the rated load. Steel plate of 3.2 mm thickness and vinyl sheet is
provided for floor.
Surrounding side wall :
The side walls are provided with steel plate of 1.6mm and it has such a
construction that there is no possibility of touching the wall of the elevator trunk,
counter balance and other switches e o m the inside of the cage.
- Cage door :
Sliding door is made of steel.
- Installation :
The operating board and hand rail are provided in the cage. The fluorescent
lamp and emergency lamp are provided in the ceiling. The maintenance space
will be
provided above the ceiling for manual switch box and receptacle.
 4-2.Entrance for each floor
Dimensions.. ............ .................Effective entrance opening
Clear width 700mm
Clear height 1900mm
4-3.Counter weight
This consists of the frame of shape steels and cast iron pieces that are bundled with
bolts.
4-4.Guide rail
T type rail for elevator is adopted as guide rail for both cage and counter weight.
The specific weight of rail is 8 kg/m.
4-5.Wire rope
r The mild steel rope for elevator (JIS G3525 ) is used and safety ratio is designed to
have more than 10. The diameter is 1 2 0 and 4pc. Roping 13.
4-&The winding machine
It is of the single wrap traction geared type. An electric motor brakes and worm
reduction gear is assembled robustly on the stand made of steel. It has such a
construction as possible to cany out the intermittent operation in high frequency.
The brake is DC electromagnet type. Simultaneously with shutting off the current,
the braking wheel is held with the force of spring resulting in stopping of
operation. At the same time, i t has such a construction that i t has a full braking
holding force while stopping.
4-7.Elevator cable
This cables has been manufactured especially for elevators. It has reinforcement
wires galvanized wire rope 3 6 x 2 ~ ~ sAnd
) . is so devised that can be operated
smoothly in the cage way with cable tension weight.
4-8.Control panel
The control panel is of the drip-proof construction floor type and it has such a
construction those built-in parts can withstand the rolling of the hull.
4-9.0perating equipment
a) The following devices are provided on the operating panel in the cage.
(1)Same number of operation buttons as the number of stop floors.
(2) Emergency stop button.
(3) Alarm button for emergency.
(4) Rolling and pitching indicator.
(5) Position indicator.
(6)Overload alarm and buzzer.
(7) Door open and close button.
(8) Pilot lamp for position of cage.
 (9)Home landing switch.
(10) Master call indicator.
(11)Push button for engine room shall be provided with key lock.

b) The following push buttons and switches are provided on the operating panel for
inspection and maintenance on the cage.
(1)Manual operation changeover switch for inspection and maintenance.
(2)Ascent and descent push buttons.
(3) Stop switch.
(4) Receptacle
(5) Changeover switch for door safety.
c) Devices to be provided a t entrance side a t each floor.
f- (1)Push button for calling of cage.
(2) Pilot lamp for operating direction of cage.
(3) Cage arrival indicator lamp.
(4) Pilot lamp for position of cage.
(5) Door open indicator lamp.
5.Safety equipment
5-1.Interlock switch
It is provided a t the entrance door at each floor and has such a construction that the
door a t the floors other then that where the cage is stopped is not opened.
5-2.The emergency stop switch is provided in the operating panel both inside and upper
outside the cage.
5-3. If the cage exceeds the specific speed (63mImin) for some reason, governor switch

c. will operate.
5-4.Emergency stop device ( Rapid action emergency stop ).
It is interlocked with the reduction gear and caught by rail for stopping the cage.
5-5.Brake
It is of the DC electromagnetic type. Simultaneously with be cut off the current, the
brake wheel will be held with the force of spring.
5-6.Limit switch
The limit switch, final limit switch are provided a t the top and bottom of the
elevator trunk .
5-7.Buffer equipment
The spring type buffer equipment is provided a t the bottom part of the elevator
trunk both for cage and counter weight.
5-8.It has such a construction that a turning handle for manual operation is provided on
the shaft of the electric motor.
5-9.As communicating equipment at the time of emergency, the emergency alarm bell
 button and telephone are provided in the cage.
5-10.0verload protection device
This machine is so designed and manufactured that when exceeding the rated load,
the cage door will be kept open, and audible alarm will ring automatically.
5-11.Emergency exit switch
In case that the cage stops incidentally anywhere than landing floor and the
emergency exit is opened by a passenger, control circuit is cut off automatically.
6.Home landing system
If the elevator is not operated while ten (10) minutes, the cage is operated to E deck
automatically.
7.Lubrication equipment
The lubricating equipment for guide rail is provided at the upper part of the cage
and counter weight.
C
 n
0
3
D
D
uz Ln Z w
w
0 n 7
Ci
Ci CI CI
x _X. x n

PIT
1,634. - STROKE 23,910 - - OH 3.656

- HEIGHT OF H O I S T W A Y 29,200
 SHEET NO.

! 1 I I TRACTION MACHINE

-MACHINE RUOM FLOOR

SECTION A - A

ESCAPE LADDER
(BY YARD) 240 . 90 855 I

2.200 I 1.400

5,600 FROM C.L.

SECTION B-B

EXZMESSER ' 8 I P S . NO.

TOYOHASHI SHPBUILDING CO,, LTD. 3576/77/85/86

f E CAREER 6 IN A M E R X SCALE 9 A B DR. N D A I C

MACHINE RUOM & H O I S T W A Y PLAN

I /IB DR. N 81
I
.1 ..-OW.. NO.

-.E:..1...
---............ I
(NAV.BR1.-DK) R 7 , NO.

USHIO REINETSU C O . . LTD.

 SHEET NO. 5'

-MACHINE ROOM FLOOR

kd SECTION C-C L&

MACHINE ROW FLOOR-

(BY YARD) l.100 1.100

2.200 1.400
5.600 FROM C,L,

SECTION D-D (ALL BY YARD)

MACHINE ROUM 8 HOISTWAY P L A N
(NAV.BR1,-DK)
I CAREER
SXSMI~III

I IN A M I
' I
-
TOYOHASHI SHPBUILDING CD,, LTD, --....- 5-liTGs-*.-
B B NO
3576/77/85/86
##I
Dm' N D A T l

.
ARRANGEMENT OF TRUNK FITTING PARTS
#I M A N A a t I )
- IIC* D BV
1/30
--"""."...F.i""""...*""-
I ID I N L V DWb N O

"-.."".."' Y'F""..' r ..--..

t
1.-2-2
NIB
'04, 5,14

& g iua r * r n a s * tLT?-4

rnlo REINETSU DO
El9 002'1
A,,..
 FLAT
4rrJ
ENGINE ROOM

DOOR SUPPORT
PLATE
(L125X75X13t)
(BY YARD)

-1
r.
I
(ALL BY YARD)

ENGINE R O O M
f e CAREER
' S X ~M E S S E R ' 8

a *
TOYOHASHI SHPBUILDING CO., LTD.
N A M ~

ARRANGEMENT OF TRUNK F I T T I N G P A R T S
-- •n
1 . II.N O .

1
3576/77/85/86
IOALI OR' N

'05,2.26
DATE

W 1I M A N A Q E R 11 m CH' D SY ID
-
.
m
-.
-*-
a_.
.
D I ' N #
.-__-
# DWO NO

r . 1 - . . ..........
! USHIO REINETSU C O L T l I
 :2.5Y8.5/1 (DOOR)
2.5Y8/2 (ON ALL FRAME)

Nat i ona l i ty o f a ship :SINGAPORE

:ENGINE ROOM

[OPEN 15551
fi .
CAREER
ma MIIIIR ' I

R NAMI
-
TOYOHASHI SHIPBUILDING CO , LTD.

ENTRANCE DOOR [ A - 0 )
IPOSITION ENGINE ROOMI
II,NO.

SECTION A - A
! ----.---.--
I
1
U...IM ;9 s t %s s?
.
V#HlO R E I N E T B V 00.
~... ~ ~~
I I---
It I CH'D BY

I
-. U I H I 0 REINETSU
*.....-
D O . , LTI,.
 CAMBER
100/14350

'I
U* M I I I I I
)5'16/7'1/WJM
I1 I CAREER
----- - -.....--
TOYOHASHI SHlPBlJllOlNG CO.. LTD.

(OPEN 1555) ' O h , 1, 2 7

b MANAOII
......
SECTION A - A
*..,............,*....('.d".,".
'r
3.3-.-
I , ........
jl! ;a 94 4% 3 .I: 41
Nll,

....-- 1 . , -.---
vnn t o ---.......
,*,,.,L
R E I N E T S U C O . . 1.1I!, .........,
 .~-..,..-...-..-.--..-..--.-..--...-..-..-.---r/.,,..--.--.-..-..-
I I
I I I./ I
I
I
I
i I
I
I
1/ ?
L/- A

I I
I I
I
I
I
r-l
& - - .J -- --
-------- -i--,--------------
+ + I

-- 620 -.
- -
C-VIEW

EL-3-L
a T. NO.
A-3 U S H I O R E I N E T S U CO., LTD.
 SHEET NO. 1
11 KEY HOLE
-3
10 HEADER 1SET m
9 WYEI ~XMINIVI~ SSGOO ISET LZOXIOXCI
I
135
8 SILL PLATE SUS 30L SET tl5 P

7
6-1
ON ALL FRAME
SET ANGLE
SPCC
SPCC
lSET
lSET
t2 3
2 3t dl !1
5
1,
COVER ANGLE
SCREW ICI
SPCC
SSIGALVI
1SET
13PIECES
116
MLXLOL
I I
3
2
GUIDE SHOE
LABYRINTH SHAL STEEL
4PlECES
lSET t2
I,
I
11
I
1 DOOR SPCC 2SETS t1.5
MARK DESCRIPTION MATERIAL OUAN. N B.
B I
II
I

SPCC J1S G3141 Cold-reduced carbon s t e e l sheet +

'I
CLASS :A-0
11'I 0
0

Painting : 2. 5Y8. 5/1 (DOOR) 11 -

01

) ~egulation
2.5Y8/2 (ON ALL FRAME)
:NK
iI I
W

Nationality of a ship :SINGAPOLE

Position :A-F DECK
A
-6- i!
I I
A
a-
I,II
!
!
II
i
EW700
-3
m
o
0
A-F DECK

0-VIEW

SECTION A - A
CLOSE
I CAREER
l X * MI.lIR . I

...................-.
T O Y O t I A S H I SHIPRUILDING C O , L T D .
S L NAMll
i N t R A N ( T DOOR IA-01
IF'Ol~ll
.............................
# MANAOIR
ION A - F - O K 1

................................I
m am' D BY
1 I~
*--.*-...II*.-----
II,NO.
.-................................
~ S l h l l...........-.-

- ~ii.i;i~U'i.',**''''i'(''b"i',
[
.............. ,, . .
l/Wb
r h nu8 DATB

0
----
N

' 1 , 1, 21
'."'...
NOl
""*

. 4. ;'
.+; *At,,I I................ -
& j j " m 4% 3 t: $ 1
A-3 --.-..-. ..........***,,*,*,J,
LIBN 1 0 R E I N E T S U 0 0 . , ~ 7 1 1 .
,I
 I
I
I
I---- --..- "..-..-.--.--..-..-...-.T.,
'
I
I
I
157
v /q
-

I I I I./-A
I I
I I I
I I
I
m
-------- - _ _- -_ _ _ - - - _-_- _ - - - - ----
+ +
=
-
-
620

C-VIEW

RANCE DOOR IA-01

IPOSlTlON A-F -DKI
I ,-ri,.n 1.---T,-K.6v.:. L---
0 NO.
 SHEET NO. 13
I

SECTION A - A

CAGE FRAME
1 I
$0 *MANAGER B[ ~ c n D ' a~ 4~ WDR' N BY B %I D W G . N O .
EL-5-2 .
.
Pe %IT. NO

,,eu,
n D C a , = - = 8 P n 7 n
 ' PFW 1068 ' 1

1 TOYOHASHI S H I P B U I L D I N G CU., L I D 3576/77/85/86

CAREER 1% %NAME IR @SCALE $ R B D R ' N DATE

a hl<ANAGER
CAGE ENTRANCE
t B B C H 'D BY IN B D R ' h
1
SY
1/25
O % DWG NO.
'04, 1,27

I EL-5-3
'A 1s B T , NO.

USH I 0 RE1 NETSU CO.. LTD. ,

 ..
SHEET NO - _r

imm )

Yield point

Tensile strength mi" 4100~g/cm'

Eiongotion

I I

i i l m r n

8Ka/M VIEW " A "

JOINT PLATE

C O U N T E R WEIGHT

+
I
+ K CAREER
IXXZMESSER

1% @ NAME
.s
TOYOHASHI SHIPBUILDING CO., LTD

8kg/m RAIL
I* m5.
IR E
No.

SCALE

1/4
3576/77/85/86
IFRB OR' N

04,2,24
DATE

,W S M A N A ~ E R t( 5 CH' D B Y S 5 OR' N 81 BO + DWG. N O .

I EL-5
1 / SS T. NO.

S? I 0 R E 8 liETSU c 3 . .L-2.
 -
SHEET NO. ,

To h a i f w a y J B. T o cage

C A B L E TENTIUN WEIGHT 1/10 '04, 1>27

3 *MANAGER /dWCH' 0 BY Is( W D R ' N BY I@ g DWG. N O .
I
I B B T.
EL7
NO.

U S H I 3 R E I N E T S U C C . . L T D
 SHEET NO. -
--
-

'A" S E C T I O N

COUNTER W E I G H T

U S H I 0 REINETSU CO.. LTD. i

 -
SHEET NO. ,' :

For C.W lset

4 SUPPORT SS400 1 C150X75X6.5tXlOt
3 BOLT SS400 2SETS M12
2 SPRING DLAMP SS400 2 t6
1 SPRING SUP-9 024 1
Mark Descrlptlon
.
BZ* M B S S E R S
Materlal Quant.
8 S. NO.
N.B.

TOYOHASHI SHIPBUILDING CO., LTD 3576/77/85/86

*E CAREER 4 L NAME IR I SCALE 1 4 A BDR' N D A T E

SPRING BUFFER 1/5 '04, 1,27

I
i EL-9-1
L C T. NO.
% E! $2 3 2 4i
V S H 10 R E 1 N E T S U CO. . LTD.
 For Caoe lset I

SPRING BUFFER 1/5 ' 0 4 , 1,27

E I MANAGER n m CH. D BY /L m Z
~
OR' N B Y [Ei DWG. NO.

1 I EL-9-2
i 188 ztl 4% 3 2 $1
USHIO R E I N E T S U CO.. LTD.
 SHEET NO. c/>

'A'-'A' SEC
/

I ELEVATOR
2ND SHEAVE
 SHEET NO.
-f

1 Terminal b o x

Maker

-
MACH l NE TYPE
GEAR RAT I 0
KTM-30FB
51:l WHEEL I 30rpm
-
WE lGHT 375kg

I P code 1 IP44 INSULATION CLASS F

GEAR OIL 1 No. 460 OUANT l TY 6.0 L

I I I I I
7 BOLT 4SETS M24 x L120
6 GLAND 1 PM20
5 BRAKE 1
4 MOTOR 1
3 WARMGEAR CASE FCD 1
2 MAIN SHEAVE FCD 16 12x4ROPES
1 BE0 FRAME 1 SS400 1L250 x 90 x 1O t x 1 5 t (63.3kg)
Mark Description Material Quant. N. B.
%*+MESSER ' s IZ MS. NO.
TOYOHASHI SHIPBUILDING CO.,LTD I 3576/77/85/86
i B CAREER RNAME R @ S C A L E 4UBDR' N OAT

Irn TRACTION MACHINE 1 1/15 1 '04. 127

I I
*MANAGER 1% cn' o av IsY BDR' N su iB 8 DWG. N O .

* ls 7 , N O

U S H 10 R E I IdETSU CO.. LTD.

 /2x4-~6~14~
CROSS RECESSED HEAD SCREWS (C2700W)

L .
CAREER
W+ MESSER

% li N A M E
' S
TOYOHASHI SHIPBUILDING CO., LTD

BRAKE ASSEMBLY
R
B

I
S, N O .

SCALE

1/ 5
3576/77/85/86
eAB DR' N

'04. 1,27
DATE

1/2.5
S 6. M A N A G E R C 5 CH' D BY I & DR' N BY 1 DVIG. NO.

- -
II T. NO.

U S H I O R E I N E T S U GO.. LTD.
 SHAFT

REDUCER SPECIFICATIONS
DC150W
WEIGHT 7.5kg
I"', TERMINAL BOARD - - -
LIGHT

SPROCKET#40-17T
MARK
XXZZMESSER ' S t @S. NO.
TOYOHASHI SHIPBUILDING CO., LTD 3576/77/85/86
* B CAREER 6 %NAME R BSCALE qflBDR'N OAT

DOOR MOTOR 1/5 ' 0 4 . 1,27

B SMANAGER $ W CH' D BY BY W DR' N BY ii DWG. N O .

EL-12-1
% + T. NO.

,1=u 8 n D C 8 k , = T r , , r.n , --
 1 205 218
PCD 290

ii
S A F E T Y S W I T C H FOR MANUAL OPERATION

CAGE SIDE
OVER SPEED S W .
UNDER 63m/min
MECHANICAL TRIP
UNDER 6 8 n / n i n I
CAREER *I[+ M E S S B R ' S 8 8. NO.
TOYOHASHI SHlPBUILDlNG CO, LTD 3576/77/85/86
% U NAME R I SCALE GBB DR. N D A T E

GOVERNOR MACHINE 1/5 04, 1,27

j I EL-13-1
I 1% T. NO.

USHlO RE INi'TSU CO.. L T D .

 > 1
SHEET NO. i/ 1
I
GOVERNOR

TOYOHASHI S H I P B U I L D I N G LO,, L S D 3576/77/85/86

F NAME R E SCALE %Be DR' N DATE

SAFETY DEVICE 1/20 04, 1,27

W E MANAGER @ rn CH' D 81 BY rn DR' N BY rn ii DWD. NO.

I - - - : 2 --2A -

B # T. NO.

I USH I 0 RElNETSi CO., LTD.

 OVER LOAD D E V I C E (LIMIT SWITCH) 112 '04, 1,27

%O * M A N A G E R t6 BCH' D BY BY B D R ' N BY S D W O . NO.

1 El--'"
a e S T. 140.
" % ? % Z X ; F f I
1 U S H 10 RE 1 NETSU CO.. LTD.
 .-
SHEET NO. 2 "'

X The q u a n t i t y of p i c h i n g s w i t c h is 1 .
WEIGHT = 5 K g

f B CAREER %**MESSER ' 5 # # S . NO.

TOYOHASHI S H I P B U I L D I N G CO., L T D 3576/77/85/86
8 #NAME R B SCALE $UEDR' N DATE

ROLLING/PITCHING S W 1/3 '04, 1,27

%a * M A N A G E R BY B O D R ' N BO P D W G . N O .
t( BOCH'D BY BY
-
L I -:=
I I I I -L .a

~ u > H 13 R E 1 N E T S U CO.. LTD.

 ENTRANCE SIDE HOISTWAY S I D E

STEEL
WALL(8t)

SECTION A - A
UPP-DK

IS*~ME.OIR ' .1 RO, N O .

TOYOHASHI SHIPBUILDING CO., LTD I 3576/77/85/86
6 M N A M I R I D C A L I *REOR' N DATE
PUSH BUTTON & INDICATOR 1/5 '04, 1.27
11 I CAREER (IMANAOIR 7 1 1 O CH' D BY I @@ O R ' N BYID-N O .
I I -----..-.-
@ uanlo R E INETSU co. . LTD.
 t .
t.
- a: 0
;
I
3
f. > =
V1
d m
a r,
C
W
z .
-5
=,
Fg
I-P

z
-
0
W 4 U
I Z I
W l d
K
e u z t
u
W
W
u
4
V
m
*
I
 B**MESSER ' s a LB S, NO.

TOYOHASHI SHIPBUILDING LO., L T D 3576/77/85/86

& i* N A M E R K SCALE 4 A B DR' N DATE
CAGE OPERATING BOARD !/5 '01. 3.30
/ ; *B CAREER 8# 6. M A N A G E R / @B CH' D B Y 1s 3
! DR' N BY IW # D W G . NO.
I
I 1 EL-15-6
@ U S H I O RE 1 NETSU CO.. LTD.
B i T . NO.
I
MATERIAL : BY YARD
ERECTION : BY YARD
IN WHEEL HOUSE & SHIP'S OFFICE

HARINE ELECTRIC BELL

 S H E E T NO. 42
E

WEIGHT: 240Kg

-
CONTROL PANEL
I
i' E IW;NLI;= e ;c L ? . 8 % c r. : 7 i ^ .. ,= h.

- EL-? 8-1
2 S T r.c
5H ;% 4% 3 a qi kJn'L-L>,?
U S L I I O R E I " i 5 - S U C O , L T C
 -

SHEET NO. CL2

L 406

8---,

t 8
liv~.......-.
> 8 I , '
I I '

8 I 8 8
...........,
1 I I I
8 8 8 8
I I 1 ,
L..-, ,
.
..
L
...........................

.........................
TERMINAL BLOCK
---------..-..-.......~.d

L-.-..-..-..-..-..~

FUSE TERMINAL BLOCK

NP: JB-I

-
JB-2
JB-5

:IXf MESSER ' 5

t ): s. NO

* P-CAREER
3576/77/85/86
% R NAME
R E S C A L E PRW DR. N D~~~

POOL BOX

[Sf & M A N A G E S Jig D c ~ i D' au

la; o aa' N sv 1s r taG. N O

EL-18-2
i a , # T NO
9 9 & % 2 4i
U S ? 10 RE1 NETS^ co , LTD, " L.RR4-b.4
N P : JB-3
 SHEET N O L,->
-
I

NP:JB-4

,XZ+ MESSEFI ' S E S. NO.

3576/77/85/86
iECAREER 8 A NAME I? E S C A L E SSSDF. N D A T E

ON C A G E B O X

R t.
B A N A N A G E 3 O C3' 3 ? Y
I
0 O R ' Y 9 v 7
I - >;/: NC

EL-1 8-4
!
i l o F ? E N.Tsu co , L T D
ARRL-L-1
 S H E E T NO. 47
I

BOTTOM VIEW

EMERGENCY
NPI STOP E M E R G E N C Y S T O P SW
DOOR
NP2 OPEN
DOOR _L

NP3 CLOSE S E L E C T SW

N P 4 MANU- AUTO M
3
U P P U S H SW

NP5 UP o--o DOWN P U S H SW

3

NP6 DOWN DOOR O P E N P U S H SW

M DOOR C L O S E P U S H SW
3

8, S U r N n G E S
ON C A G E M A N U A L P U S H S W I T C H B O X

- ? O CH D 5 ; 2 M D'i N 3 r
1 ,
3 f OWG
~01.11.30/
N O
 S H E E T I43 4%

7
2 3
330
!
!
1
oc
I
- -.-.

, g 8
-cS-
, O /
82

L.-.'

"
&

,zXS M E S S E S ' S
Uo'S N O

iE C A ~ E E F . % II NAME
3576/77/85/86
R d S C A L E SllB D P N D A T E

TOP-BOX. TM-BOX ARRANGE

i 02.07.08
,:I 3 ;4<,4aGEa jq a c,, 2 sr / A O D9 N 4" 13 3 D h C Y O

- EL-18-7 !
.~. . 8.;

,.5- 1 - , .. - .
= :~ 3C L - : Tpp.~,,::;
 2-7 S E T T I N G H O L E S

COLOR
7.5BG 7/2
TOTAL SET
I

1 20b
4 CLAMP SCREW BRASS 3
3 GASKET NEOPRENE 1
2 COVER PBT RESIN 1
I BOX 1 P E T RESIN 1
NO. NAME
W2
MATERIAL
'
I Q'TY I REMARKS
MESSER R a l S. NO.
3576/77/85/86
i N CANCER 6 t NAME JR I SCALE 1 4 ~ 8 D R ' N D A T~-
F

I I
~~

I I
I a s
C A B L E J U N C T I O N BOk: ( TYPE 2 M O )I NON 1
I
I
MANAGER L( u C H ' D BY IB OR'N BY B 4 DXG. NC.
EL-1 8-8
;sJ /7 a
,~..*x - .a -A
LA
=&
iL '."!'. '-
i Zz cl
USHI0 REINETSU CO., LTD. i
J54;:-
I
 -
SHEET NO. -,

a
L l L 2 L 3 L 4 L 5 L 6 D l D 2 U l V 1 U l V l TH1 T H 2 E l

E 2 E L I EL2 EL3 EL4 BE1 BE2 S D l D T l DG1 SD2 DT2 DG2

;L*i MESSER ' S tC *: S . NO.

3576/77/85/86
P E C A R E E R 2 iR U41.IE R 6 SCALE '*RE OR' N DATE
CONTROL PANEL
TERMINAL BLOCK LABEL 0 4 . 0 5 .I4
B S M A N A G E R tP 6 CH' D BY S? U O R ' N BY + DWG. N O .

I I I
' EL-20-3
I ! u % ;U S $H l O%? E #I I \ ' E&T S U& C O$. . ki T 3 .
"
1
I
tic
i,

TB-LABEL
 SHEET NO. f:

U1 V1 Dl D2 L1 L2 E L I E L 2 BE1 BE2 E S l ES2 SF1 S F 4

DSl DS2 T L l TL2 TL3

D T D G S D SGN GND SLD

D T D G S D SGN GND SLD L 1 L 2 D 1 D 2

E L I E L 2 BE1 BE2 E S l ES2 SF1 SF2 SF3 SF4 D S l DS2 COM 21X 2 2 X 2 4 V 24V OV OV

BZf MESSER ' S t P S . NO.

3576/77/85/86
ECAREER S if N A M E R C SCALE =nB DR. N DATE
JB-3, J B - 4 . PB-BOX
TERMINAL BLOCK LABEL 04 . 01 . 29
W +MANAGER 9: CH' D BY X2 P3 D R ' N BY B # DWG. NO.
F.I.- 7-.
f l - 4.

; + 2 ? ! % & & + k TB-LABEL

iF I NETSU CO.. LTD. I
 SHEET N O . -;;

%*+ MESSER ' S C S S. NO.

3576/77/85/86
L ECAREER 8 BT N A M E R 6 SCALE 8 R E OR' N DATE
JB-1. JB-2
TERMINAL B L O C K LABEL 04 . O l .29
@ *MANAGER /8L R Cti' D BY IS B DR. N BY /El t OWG. NO.
 - -

CB X 6 8 X 6 9 X 6 A X 6 B X 6 C X 6 D C B C1 Y 6 8 Y 6 9 Y6A Y6B Y 6 C Y6D C1

JB-5. P I T - B O X , TOP-BOX
TERMINAL BLOCK LkBEL
 SHEET N O . 57

CAGE ! JB-3 1 TRUNK

u
BRAKE COIL

B**MCSSEI ' 8 t O 8. NO. 3576/77/85/86

L IL CAREER h M NAMt
CONTROL PANEL
SOURCE C l RCUlT

"-i ' " .....--:-l

b L M A N A O L II w-llllhvk"bJ---- I nwa N O .

---.-.-- -- .............. , , '

EL-21 - 1
, NO.
-
K30081
Y ~ H I RO E I N E T S V C U . ~ r b .
I05x1

ESCAPE SAFETY

SAFETY

DOOR SAFETY

DOOR LOCK SAFETY

BOTTOM SLOW L I M I T

BOTTOM STOP L l M l T

TOP SLOW L l M l T

TOP STOP L I M I T

FLOOR DOOR SAFETY

OCR (INVETER PRI ' CURRENT)

HOME LANDING TIMER

ESCAPE SAFETY RESET

ROLLIIG.PITCHING L l M l T

RUN (Pr.13)

SU

FU3 ( P r . 1 1 6 )

FU2 ( P r . 5 0 )

FU (Pr.42. 43)

INVERTER NORMAL SIGNAL

A C l l O V STAT SIGNAL

NORMAL RUN

AUTO DOOR
 UIO VIO G24 1

10-T64-2 10-E4-1 BU MCB-M

EMERGENCY LAMP RELAY

l NVERTER PR I ' MC

BRAKE C O l L MC

DOOR MOTOR POWER RELAY

YOAO 1 SAFETY RELAY

YOAl 2 INVERTER PRI ' MC RELAY

YOA2 3 BRAKE C O l L MC RELAY

YOA3 4 TRANK LIGHT OFF RELAY

YOA5 6 HOME LANDING TIMER

Range 12min / S e t I O m i n

ALARM INDICATOR

MANUAL MODE INDICATOR

S A F m IIIOICATOR

ESCAPE INDICATOR

DOlN
UP

H l GH SPEED
M I D SPEED
SLOW SPEED

JOG (MANUAL SPEED)

YO86 7 RT (No.2 SELECT)

COY1 9

YO88 10 RS POWER CUT

YO89 1 1 RES RESET

X3

CS

COMMON
 SHEET 4.. . ..

624 P24

ESCAPE SAFETY

SAFETY

0 75ru x 1P-SB

DOOR SAFETY

FLOOR DOOR SAFETY

I
I

DOOR LOCK SAFETY

BOTTOM SLOW L l M l T SW

BOTTOM STOP L l M l T SW

TOP SLOW L l M l T SW

TOP STOP L I M I T SW
-
B*bMESSeR ' S Y1S NO
3576/77/85/86
ROLLING.PITCHINt * E CAREER 8 n NAME R k SCALE t A B D R N DATE

L I M I T SW CONTROL PANEL
CONTROL C I R C U I T
63 B M A N A G E R m w CH D BY w ID H ' N A Y a r ~ w oN O
I 1
L-_-_-- J-_ EL-21-5
-
.I NO

K30081
Ub* 10 REINETSY C O , L rl.
 SLD
1/0 L I N K
DATA

06

t I
1/024A 7
w 24- 24t PHOTO SW CONNECTION
c o l o r mem
RED : +24V (SOURCE)
BLACK : OV (GND)
WHITE : LIGHT ON SIGNAL (SIGNAL)
GREEN : DARK ON SIGNAL (Not Use)

COMB 8 0 BLACK -
NH ITE
XOO 9 0 - 6-l DOWN STOP PHOTO SW
RED
COMA l O t % Z
WHITE
XOI 1 1 0 -4 UP STOP PHOTO SW
BLACK
COMB 1 2 0

DOOR ZONE PHOTO SW

NH l TE
X 0 3 156) 0 SLOW DOWN PHOTO SW

WHITE
X04 1 7 0 / 4 FLOOR CHANGE PHOTO SW
RED
COMA 181s

LSED
M-ED: I DOOR EDGE SAFETY SW
X05 1 9 0 ..
- N

COMB CAGE DOOR NO CLOSE SW

X06 CAGE DOOR PHOTO SW

COMA

LSOL
M-0L:I CAGE OVER LOAD L I M I T SW
X07 2 3
M-OL:2
COMB 2 4

I CAGE OPERATION PANEL

E/R P O S I T I O N I N D I C A T O R

UPP.DK P O S I T I O N I N D I C A T O R

A-DK P O S I T I O N I N D I C A T O R

B-DK P O S I T I O N I N D I C A T O R

C-DK P O S I T I O N I N D I C A T O R

D-DK P O S I T I O N I N D I C A T O R

E-DK P O S I T I O N I N D I C A T O R

F-DK P O S I T I O N I N D I C A T O R
 I PB-BOX (ON CAGE)
1

MANUAL DONN P B SW

M A N U A L U P P B SW

M-PB:5
XOA 136, MANUAL DOOR OPEN P B SW

M A N U A L DOOR C L O S E PB SW

M-PB:7
XOC 1 7 AUTO-MANUAL S E L E C T S N

M-PB:8
COMB 1 6 I

XOD 1 9
M-DO11
1 1
LSD0
I CAGE DOOR OPEN L I M I T SW

COMB 20
M-DC: 1

XOE 2 1
M-OC:2
I CAGE DOOR C L O S E L I M I T SW

CAGE S T O P SW

CAGE DOOR OPEN I N D I C A T O R

CAGE DOOR C L O S E I N D I C A T O R

M-CA:20 -- t
I
YOA 2 9 I MASTER C A L L I N D I C A T O R

YOB 3 1
M-CAI21 -- t DOWN I N D I C A T O R

UP INDICATOR

YOD 3 5
M-CA:23 -- ROLLING.PlTCHING INDICATOR

-
YOE 3 7
M-CB:24 t
t CAGE OVER LOAD I N D I C A T O R

CAGE OVER L O A D B U Z Z E R
E/R CAGE C A L L SW

UPP.DK CAGE C A L L SW

A-DK CAGE C A L L SW

0-DK CAGE C A L L SW

C-DK CAGE C A L L SW

D-DK CAGE C A L L SW

E-DK CAGE C A L L SW

F-DK CAGE C A L L SW

E/R CAGE C A L L I N D I C A T O R

UPP.DK CAGE C A L L I N D I C A T O R

A-DK CAGE C A L L I N D I C A T O R

0 - D K CAGE C A L L I N D I C A T O R

C-DK CAGE C A L L I N D I C A T O R

D-DK CAGE C A L L I N D I C A T O R

E-DK CAGE C A L L I N D I C A T O R

F-DK CAGE C A L L I N D I C A T O R
CAGE DOOR OPEN RELAY

CAGE DOOR CLOSE RELAY

. SHEET NO.

!
i
i

I m .ACIIOV 1
DOOR MOTOR 1
(DOOR MOTOR) DCIOOV, 150W j

-
i
i

F1

1
CAGE DOOR 21X(OPEN)
OPEN Fi
3E-,M
BE1 M-CB:18
C A G E DOOR
~ o ~ b2 5 ~%M - M c : z~ ~~22x,cLo,,, EMERGENCY C A L L SW
CLOSE ..
M - C I :1
C A G E DOOR O S I (OPEN SLOW) E S C A P E H A T C H S A F E T Y L I M I T SW
OPEN SLOW ES2 M - C I :2

C A G E DOOR
M-CS: I ' C S 1 ( C L O S E SLOW)
M-LG2:l
C A T C H S A F E T Y L l M l T SW
C L O S E SLOW M-LG2:2
C A G E DOOR TCCLOCK) SF2
TC M-PB:I
I I COM EMERGENCY S T O P SW (PB-BOX)
M-PB:2

M-CAI 2 6
EMERGENCY S T O P SW (COP)

DSI
C A G E AUTO DOOR C O N T R O L C U R C U I T DOOR S A F E T Y L l M l T SW
DS2 (CAGE DOOR C L O S E L l M l T SW)

SOURCE . SIGNAL CIRCUIT 10-DRI : 1D:O (2 USE) X 0 0 - X 0 7 , Y00-YO7 &

! E CAREER *I C N A M E R B SCALE 4118 D R . N DATE

REFERENCE DIAGRAM 10-OR2 : 1 D : 2 (2 USE) X O 8 - X O F , Y 0 8 - Y O F CAGE J B - 4

1 0 - O R 3 : 1 D : 4 (2 USE) X 1 0 - X 1 7 . Y 1 0 - Y 1 7 CONTROL C I R C U I T 5
10- OR^ : I D : S (1 USE) X I a - x I B , YIB-YIB 6 I MANAGER Id IB C H ' D B Y IU Rl DR' N BY IE3 C D W G . NO.

t -------- I
Id W . .i .f_, , .
f R & 2 t @ t f
._ .. _ - .. . .. . - .
4 *
EL-21-1 1
1. N O .

K30081
 10-DRS(1D:O)
is' SLD
I/D LINK
DATA 1

Dt 2

I @ .ACIIOV

lCSl
COMB 1248
CB,
- M-FCI :I

X40
X40 90

X41 111,
X41,
.. M-FCI :2
- 2
E/R UP FLOOR CALL SW

E/R UP CALL INDICATOR

DOWN INDICATOR

UP INDICATOR

DOOR OPEN INDICATOR

COMB

X42 UPP.DK DOWN CALL SW

X43 UPP.DK UP CALL SW

UPP.DK DOWN CALL INDICATOR

UPP.DK UP CALL INDICATOR

DOWN INDICATOR

UP INDICATOR

DOOR OPEN l n o t c r r o R

SOURCE . SIGNAL CIRCUIT

10-OR5
REFERENCE DIAGRAM
11024 DATA 11024 DATA

10-DR5 : I D : 0 (2 USE) X40-X47, Y40-Y47

10-R5 : 1D:2 (2 USE) Y4B-Y4F
E/R P O S I T I O N INDICATOR

UPP.DK P O S I T I O N INDICATOR

A-DK P O S I T I O N INDICATOR

B-DK P O S I T I O N INDICATOR

C-OK P O S I T I O N INDICATOR

D-OK P O S I T I O N INDICATOR

E-DK P O S I T I O N INDICATOR

F-DK P O S l T l D N INDICATOR

E/R P O S I T I O N INDICATOR

UPP.DK P O S I T I O N INDICATOR

A-DK P O S I T I O N INDICATOR

0-DK P O S I T I O N INDICATOR

C-DM P O S I T I O N INOICATOR

D-DK P O S I T I O N INDICATOR

E-DK P O S I T I O N INDICATOR

F-DK P O S I T I O N INDICATOR
 10-DR6(ID:4)
SLD
110 L I M
DATA
O
:G DG

COMl 3 8

COM2 4 0

I CS3
COMB 1 2 r
CB,
- - M-FC3: I I I

A-DK DOWN CALL SW

A-OK UP CALL SW

A-DK DOWN CALL INDICATOR

A-DK UP CALL INDICATOR

I CS4
M-FC4:I
COMB 1 6 0

X 5 2 13 -
X52, Y-FC4:2
-- B-M DBIll CALL 5 1
X 5 3 15 .,
X53- Y-FC4:3
., 8-DK UP CALL S 1

B-DK DOWN CALL INDICATOR

B-DK UP CALL INDICATOR

M-FC5: 1
COMB 2 0

X54 1 7 C-DK D O l N CALL S l

M-FC5:3
X55 1 9 C-DK UP CALL S 1

C-DK DOWN CALL INDICATOR

C-DK UP CALL INDICATOR

SOURCE . SIGNAL ClRCUl

REFERENCE DIAGRAM

10-DR6 : 1 0 1 4 (2 USE) X50-X57. Y50-Y57

ID-R6 : I D 1 6 ( 4 USE) Y58-Y67
 E/R POSITION INOlCATOR

UPP.DK POSITION INDICATOR

A-DK POSITION INDICATOR

24- 4 24G
B-DK POSITION INDICATOR
24t 5 +24V
C-DK POSITION INDICATOR
6 1/024t D-OK POSITION INDICATOR
7 1/024V E-DK POSITION INDICATOR
22 COMl F-DK POSITION INDICATOR
38 COM3 DOWN INDICATOR
2 4 COMZ UP INDICATOR

4 0 COM4 DOOR OPEN INDICATOR

E/R POSITION INDICATOR

UPP.DK P O S l T l O N INDICATOR

A-OK POSITION INDICATOR

0-DK POSITION INDICATOR

C-DK POSITION INDICATOR

D-DK POSITION INDICATOR

E-M( P O S l T l M I l D l C A T M l
F-OK POSITION INDICATOR

DOWN INDICATOR

UP INDICATOR

DOOR OPEN INDICATOR

E/R POSITION INDICATOR

UPP.0K POSITION INDICATOR

A-OK POSITION INDICATOR

B-OK POSITION INDICATOR

C-OK POSITION INDICATOR

D-DK POSITION INDICATOR
E-DK POSITION INDICATOR

F-OK POSITION INDICATOR

DOWN INDICATOR

UP 1NOlCATOR

DOOR OPEN INOICATOR

D-DK DOWN CALL SW

D-DK UP CALL SW

D-DK DOWN CALL INDICATOR

D-DK UP CALL INDICATOR

E-DM Dblll CALL SW

E-OK UP CALL SW

E-DK MASTER CALL SW

E-DK DOWN CALL INDICATOR

E-DK UP CALL INDICATOR

E-DK MASTER CALL INDICATOR

F-DK DOWN CALL SW

F-OK DOWN CALL INDICATOR

E/R POSITION INDICATOR

UPP.DK P O S l T l O N INDICATOR

A-DK POSITION INDICATOR

0-DK POSITION INDICATOR

C-DK POSITION INDICATOR

D-DK P O S l T l O N INDICATOR

E-DK POSITION INDICATOR

F-DK P O S l T l O N INDICATOR

DOWN INDICATOR

UP INDICATOR

DOOR OPEN INDICATOR

E/R POSITION INDICATOR

UPP.DK POSITION INDICATOR

A-DK P O S l T l O N INDICATOR

B-DK POSITION INDICATOR

C-DK POSITION INDICATOR

D-DK POSITION INDICATOR

E-DK P O S l T l O N INDICATOR

F-DK POSITION INDICATOR

DOUN INDICATOR

UP INDICATOR

DOOR OPEN INDICATOR

E/R P O S I T I O N INDICATOR

UPP.DK P o s t T l o n IIIDICATOR

A-DK P O S I T I O N I l D l C A T O R

B-OK POSITION INDICATOR

C-DK POSITION INDICATOR

D-DK POSITION INDICATOR

E-DK POSITION INDICATOR

F-DK P O S I T I O N IllOlCATOR

Wtll I W I C A T M I
W HWICATOR

DOOR OCEl 1II)tCATMI

 SHEET NO.
,
, 7,.:

CONTROL PANEL
b y YARD

DPYC-I . S OPYC-1 . 5 DPYC-1.5

LAMP SOURCE AClOOV
(D-L4) (D-L3) (0-L2)

EIR UPP. OK A-DK B-DK C-OK 0-OK E-OK F-OW

INTERLOCK INTERLOCK l NTERLOCK INTERLOCK INTERLOCK l NTERLOCK INTERLOCK I NTERLOCM

MPYC-27 (M-J3)
L I G H T SOURCE
CONTROL S I G ' T A I L CORD CAGE
JB-3 JB-4

I 1/0 LINK
TTYCS-1 (P-J3)
I

MPYC-I9

(M-FC7)
MPYC-19
F-DK

FLOOR CALL PANEL

D-DK
MPYC.

(M-FC4
MPYC-
C-OK
FLOOR CALL PANEL
B-OK
FLOOR CALL PANEL
A-OK
i- (I-FC2)
YPYC-I0
UPP.0K
FLOOR CALL PANEL
E/R
(M-FC6) FLOOR CALL PANEL (M-FC FLOOR CALL PANEL (M-FCl) FLOOR CALL PANEL

TTYCS-I TTYCS-I TTYCS-I

I
'I0 (P-J2) (P-JI)
(p-~5) JB-2 JB-1
JB-5
CONTROL SOURCE A C l l O V
OPYC-2.5
(D-J~)
DPYC-2.5
(D-J2) - DPYC-2.5
(0-J1) -
I CONTROL
MPYC-7 (M-PIT) PIT-BOX EM1 P I T EMERGENCY STOP SW

L I M I T SW
BOTTOM OVER TRAVEL
ESCAPE HATCH L I M I T SW BOTTOM S O P L l M l T SW

TOP OVER TRAVEL L I M I T SW k'pvc-2am BOTlOM SLOW L I M I T SW

TOP STOP L I M I T SW

c ~ p ~ c - 2(M-LsS) TOP SLOW L I M I T SW

ELEVATOR TRUNK DIAGRAM

I
I
1
I
04.05.14
II m CH' D BY R lD R ' N hY I13 # D W G . NO.

I I I
E L - 2~-
~~ 2-1
C T . NO.

DIAGRAM
U11H10 REINETSU K O . 111',
-
DOWN STOP PHOTO SW
ATTACHE0 CABLES (A-US) UP STOP PHOTO SW
ATTACHED CABLES (A-DZ) DOOR ZONE PHOTO SW CONTROL PANEL
Dz
ATTACHED CABLES (A-SL)
,, SLOW DOWN PHOTO SW l---l
............TPYC-6
.............................. 3 0 AC440V 6OHz
ATTACHE0 CABLES (A-FC)
Fc I FLOOR CHANGE PHOTO SW
............OPYC-2.5
.............................. 1 0 AC100V 6OHz
ATTACHEO CABLES (A-DE)
- oER DOOR EOGE PHOTO SW
MPYC-2 (M-ED)
...........DPYC-4
............................... DC 2 4 V
1 LSED DOOR EOGE SAFETY L l M l T S 1
MPYC-2 (M-OL) I LSOL OVER LOAD L l M l T SW
...........MPYC-7
...............(4C)
................ EMERGENCY CALL
BUZZER (W/H) b y YARD
MPYC-2 (M-LGZ) I LSG2 I CATCH L l M l T SW BELL ( S H I P ' S OFFICE) by YARD

ESCAPE DOOR L l M l T SW

DOOR OPEN L l M l T SW

OOOR CLOSE P DOOR SAFETY L I M I T SW

MOTOR 5.5kW
OPYC-1 . 5 (0-B)
MPYC-27 (M-CAI INDICATOR LED C BUZZER
LEO, BUZZER
OPERATION SW
EMERGENCY STOP SW ROLLING L l M l T SW
EMERGENCY CALL SW PITCHING L I M I T SW
LIGHT SW, FAN SW (ACIOOV)

GOVERNOR L l M l T SW

EM3. COS-A EMERGENCY STOP SW, AUTO-MANU COS

PB-SW MANUAL OPERATION SW
DPYC-I . 5 (0-PB)
/ SOURCE I LIGHT SOURCE (ACIDOV)

FAN (AClOOV)

I - I
LIGHT (AC100V)

RECEPTACLE I RECEPTACLE (ACIOOV)

EMERGENCY LAMP (DC24V)

.......................................... : YARD WIRING

TELEPHONE b y y a r d : MAKER WIRING

DOOR MACHINE CONTROLLER

SOURCE SOURCE ( A t 1 IOV)
CONTROL CONTROL SIGNAL

U9S!MCIIIR ' I ma. NO.

3576/77/85/86
OOOR MOTOR (OCIOOV, 1501)

r*
I
L CAREER I 4 NAMU R t SCALE *BE DR' N DATE
CLOSE SLOW L l M l T SW
ELEVATOR CAGE. M/R DlAGRl 05.04.22
OPEN SLOW L l M l T SW
n MANAOfllr (1 cn. o BY 'frra?mT~ Im :o w c . NO.

EL-22-2
I * T, N O

DIAGRAM
I H l O REINETSU i;Oyl Ill
 CONTROL PANEL CABLE (M-J3) J B -3 TAIL CORD J 0-4

CONTROL SOURCE
16 .ACIIOV.SOHZ CONTROL CIRCUIT

OOOR MACHINE SOURCE

I 6 .AClIOV.6OHZ DOOR MACHINE

LIGHT SOURCE
1 6 .ACIOOV.60HZ LAMP & FAN

OCZ4V EMERGENCY L l GHT

EMERGENCY
EMERGENCY BELL CALL SW

ESCAPE OOOR
ESCAPE SAFETY L I M I T SW

SAFETY
SAf ETY L I M I T SW

DOOR SAFETY
DOOR SAFETY L I M I T SW

TELEPHONE TELEPHONE

I / O LINK 1/0 LINK

0 . 7 5 s ~x 1P

SPARE

IF*lMESSER ' s i 16 5 . N O
3576/77/85/86
f e CAREER + #NAME R g SCALE e A E OR' N DATE

1 1 S *MANAGER
TA!L CORD REFERENCE

& R4 CH' D BY U fZ DR' N BY

I
I
I
1
I
El # DWG. N O .
04.01.29

EL-22-3
4! * T. NO.

D I AGRPM
U S H I 0 REINETSU CO., LiD.
 ESCAPE HATCH 0

SPECIFICATION
1. MATERIAL: ACRYLIC RESIN 3mm
2. CHARACTERS: ROUND GOTHIC RED
3. BACK GROUND: WHITE
4. FITTING POSITION: CAGE ESCAPE H A T C H x l
 SHEET NO.
- 1
_* ,

HOW TO RELEASE BRAKE SYSTEM FOR

EMERGENCY USE TO RESCUE PASSENGER
(1) SWITCH OFF THE MAIN POWER IN
CONTROL PANEL.

(2)INSERT THE TURNING HANDLE INTO

TRACTION MOTOR

(3)RELEASE THE BRAKE MECHANISM B Y USING

RELEASE-HANDLE FOR BRAKE.

(4)TURN THE TURNING HANDLE BY THE VOLUME

MEASURED VISUALLY AND LET THE CAGE
GO U P OR DOWN JUST FLOOR LEVEL.

(5)AFTER GOING U P OR DOWN OPERATION

OF THE CAGE, REMOVE THE HANDLE FOR
RELEASING OF BRAKE MECHANISM.

(6)OPEN THE LANDING DOOR AT FLOOR WHERE

CAGE STOPPED EXACTLY A T FLOOR LEVEL
AND RESCUE THE PASSENGER FROM IN-CAGE

1 .MATERIAL: ACRYLIC RESIN 2rnm

2.CHARACTERS: ROUND GOTHIC BLACK
3.BACK ROUND: WHITE
4.FITTING POSITION: MACHINE ROOM x 1

X ~ ~ M E S S ' Es R s U S . NO.
TDYDHASHl SHlPBVlLDING CD., L T D 3576/77/85/86
s B CAREER 6 %NAME R X S C A L E I*BBDR' N DATE

NAME PLATE '04, 1,27

61 a men' D S
- --- --- - ---
%MANAGER BY DWG. NO.
-
I I -- -

!
I
 SPECIFICATION
1. MATERIAL: ACRYLIC RESIN 3mm
2. CHARACTERS: ROUND GOTHIC RED
3. BACK GROUND: WHITE
4. FITTING POSITION: EMERGENCY BELL
(IN WHEEL HOUSE 8 SHIP'S OFFICE)
 SHEET NO. z\r:
-. -

r-=7

cr*
UPP. DK
1 .MATERIAL : ACRYLIC RESIN 2mm
2.CHARACTERS : ROUND GOTHIC BLACK
3.BACK GROUND : WHITE
4.FITTING POSITION :ENTRANCE DOOR x 2

B**MESSER ' S YdS. N O .

TOYOHASHI S H I P B U I L D I N G CO., L T D 3576/77/85/86
* B CAREER 8 %NAME R s SCALE * a e o n ' N DATE

NAME P L A T E 1/ 2 'G4, 1,27

B SMANAQER d W CH' D B Y /BY WDR' N BY !W B DWG. NO.
.
-
7

--
-
,

--
4 - 2
'-
S T , ha,
1
I
u B ; 5 ? % % Z ,ti
U S H 10 P.E I I 4 E T S U
A
CO., LT3.
i
I
 CABIN NAME

CAPTAIN, C/OFFICER. Z/OFFICER. 3/0FFICER. PILOT

E.mx
C/ENGINEER, 2/ENGINEER, 3/ENGINEER. 4/ENGINEER
LQW
5/ENGINEER, E/ENGINEER. SPARE/OFFICER, SPARE/ENGINEER, C/COOK
BOSUN . ABLE SEAMAN (A)
LmK
2/COOK. OILER (A), OILER (B). OILER (C). ORD. SEAMAN (A). ORO. SEAMAN (B)
ABLE SEAMAN(B), ABLE SEAMAN(C), BOY
UEGK
SHIP'S OFFICE, OFFICER'S SMOKING ROOM. RATING'S SMOKING ROOM
LEcK
OFFICER'S MESS ROOM. RATING'S MESS ROOM, HOSPITAL, GALLEY, PANTRY
SUEZ CREW REST ROOM

1,MATERIAL : ACRYLIC RESIN 2mm

2.CHARACTERS : ROUND GOTHIC BLACK
3.BACK GROUND : WHITE
4.FITTING POSITION :ENTRANCE DOOR x 1
INSIDE OF CAGE
/ DO NOT USE ELEVATOR IN THE EVENT OF
FIRE OR BLACK OUT

1.MATERIAL : ACRYLIC RESIN 2 m m

2,CHARACTERS : ROUND GOTHIC RED
3 . B A C K GROUND : WHITE
4.FITTING POSITION : ENTRANCE DOOR x I
 SHEET No.
--
,!
-

fl2
S H I P No.
%$ =FtE 000 a mu g LA.*
29
S P A R E P A R T S L I S T FOR s E SETS PER VESS

Z b < - 9--
-

l SET
ELEVATOR
I I I

.....................

OUTLl N E

-
g :%$%4%zG?i
I 3L%Z&
U S t l l O EE II\'ETSU C3. i - 2 , 1 SPARE PARTS L l ST
M @
DRW. IIu. I EL-26-2
 -
Ab'
S H I P No.
B 15s
TOOLLIST
mU S
sE
*
SETS P E R VESS

1b-i-9-
l SET
ELEVATOR

JBB % 5, Pb 82 z9 B tE e
No. N A M E O F PARTS OUTL l N E QUANTITY REMARKS

1
- t > T - D i ~ 9Eil$@ +L
(j-",~ 3
~~~E%L :A~
76123
""'PD" IDIL.1
IN SPARE
LOCK RELEASE ROD (41 8,618 5)
PARTS BOX

Q f

g S$B;$%t%Jt2$i PI %
USHIO R E INETSU GO.. LTD.
I
1
IE&
TOOL LIST D EM'. Id 0 .
EL-^'
SHIN KURUSHIMA DOCKYARD CO., LTD.

(TOYOHASHI Sno.3576/77/85/86)

ELEVATOR
TEST GUIDANCE

DR'N BY 31.u&?&
LC.
CH'D BY

AP'L BY
 C O N T E N T S

TEST GUIDANCE

1 PURPOSE OF THE TEST 2

.............................................

2 PRINCIPAL SPEClFlcATlONS 2
----.-..---.-.----....----...-------

3. TEST PROCEDURE

(1 -1 ) LOAD TEST (INCLUD I NG CONF IRMAT I ON) 2

-----..---.

1-2) BRAKE TEST (HOLD 1 NG TEST) 2

$ (
(2) TEST OF OPERAT 1 NG DEV 1 CES 1
----.-----..---.... 3
-...---..---...----

(3) GOVERNOR TEST 3

(4) LEVEL TEST 3

(5) lNSULATlON TEST 3

(6) TEMPERATURE RISE TEST 3
..----.----..---..--...-------..---.-

TEST RESULTS
e
 1. PURPOSE OF THE TEST
This t e s t guidance show t h e procedure and method f o r
performing s e r v i c e e l e v a t o r i n order t o make sure o f
compliance w i t h s p e c i f i c a t i o n , code f o r l i f t i n g appliances
i n a marine environment and o f a l l devices o p e r a t i n g w i t h
safety.

2.PRINCIPAL SPECIFICATIONS
Manufacturer USHIO REINETSU CO., LTD
Type S i n g l e wrap t r a c t i o n geared t y p e
Control S e l e c t i v e c o l l e c t i v e automatic
Capacity 350 k g 4 Persons
Speed 45 m/m i n
G Stroke 24.3 m
Trunk h e i g h t 29 55 m
Stopping f l o o r 8 Stops
( E/R, UPP,A--F-D~)

. Power supply
Traction motor
3 Phase , AC4SOV , SC Hz
5 5 kw , 1500 min-' , 4 Poles
Rated c u r r e n t 9 11 A
*

3. TEST PROCEDURE
(1-1) LOAD TEST ( INCLUD ING CONF IRMAT ION)
Load t e s t t o be c a r r i e d o u t i n seven (6) steps
progressively I. E. , 0 %, 25 %, 50%, 75%, loo%, 110% o f
t h e r a t e d capacity 350kg
Voltage, c u r r e n t and speed t o be recorded i n each steps.
a) A t 0% load o f t h e r a t e d capacity;
Speed s h a l l be 130% o r less o f t h e r a t e d speed.
Current s h a l l be 130% o r less o f t h e r a t e d c u r r e n t o f motor.
b) A t 100% load o f t h e r a t e d capacity;
Upward speed s h a l l be 90% o r more and 105% o r less o f
t h e r a t e d speed.
Current s h a l l be 110% o r less o f t h e r a t e d c u r r e n t o f motor.
Regarding inspection o f o p e r a t i n g devices, t o check each item
shown on attached sheet (page 5)
(1 -2) BRAKE TEST (HOLD ING TEST)
Test o f t r a c t i o n machine brake w i t h maxmmum load weight
plus 125% o f r a t e d load.
(2)TEST OF OPERATING DEVICES
Operating test of entire installation including test of manual hoisting
device.

(3)GOVERNOR TEST
Disconnecting governor rope from cage , governor t o be operated by
hand under the condition of over speed.
The actuated speed of governor, over speed switch operation t o be
measured.
Test results to be satisfied with following items;
FOR CAGE)
It confirms whether the over speed switch of the governor
operates, the operation speed shall be 63m/min & below.

(4)LEVEL TEST
This test shall be carried out with no load and 100%of carrying loads
Allowance landing error within -+30mm.

(5)INSULATION TEST
Insulation resistance t o be tested by 500V megaohms.

(6) TEMPERATURE RISE TEST

Temperature rise on motor, machines, etc to be measured.
TEST RESULTS

DATE

ATTENDANT OWNER
SHIPYARD
MAKER

1-1. LOAD TEST

LOAD UP WARD DOWN WARD

%
I
WE IGHT VOLTAGE ( CURRENT SPEED VOLTAGE CURRENT SPEED
ike) (V) I (A) I (rn/mi n) (V) I (A) 1 (rn/mi n)

CURVE OF LOAD TEST

+UPWARD
4 DOWN WARD i

0 25 50 75 100 110
LOAD (%)

1-2. BRAKE TEST (HOLD I NG TEST)

125% o f r a t e d load I RESULT

438 kg
 2.TEST OF OPERATING DEVICES
No. I ITEMS OF INSPECTION RESULT
1 Confirmation of limit switch and over travel limit switch operation
2 Hall button and car button operation
3 Emergency signal device operation (Emergency bell)
4 Emergency stop button operation
5 Position indicator operation
6 Door interlock operation
1 7 l ~ o o contact
r switch operation r 1
1 8 i~andingdoor able to be opened from outside by a special key I 1
9 Condition of landing
G ,10 Emergency stop device operation when escape hatch was opened
11 Emergency light
12 Home landing operation
13 Over load alarm
14
15

3. GOVERNOR TEST
$. Catch operating speed
CAGE Im/mi n

4. LEVEL TEST -
LOAD 0% 100%
LAND l NG ERROR mm mm
 5. INSULATION TEST

6.TEMPERATURE RISE TEST

G
 PMN RECORD
1. MAY 14, 2004 DRAWN FOR MIS WORK

SHIN KURUSHIMA DOCKYARD CO.,LTD.

SNO. 5 3 2 1

tL ELEVATOR
TEST REPORT
TYPE:UE5-350-8CA

81 6 X
3
* @ 0
H A M
I*B
Z & 0 ,

- Remarks
PP (*a)
2ZKE . APPROMD BY
- ~

93 2
7bl\7
15jbB16 - - CHECKED BY
9 7 1.
R''"lt DWG. No CHARGED BY
77>m ALT. REV. CLASS
E#$3 K030081-180 NK DRAWN BY ,&.Z&tii,-;;
wB%asZi
&%%a
=CIS
F2 ?e 3
w USHlO
emse
HEAD OFFICE TEL : +81-898-53-2400
BJII~R6
FAX . +81-898-53-6363
.
EWE% DESIGN SECTION TEL . +81-898-53-2401
E%XM FAX : +81-890-53-2402
9i.aE 1 1
883-1 WAKi ONISHI-CHO IMABARI-CIN EHIME PREF , JAPAN
USHlO REINETSU CO.,LTD.
 C O N T E N T S

TEST GUIDANCE

1, PURPOSE OF THE TEST 2

2 . p R I N C [ p A L SPECIFICATIONS 2
----------------------------------------.

3. TEST PROCEDURE

(1 -1 ) LOAD TEST (INCLUDING CONF I RMAT I ON) ----------- 2

$ (1-2) BRAKE TEST (HOLD I NG TEST) ---------------------------- 2
(2) TEST OF OPERATING DEVICES 3

(3) GOVERNOR TEST ----------.-----------------.--- 3

(4) LEVEL TEST 3
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

(5) INSULATION TEST ------------------------------- 3

(6) TEMPERATURE R I S E TEST -------------------------------- 3

& TEST RESULTS

 1. PURPOSE OF THE TEST
This t e s t guidance show t h e procedure and method f o r
performing s e r v i c e e l e v a t o r i n order t o make sure o f
compliance w i t h s p e c i f i c a t i o n , code f o r l i f t i n g appliances
i n a marine environment and o f a l l devices o p e r a t i n g w i t h
safety.

2.PRINCIPAL SPECIFICATIONS
Manufacturer USHIO REINETSU CO., LTD
Type S i n g l e wrap t r a c t i o n geared type
Control S e l e c t i v e c o l l e c t i v e automatic
Capacity 350 kg 4 Persons
Speed 45 m/m i n
& Stroke 24.3 m
Trunk h e i g h t 29.55 m
Stopping f l o o r 8 Stops
( E/R. UPP,A--F-$)
Power supply 3 Phase , AC44CV , :L Hz
.
.-
Traction motor
- - . -9 -1
z . 2 kw , !scO min , 4 Poles
Rated c u r r e n t 3. ;: A

3. TEST PROCEDURE
(1-1) LOAD TEST (INCLUDING CONF I RMAT I ON)
Load t e s t t o be c a r r i e d o u t i n seven (6) steps
progressive l y I . E. , 0 %, 25 %, 50%, 75%, loo%, 110% o f
C the r a t e d capacity 350kg
Voltage, c u r r e n t and speed t o be recorded i n each steps.
a) A t 0% load o f t h e r a t e d c a p a c i t y ;
Speed s h a l l be 130% o r less o f t h e r a t e d speed.
Current s h a l l be 130% o r less o f t h e r a t e d c u r r e n t o f motor.
b) A t 100% load o f t h e r a t e d capacity;
Upward speed s h a l l be 90% o r more and 105% o r less o f
t h e r a t e d speed.
Current s h a l l be 110% o r less o f t h e r a t e d c u r r e n t o f motor.
Regarding inspection o f o p e r a t i n g devices, t o check each item
shown on attached sheet (page 5)
(1-2) BRAKE TEST (HOLD I NG TEST)
Test o f t r a c t i o n machine brake w i t h maxmmum load weight
plus 125% o f r a t e d load.
 (2)TEST OF OPERATING DEVICES
Operating test of entire installation including test of manual hoisting
device.

(3)GOVERNOR TEST
.
Disconnecting governor rope from cage governor to be operated by
hand under the condition of over speed.
The actuated speed of governor, over speed switch operation to be
measured.
Test results to be satisfied with following items;
FOR CAGE)
It confirms whether the over speed switch of the governor
operates, the operation speed shall be 63m/min & below.

C (4)LEVEL TEST
This test shall be carried out with no load, 50%and 100%of carrying
loads.
Allowance landing error within 3 0 m m .

(5)INSULATION TEST
Insulation resistance to be tested by 500V megaohms,

(6) TEMPERATURE RISE TEST

Temperature rise on motor, machines, etc to be measured.
TEST RESULTS

DATE

ATTENDANT OWNER
SH l PYARD

1-1. LOAD TEST

1101 385) 425 1 6.91 1 47 1 425 1 2.91 1 47

CURVE OF LOAD TEST

I
I

0 25 50 75 100 110
LOAD (%)
~
1-2. BRAKE TEST (HOLD I NG TEST)

125% o f r a t e d load I RESULT

438 kg good
2.TEST OF OPERATING DEVICES

3.GOVERNOR TEST
Catch o p e r a t i n g speed
CAGE 62 Im/mi n

4.LEVEL TEST
LOAD 0% 50% 100%
LANDING ERROR zk 0 mm fO mm &0 mm
 5. 1 NSULATION TEST

6.TEMPERATURE R I S E TEST
e
OPERATION MANUAL
F O R ELEVATOR

USHIO REINETSU C O . ,LTD.

 1. AUTOMATIC OPERATION FLOOR S I D E

1-1 Press CALL or A V push-buttons on each floor can

be called cage.

1-2 The position of cage can be confirmed by turning

e on of the position lamp on a push-button plate.

1-3 When the door of floor open. OPEN indicator t u r n s

on accordingly, you can make sure of occupied of

cage.

1-4 When cage arrives on your floor, ARRIVAL lamp,

accordingly, you can know the arrival.

1-5 While the door on your floor side opens, t h e door

of cage does not close.

1-6 Take hand off the door on your floor side, then

the door close automatically.

2. AUTOMATIC OPERATION CAGE S I D E

2-1 Push OPEN push-button t o open the closed door.

Also, when you want t o open the closing door halfway,

pusu OPEN push-button or SAFETY EDGE t h e n ,

the door reverse and open.

2- 2 Push the push-button of desired floor, then, t h e ,

specific lamp of t h e floor turns on and cage move

up or down.

2- 3 When cage arrival on t h e desired floor, the lamp of

the floor turns off.

2-4 On over load, OVER LOAD lamp light and a buzzer

sounds. Then, drop any load or person off.

2- 5 With a priority circuit provided, when the m a s t e r

call lamp turns on all floors of destination are

cancelled in cage. Immediately, cage stops and a

buzzer sounds. Then in 2 seconds, a cage moves

directly t o the called floor.

2-6 When cage arrivals on the floor, the lamp t u r n off

3. HOW TO ESCAPE IN EMERGENCY

3-1 To be calm and take the actions carefully when the

elevator stopped suddenly or when danger occurred.

3- 2 If the elevator stopped suddenly with cage within

? 100mm from floor level of landing, the passenger

can open the doors by hands and escape from it easily.

3- 3 If impossible in 3-2 method, push emergency stop

button emergency call button, and wait communication

from outside sources.

3-4 In case of escape by himself.

If failed in communication for outside, push emergency

stop button, and open exit cover a t ceiling of cage.

Climb up to cage a t ceiling, escape through escape-hatch

by using ladder.

3- 5 Once an emergency door is opened, closing of it will

not bring the elevator back to the original operative

condition. To reset the system, use the "RESET BUTTON"

on control panel in machine room.

4, IMMEDIATE ACTION B Y OUTSIDE SOURCES IN EMERGENCY

4-1 To communicate by phone to elevator inside when

emergency call rang.

4-2 To be than 2 staff-menbers for rescue. If elevator

stopped over lOOmm from floor level of landing,

@ Turn off the main power switch in control panel.

But, do not switch off the light in cage.

@) To release t h e brake with brake release key, t o

t u r n t h e motor with handle and t o move u p or

down the cage to floor level.

@ Rescue the passengers.

 Service Manual f o r T u r n i n g Handle & B r a k e Releasing Lever 1
Note: Before operation, please never fail t o check t h e followings:
m o r e t h a n two persons a r e needed for operating; m o r e t h a n
one for turning handle and more t h a n one for brake release
lever, respectively;
whether power source of elevator control panel is c u t down
a t main breaker;
travelling direction of cage and turning direction of turning handle.

STEP 1

Turn left a n d remove oil leak

preventing c a p a t t a c h e d t o

thrust cover opposite t o sheave of

traction machinery. Oil leak

preventing packing is inside the

cap. Take c a r e n o t t o lose t h e

packing.
I Service Manual f o r Turning Handle & Brake Releasing Lever

Brake STEP 2
releasing
Brake releasing lever
shall be set a t brake coil.

STEP 3

P u t turning handle in thrust

cover of traction machinery,

fitting a key inside t h e end of

turning handle in a sky groove

attached to shaft inside thrust

cover. After this, a person is to

keep turning handle.

 S e r v i c e Manual f o r T u r n i n g H a n d l e & B r a k e R e l e a s i n g Lever .

STEP 4
While a p e r s o n k e e p s t u r n i n g h a n d l e , a n o t h e r p e r s o n is t o p r e s s down
b r a k e r e l e a s i n g lever i n e a c h d i r e c t i o n of i n d i c a t e d arrows.
Then b r a k e c a n b e r e l e a s e d .

ove slowly turning handle in

each direction of indicated arroes,
depending on the travelling
U direction of cage.
Brake re leas in^ lever While this operation, please take
care to be enable to set brake
releasing lever back immediately.
C H E C K LIST ON MAINTENANCE AND I N S P E C T I O N O F T H E INBOARD ELEVATOR

NAME O F S H I P :

NUMBER O F S H I P :

DATE O F T H E INSPECTION :

PLACE O F THE INSPECTION :

SIGNATURE O F OFFICIAL SEAL :

DIRECTOR O F T H E CONSTRUCTION :
 C" (""
CHECK INTERVAL
LOCATION PARTS CHECK POINT CHECK ITEMS & JUDGEMENT MEANS
lMONTH 3MONTHS lYEAR
MACHINE TRACTION BED ANY INSTALLED BOLT LOOSEN - 0 0
ROOM MACHINE MOTOR ANY INSTALLED BOLT LOOSEN - 0 0
& OPERATED CONDITION NORMAL - 0 0
INSIDE OIL CHARGE - 0 0
TRUNK BREAK ANY INSTALLED BOLT LOOSEN - 0 0
BREAK WHEEL & LINING NORMAL - 0 0
CAGE SAFELY RETARDED WHEN ENERGY SHUT DOWN - 0 0
MAIN SHEAVE ANY INSTALLED BOLT LOOSEN - 0 0
ANY DAMAGE IN SHEAVE BODY - 0 0
ANY DEFORMATION IN SHEAVE GROOVE - 0 0
ANY SLIP OF WIRE ON GROOVE EDGE WHEN AUTO STOP
RATED SPEED LENGTH OF SLIP - 0 0
45m/min 15mm AND BELOW
60m/min 15mm AND BELOW
WARM GEAR CHECK THE QUANTITY OF GEAR OIL I S PROPER - 0 0
GOVERNOR ANY INSTALLED BOLT LOOSEN - 0 0
MACHINE SWITCH OPERATED NORMALLY - 0 0
OIL CHARGE - 0 0
SPEED OPERATED PROPER
ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL
RATED SPEED
SAFETY DEVISE SAFETY DEVISE - 0 0
45m/min 63m/min 68m/sec
60m/min 84m/min 9Om/sec

a
 CHECK INTERVAL
LOCATION PARTS CHECK POINT CHECK ITEMS & JUDGEMENT MEANS
LMONTH / 3MONTHS I IYEAR
MACHINE CONTROLLER
ROOM
& (BE SURE TO EXCLUDE ONE WITH CONSTANT VOLTAGE
INSIDE FOR PHOTE SWITCH RECTIFIER)
TRUNK VOLTAGE I INSULATION RESISTANCE MEASURED
440V 0.6~c-1 OR MORE
I
1 5 0 V OR MORE 0 . 4 ~ nOR MORE
I
1 5 0 V OR LESS 0 . 3 ~ nOR MORE
IN CAGE EMERGENCY L4MP LIGHTING IS ALL RIGHT - 0 0
CONTROLLER PUSH-BUTTONS AND SWITCHES ARE WORKING PROPCRLY 0 0 0
PANEL EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH IS WORKING SECURELY 0 0 0
CONFIRM OF THE LAMP LIGHT U P 0 0 0
CONFIRM INDICATION OF MOVABLE LOAD MAX NUMBER
0 0 0
O F PASSENGERS ACCOMMODATED, ETC.
PROPER CONTACTED WITH OUTSIDE 0 0 0
CAGE DOOR OPERATION ENSURED (OPEN & CLOSE SMOOTHLY) 0 0 0
GLOOVE CLEANED ENOUGH 0 0 0
OPERATION ENSURED (OPEN & CLOSE SMOOTHLY) 0 0 0
ANY INSTALLED BOLT LOOSEN 0 0 0
OPERATION ENSURED 0 0 0
EMERGENCY OPEN & CLOSE BY SIMPLE OPERATION 0 0 0
OPENING SWITCH OPERATION ENSURED 0 0 0
CONTROLPANEL SWITCH & BUTTON PROPERLY OPERATED
0 0 0
ON CAGE
CL
0
 CHECK INTERVAL
I LOCATION PARTS CHECK POINT CHECK ITEMS & JUDGEMENT MEANS
1MONTH 3MONTHS lYEAR
-

ON CAGE GOVERNOR ROPE INSTALLATION ENSURED

(CATCH BLOCK) LINKAGE ANY DOUBLE NUT LOOSEN
MOVEMENT ENSURED
ROPE THIMBLE ROD DOUBLE NUT & SPLIT PIN ENSURED
APPLIED TENSILE STRENGTH EVENLY
WIRE ROPE ANY BRAKAGE (CHECKED FROM MACHINE ROOM)
(INCLUDING DIAMETER NOT DECREASED(CHECKED FROM MACHINE ROOM)
GOVERNOR NOT DIAMETER WITHIN 9 0 %
WIRE) MAIN WIRE (LESS than 1 0 . 8 m m )
GOVERNOR WIRE (LESS than 7 . 2 m m )
ANY RUST ETC (CHECKED FROM MACHINE ROOM)
RAIL ANY NUT LOOSEN
ANY DEFORMATION - - 0
CAGE DOOR DRIVE CHAIN I
TENSION IS ALL RIGHT
SLACKEN WITHIN 40MM I F PUSHED AT 150MM FROM - 0 0
SPROCKET BY FINGER
CHAIN ROD ANY DOUBLE NUT LOOSEN - 0 0
DOOR FOR WIRE SLACKEN WITHIN 35MM I F PUSHED AT 200MM FROM - 0 0
ENTRY AND EXIT PULLEY BY FINGER
HUNGER ROLLER CLEARANCE BETWEEN DOOR RAIL & ECCEN ROOLER - 0 0
NORMAL (WITHIN 0.2- 0.5MM)
DOOR LOCK DOUBLE DOORS CHECK THE GAP BETWEEN INTER LOCK ROLLER TO PARTS OF CAGE - 0 0
INTER LOCK INTERLOCKED SECURELY WITH THE CAGE SIDE - 0 0
THE OUTER DOOR CAN BE LOCKED - 0 0
ANY INSTALLED BOLT LOOSEN - 0 0
DOOR SWITCH OPERATION ENSURED - 0 0
ANY INSTALLED BOLT LOOSEN - 0 0
(\I
.-4 0 0 - a B H f l S N 3 NOILVH3dO H3LIMS
0 0 - N3SOO'I A 7 0 8 (I3TtVLSNI kNV LIWI? H 3 Y 0 7
0 0 - U 3 H n S N 3 NOILVH3dO H3L1MS XNnXL
0 0 - ' 1 ( I ~ T ~ ~ L SANV
~ 3 ~ 0 0~'108 NI LIHI'lH3ddn XUISNI
-
(IYWOEF NIHLIM) H 3 d O H d
0 0 0
~ 0 0 3~~d1 a ~ t19r 3
13 ~ 3 N ~ E M L ~3E3 ~ 3 ~ 3 ~ ?UTI~ 1 a ~IOOTLT X007d
0 0 0 a 3 H n S N 3 3NILH3I1 dWn7 NOLLnE
0 0 0 XTIVYNON (l3LVH3dO N O L L n 6 HSnd H S n d XOLV3IaNI 3 N I C I m
0- ~ 002) 3 3 ~ ~ ~ ANV
( 3 8 0 HO ~ 3 7 33 3 ~ ~ ~ ~~ 3 ~7 33X ~1 L N3 I I O~ ~
-
0 -
0
- N3SOO'I L 7 0 6 a3TIVLSNI kNV
-

0 0
0 - - (380~ 80 0 0 2 ) 3 3 ~ t ~ m 3 ~7 3N V NOISN3L
0 - - (X~HLOOWS3A0IY) ATH3dOXd 037'IVLSNI HON83A03
0 - - X ? ~ I ~UTITVLSNI
M 3NIHdS H 3 d d n E
0 0 - a a ~ n s mrn3
~a H o O'IJ LI d
0 - N3SOO'I L ? 0 6 U3TIVLSNI MW L3X30HdS
-
0
0 0 - X'I(II3Ix (I3TIVLSNI H 3 L M S OLOHd H3LMS
0 0 - U3HflSN3 NOILVH3dO 3NIUn73NI 3NI13A37
0 0 - aa~naatism adox N O U O ~
0 0 - ( l 3 N I W 3 H 3 N O H HO %O9 710 A l H 3 d O H d S I 13A3'l ?I0
+- HOLV3IllEll'I
0 - - a 3 I n 3 3 H L HOHd A 3 N V d 3 H 3 S I a SI 3 H 3 H L A3l'Ind NOILNBL
0 0 - 3 3 W 3 t I E HBLflO MW
0 - - aaxns~3L N I O ~a m d 3a03 TIVL
0 0 - (WHE NIHLIM) 3 N V H L 3 W d O W3M hl H 3 L N n 0 3 3 H L
0 0 - N3SOO'I A 7 0 6 03l'IVLSNI ANV 3NIafl73NI 3OHS 3 0 I n 3
0 0 - N ~ S O O TLYOE ~ ~ L S N I XOLON 800a 3 3 ~ NO
3

1 SHLNOYVE HLNOWI
SNV3W L N 3 N 3 3 a n f )B SIY3LI X 3 3 H 3 LNIOd X 3 3 H 3 SLXVd NOILV30'I
WAH3LNI X 3 3 H 3

a 3
 N a m e of Installing N a m e of OIL COMPANY
Lubricant Q'ty & Time
machine place MITSUBISHI SHOWA OIL SHELL ESSO MOBIL GENARAL OIL

GEAR OIL Cear case of M a c h ~ n e 6 . 0 liter DIAMOND SHOSEKI SHELL SPARTAN MOBIL GENERAL
\' 'I" ) traction room 3 ~ ~ o n t hGEAR-LUBE
s G-C460SP OMALA EP460 GEAR SP
machlne later f o r SP460 OIL460 634 GEAROL
the first tlme
460
A f t e r that,
exchange it
e v e r y 12
months

G u i d e r a i l Above weight
(Each DT OIL GENERAL
MACHINE lubricator) & cage 2 0 llter DIAMOND SHOSEKI SHELL POWEREX
OIL Every HYDROWAY A-R68 TONNA DP 68 HEAVY SLIDOL
, : Cage d o o r In t h e cage
3 months 68 OIL S 6 8 No 180 68
Around governor
safety devlce Above cage
& cage door

Around
Entrance
entrance door
-
 Gear oil items & supply

Recommended gear oil :Viscosity classification (ISO) cst (40C) VG460

Idemitsu Kosan Daffny Super Gear Oil # 460
- Cosmo Oil Cosmo Gear SE460
.Mitsubishi Oil Diamond Super Gear Lub SP460
Others

In case of gear oil supply.

Look horizontally a t oil gauge attached to gear box cover opposite to sheave.
If oil is lOmm below the level if central mark, please supply gear oil slowly up

to the level of central mark.

a'
Governor S a f e t y Device (Drawing No.1)
The elevator cage must be suspended by more than 3 wire ropes each of
whitch is required to have asafety factor of more than 10 times according.
to the Governmetal lams and regulations. Resulting in eliminating
the possibility of failing condition.
For some reason or other, if the elevator cage should overspeed,
exceeding the rated speed, the governor switch will be operated,
resulting in shutting off the electric circuit t o the electric motor and
operating the electromagnetic brake and then, shopping the cage.
At the same time, t h e instantaneous safety device will be operated,
resulting in getting a grip on guide rail1 and stopping t h e cage safely.

Instantaneous safety device.

This device is used for elevators of which rated speeds a r e less t h a n
45m/min.
The governor switch is operated when the cage speed is less than 140%
as fast a s the rated speed. The instantaneour safety device is operated
when it is less than 151% a s fast a s the rated speed.

Description on mechanism
By rotating centrifugal force of the governor machine sheave @,
the weight @) is kicked up and the switch @ is operated a t 140% of the
rated speed. When the centrifugal force is increased, resulting in reaching
150%or so, it will engage with the ratchet @, resulting in pressing
the wire rope against the stand 0,
and stopping the operation of t h e
rope and operating the link device of the cage.
The catch clamp @ of the safely box @ is lifted by means of a rod @
and it is pushed between the rail @ and the said.
Adjudting method (3 w o r k e r d o r m o r e )

(1) Stop the cage a t the uppermost floor.

(2) Climb on the cage from the emergency exit from the inside of the cage
and turn off the change-over switch in the operating panel in the cage.
(3) Remove the pin @ and make a joint plate @ free.
(4) With one worker remaind on the cage, turn the governor machine sheave
@with hand. Revolution must be in the direction that the joint plate @
descends in t h e elevating passage.
(5) Apply a revolution counter to the governor machine sheave.
Confirm t h a t t h e governor switch is operated when the cage speed is
than 140%as fast as the reted speed, and that the gradual safety device
is operated when it is less than 150% as fast as the rated speed.
Adjustment must be made on the tensioning condition of spring @.
(6) In this care, must be t a k e n i n such a way that the joint plate @ does
not strike against the governor tension pulley installed at bottom part of
elevating passage.
(7) Reset the governor switch @ a s it was.
(8) Connect the joint plate @ with the cage a s it was.
(9) Install the governor machine of which speed has been adjusted fully.
Incidentally, at the time of inspection after completion, inspection is made.
Accordingly, it is not required t o adjust at normal maintenance and
inspection time.
(10) Turn on the change-over switch inside the operating panel on the cage.
(11) Place the change-over switch inside the operating panel on the cage.
a t position MAN flom AUT. Then, push the button for descending and
operate it to t h e lowermost floor.
(12) Check the loosening of bolts a t respective parts on the cage.
(13) Lift the joint plate @ and check whether or not the lever isinterlocked
smoothly. In this cage, if there is anyloss in connection of interlocking
rod @ and joint lever @ , no catching operation will be carried out
at both sides simultaneously, resulting in cauding a onessided operation.
 18
Accordingly, check it in such a way t h a t there is no gap between
joint lever @ and interlocking rod nut. Incidentally, fine adjustment
can be made on t h e nuts located a t the upper part of rod @ for the
purpose of balancing a t both sides when rod (@ is lifted simultaneously.
(14) Open the entrance door a t the lowermost floor f r o m the inside of the
cage. One worker must shortcircuit the door switch for entrance door.
In this cage, close t h e cage door.
(15) By two workers inaddition to those for the operation to be carriedon
the cage, operate the elevator approx. 2.5m up by means of the push
button switch inside the operating panel on the cage.
(16) Carry out the descending operation by means of the push button inside
the operating panel on the cage at the condition t h a t joint plate @ is
raised up with hand.
(The door switch f o r entrance door must be kept shortcircuited.)
(17) Simultaneously with biting of the catch clamp @ a n d stopping of the
cage, release the push button and t u r n off the change-over switch
inside the operating panel.
(18) Go into the inside of pit and check the condition of the catch clamp @.
If oneside application condition should be caused, adjust it in such a
manner a s mentioned in item (13).
(19) Shortcircuit the doorswitch for entrance once again and carry out the
ascending operation of the cage. The governor catch clamp will be
disconnected and returned.
(20) Check the damage of the rail by the catch clamp in the inside of pit.
If scratches are found. Equally both a t right and left side of the rail,
it will mean t h a t the cage is caught normally. After inspection,
correct the damage of the rail by means of a file.
(21) Shortcircuit the door switch for entrance door at landing and descend
the cage once again. Then, stop the cage approx. l m above the entrance
floor level a t landing. Then, check the condition of the catch clamp.
In this cage, t u r n off the change-over switch on the operating panel
on the cage.
 19
(22) If one-side application effect should be recognized, make adjustment in
cooperation with the worker located on the cade a t that condition.
(23) Supply oil t o the respective parts (revoling parts of shaft.)
(24) Close the entrance door after adjustment, place the change-over switch
in operating panel on the cage to On flom OFF. Change over MAN to AUT.
(25) Carry out the normal operation and confirm t h a t there is nothing
abnormal in operational condition.

EXCHANGE METHOD FOR WIRE ROPE

(1) Operate the cage and stop it a t the uppermost floor.
(2) Turn off the main switch on the control panel inside the machine room.
(3) Open the entrance door a t the uppermost and loermost floor by
emergency key.
(4) Open the brake for traction machine. (Another worker must insert the
turning handle in the electric motor for prevention of revolution.)
(5) Turn the turning handle for electric motor and descend the cage 2m
from the uppermost floor.
(6) Provide a wood block a t the lower part of the counterweight a t inside
of pit in the lowermost floor.
(7) Turn the turning handle for electric motor and operate the cage in the
ascending direction and ascend the cage until the wood block inside
the pit comes in contact with the counterweight. (When the wood block
comes in contact wuth the counterweight, a slipping phenemenon will
develop a t maine sheave and wire rope, resulting in heavy revolution of
the turning handle.)
(8) Employing a chain block, lift the cage frame from the upper part of
the hoistway.
(9) Secure it so that the governor pully can not revolved. (If the chain block
should be disconnected or other unexpected accidents should becaused,
it will stop the cage by means of the governor safety device immediately.)
(10) Remove the wire rope.
(11) The new wire rope length to be 2OOmm shorter than removed wire
rope. (Extension of wire is considered.)
(12) The stopping wire t o be used a t end of wire r o p e connecting t o
thimble rod.
(13) Wire rope to be pass through t h e thimble rod (socket) with ring,
and insert awedge into the ring. And then tighten wire rope inside of
housing of thimble rod (socket).
(14) Insert a cotter pin into cotter pin hole of wedge, this is for avoid ship-
out of wedge from housing.
(15) To use wire clips a t 2 location (see Drawing No.4) t o catch wire rope.
(16) The wire rope consist of ...
Diameter 12mm Structure 8 strands with 19 wires, center is hemp wire.
Shearing stress, more than 5990 kg/cm2.
Material Steel Remarks Hemp wire is included oil.
(17) Provided wire rope both at cage and counterweight sides and make the
tensioning condition fixed.
(18) Remove the chain block hanging from the cage and rest the governor.
(19) Release the brake of traction machine and t u r n t h e electric motor
with turning handle, and then, descend the cage approx. 200mm or
300mm. Then, remove the wood block at underside of the counterweight.
(20) Close the entrance door a t the lowermost floor.
(21) Ascend the cage and stop the machine in such a manner as (19) at the
uppermost floor level.
(22) Remove the brake release handle and motor turning handle.
(23) Carry our the reciprocating operation between uppermost and lowermost
floors automatically two or three times. Then, adjust the tensioning
coundition of the wire rope in reference with item
"MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF THE MACHINES AT THE UPPER PART
OF THE CAGE".
 A SEC B VIEW
C
GOVERNOR MACHINE
 c
7

I WIRE ROPE

GUIDE RAIL
WARNINGS
You are required t o follow strictly t o the undermentioned "WARNINGS"
for the safe and correct use before operating.
(1) Door machine controller is constructed with non-contact point circuit
(excluding induction relay for over-flowing current), so, required to
cover mechanics with sheet in works.
(2) This is equipped with induction relay for current over flowing, but
if this relay worked oftenly, i t may cause short circuit in power
transister systems with heavy stress. So, please clear such cause off.
(3) To use insulated adjusting bar for turn of adjuster volume.
(4) To set the volume of over-flowing current t o t h e level of amperage
of the motor.
(5) Do not use any fuse out of specification.
(6) Amperage controllei. is damaged in the condition of do not short-circuit
filled coil, armature coil.
(7) To install then in better conditioned places avoiding high temperature,
high humidity, vibration, dust and etc.
(8) Do not make mega-test absolutely because of use of semi-conductor.
(9) It is a matter of course to install in well-ventilated places because
of radiation from machine, and besides to install wiring/code terminals
of mechanics t o be "BELOW".
(10) Main cable/code supplying t o door controller D l D2 is required as
thick a s possible, o/wise, it may cause voltage down.
To install door-controller in a pan where is wet.
(exin refrigerator warehouse etc).
 SPECIFICATION
VOLTAGE IN-PUT AC100V+10%-15% 50/60Hz

ON STOPPAGE O F
DC120V-130V
ELECTRIC CURRENT

CONTROLL SYSTEM SLOW UP-DOWN BY P.W.M SYSTEM

MOTOR DC MOTOR MC-2000, UPTO ZOOW

MAIN CONTROL ELEMENT POWER TRANSISTOR

MAIN ELECTRICAL ARMATURE COIL 4A

CONTROLL CIRCUIT FILLED COIL 1.5A

SPEED CONTROLL VOL ~ (INSTALLED)

D C 2v
ORDER CAN BE CONTROLLED WITH
NON-VOLTAGE CONTACT OR
NON-CONTACT CIRCUIT.

CASE SIZE
DOOR CONTROLLER OVER-FLOWING ADJUSTMENT
Motor-lock system may work on elevator door according to the some
conditions. T/FORE, PLS adjust electric current adjusting volume after door-
adjustment. If not adjusted, it causes too much over-flow on motor-lock,
and then short-circuit of power transistor a t worst cage.

After adjustment, t o confirm of

amperage of motor or power-down.
In this cage, PL lamp is "LIGHTTING"
and this does not mean trouble

Location of over-flow

Movement shall be repeated until

set-time of driving hours volume
when door once locked, and then
door-controller stopped when time-
over, so, PLS install turn-over
circuit in within set-time.
EX. Open (21X) to close side,
Close (22X) to open side,
if this is done,
Time-up will be avoided.
This work is very important to prevent
short-circuit of motor and damage
of controller.
DC MOTOR CONTROL FUNCTIONS
FILLED COIL VOLTAGE ABT.40V-120V (ADJSTBL)
ON POWER-DOWN OF ABV. ABT.O-IZOV (ADJSTBL)

ARMATURE COIL VOLTAGE. ABT.O-IZOV (ADJSTBL)

ON POWER-DOWN O F ABV. ABT.O-28~ (ADJSTBL)
DYNAMIC BRAKE RESISTOR (INSTALLED) 500-1000 (AD JSTBL)
ADJUST WITH TRAVELING RING.
TURN OR TURN-OVER, WORK-UP, WORK-DOWN, INCLINATION ANGLE,
WORK-UP LOW S P E E D DRIVE, S P E E D VARIETY SYSTEM.
. SHOCK-REDUCING SYSTEM CIRCUIT ON TURN/TURN-OVER
MOTOR CONTROLL SEQUENCE CIRCUIT INSTALLED, CONTACT OR NO-
CONTACT SIGNAL CAN CONTROL MOTOR FREELY.
WHEN OVER 15 SECONDS (CHNGBL) INTERVAL OF DOOR OPEN-CLOSE
SIGNAL, IT CAN BE START AGAIN WITH POWER RE-SET AFTER CIRCUIT OFF.
IT I S NECESSARY TO LEVEL U P APMERAGE A LITTLE HIGHER WHEN
OPEN OR CLOSE BOTH DOORS ( S I Z E D : 3 0 0 0 m / m X 3000m/m) WITH
200W CAPACITY MOTOR.
PROCEDURES BEFOR ADJUSTMENT OF DOOR CINTROLLER
The followingprocedures are important for avoiding immoderate systematic
works of doors on adjusting, you are required to follow in order from A to C.
How t o adjust direction of t u r n , open/close and slow-speed.

A. OS1-Distance of stop, CS1-Distance of stop to be within 25-30cm

B. In cage of small door, PLS set up below MID level of speedmeter of
open/close a t start.
C. To be "ON" and CS1, then "ON" signal of 21X or 22X. To see direction
of t u r n , condition of cam, and of slowspeed on open/close. If t u r n is
wrong direction, change contacts on Al,A2 terminal.
If slowspeed is faster, adjust it speed slower by turn to S direction.
And, normalize OS1, CS1, put signals of 21X and 22X in, and then t o
adjust start of open/close, speed reducing curve, Hi-speed and Hi-speed
fild voltage.
Adjustment of brake in Hi-speed turn-over is required to do right sided
l O O W follow resistor.
- Adjusting makes bakes more efficiently. And, again adjust speed-reducing
curve.

4TRAVELLING RING
i ?-I- . lOOW MOTOR
Working t i m e .
I t is about 10 seconds, even if big door, to take times for door open or close.
If any objection within short time, motor will be locked and over-flowed.
PLS time-set in shortest t o avoid damage of motor-controller and t o
protect motor. Possible to set 40 seconds at MAX,but recommendable about
20 secs on relation with signals of turn-over. About 1/2 t u r n of volume
is for about 20 secs.

How t o u s e over-flow c u r r e n t volume.

Not listed name in print board. Same type volume located below. This is
electric current control adjuster of armature coil of motor. PLS adjust to
2A level if l O O W motor, or t o 4A MAX if 200W motor. Some time happens
current control t o s t a r t work in cage sudden s t a r t of open-start,
close-start, on this time PLS adjust t o moderate by t u r n toh-direction
slightly or by adjusting work-up.
If electric current control once worked in adjusting, PL-lamp will light
and this is warning over-load. And a t same time, HI, HZ, continue to sign
on. If adjusted completely and to oerfect, PLS power off and again power on.
If do so, HI, HZ, sign-on and PL-lamp lighting will be off.
 ADJUST OF DOOR CONTROLLER
To set-up motor turn direction befor adjust. To use insulated adjuster bar.

CLOSE START
@ 0 OPEN START

@@
CLOSE SPEED- OPEN SPEED-
REDUCING CURVE REDUCING CURVE

CLOSE SLOW SPEED

@
0 OPEN SLOW SPEED

6v CLOSE HI SPEED OPEN HI SPEED

@
TC BIAS FILD
@
0 OPEN BAIS FILD

TC BIAS ARMATURE
@0 OPEN BUS ARMATURE

HI-SPEED FILD VOLTAGE

a0
STANDARD LEVEL
WORK TIME

* Adjust starts standard level posision when motor turn direction set-upped.
6 I t is OK to complete set-up with slight adjust, but PLS refer to explanation
of volumes of each posisioning adjust, if need more exact set-up.
* Direct connection can load toroue t o door closed direction when door
closed. When open t o change inside of controller recommended t o se a t
60V of TC bias fild vol ( a t this posision) And, t o s e t a t lower
of TC bias a r m a t u r e coil.
* Open bias, too, t o s e t armature voltage a t higher fild level
by judging weghts.
* Over-flow current adjust is t o be set torque can be loose when motor-lock
(important)
HOW TO START WORK
21X Sign on, work-up with Hi-speed, CS1 sign on, work-down with slow
driving.
21X Sign off stop "slow", load voltage to armature/fild when opened door
a t MAX.
22X Sign on, work-up with Hi-speed, CS1 sign on, work-down with Hi-speed
and slow driving.
22X Sign off stop slow clow close, load voltage slightly to armature/fild
when travelling sign on.

MANUALS O F EACH POSITION ADJUSTER VOLUME

(Name of position is printed on board)

Open start, close start. This volume up the voltage of armature coil
grandually when switch on 21X or 22X signals by adjusting curv of open,
close work-up. Then speed up gradually to Hi-speed. S-direction up the
speed slowly.
Open speed reducing curve, close speed reducing curve. This volume works
for slow speed smoothly by turning t o "slow" from sign-on of OS1-limit
signal or CS1-limit signal for direction to "high" speed suddenly to slow.
Open Hi-speed, close Hi-speed. This volume works to set up U X High speed
no more High speed than set-up. Slow f o r S-direction, faster for F-direction.
TC bias fild, TC bias armature. This volume works load voltage slightly
t o armature/fild, lower for L-diriction, higher for H-direction.
Open bias. Fild, open bias armature. This volume works to load voltage to
armature coil when door opened t o MAX. Lower for L-direction, higher
for H-direction.
Hi-speed fild voltage. This volume is used for both open or close with
adjusting of voltage of fild when Hi-speed drive. Lower fild voltage for
L-direction, higher for H-direction. This fild voltage influence to speed.
Recommended whithin 40V-100V.
 RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CIRCUIT, BECAUSE IN-PUT
POSITION OF CONTROLL IS CONSISTED OF HOT-COUPLERS.
Circuit for contacts
-
21x (OPENSIGN)

OSl (OPEN SPEED REDUCING SIGN)

k- TC (SIGN IN RUNNING)

COM (-)

. How t o use over-flow current contact.

H1 DC24Vf 1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

& EX. For electric power failure.

Dl
AClOOV -
D2
+
DC120V -
-

- No problem which ever DC-input power on to +(plus) -(minus) terminal

when electric current stopped.
 DC1 DC2 21X OS1 2 2 X CS1 TC H1 H2
0 AClOOV 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Hl,H2SIGNS
(DC120V) ON OVER-FLOW

RECTIFIER - COM (-)

CONTROL POWER(1)
LOGIC CIRCUIT PL POWER
CONTROL POWER(2)
INDICATOR
CONTROL POWER(3)
ADJUSTER
CI LIGHTING ON
( OVER-FLOW
ARMATURE ONLY
PRECISED LEVEL
ELECTRIC POWER

.
I TRIANGLE WAVE I A/D INYERTER I I A/D INYERTER I

HI-LEVEL PRECISED HI-LEVEL PRECISED

DIFFERENTIAL DIFFERENTIAL
AMPLIFER AMPLJFER
G
SWITCHING SWITCHING

FOR USE TO CHANGE OVER FLOW

TURN/TURN-OVER INDUCTION
COLLECTOR BRIDGE

r
0 0
OVER FLOW F2
INDUCTION FILD con USE
F1

ARMATURE COIL USE

 EACH POSITION NAMES

P L : ARMATURE COIL
BRAKING
LIGHTING ON IN RESISTOR
OVER-FLOWING

SIGNAL INPUT COMMON

GROUND COM

DOOR OPEN SIGN 21X

DOOR OPEN SPEED

REDUCING SIGN OS1

/(
DOOR CLOSE SIGN 22X

DOOR CLOSE SPEED

REDUCING SIGN CS1

RUNNING SIGN TC
TRAVELLING
OVER-FLOW INDUCTION
H1

% H l , H 2 OPTIONED AT OVER-FLOW
SPECIAL COMMAND,
SO. DO NOT USE.
I

A1A2 ARMATURE USE FUSE 5 A

FIF2 FILD USE / 1

D l , D 2 AClOOV INPUT OR DC120V INPUT /
Brake Adjustment Procedures for Traction Machine Model KTM-30FB(35F)

1. Adjusting the brake

[CAUTION] (Please refer t o figure 4)
When spring is lengthened by loosening the double nut, the "cage" will move
suddenly up or down. Therefore, do not adjust the brake unless cage or counter
weight is secured in place.
(1) Loosen double nuts @ and @ a t the external brake spring by turning them
counterclockwise. [I(TM-30FB,KTM-160 Q-pes are that spring cover @ of inside
proceed screw is compatible with nut.]
(2) Adjust the length of brake spring O by twning adjusting nut @ until the
specified rate of braking control is achieved.(Please refer t o table 3 for a
c o ~ e c t i o nbetween braking torque and length of spring)
(3) Tighten the assembly by turning nut @ clockwise.
2. Adjusting the operating stroke of the brake lever. (The clearance between brake
drum and lining)
[CAUTION1
Cage shall be secured in place during adjustment. Due to the prevention of danger.
(1)Disconnect ([OFF])
power to brake coil.
(2) Loosen adjusting bolt @ of braking stroke and nut @ counterclockwise.
(3) Turn brake releasing lever @ counterclockwise or clockwise until it is full for
push rod to be salient. Turn adjusting bolt @ clockwise until it contacts to
head of the push rod. Then it one more turn and tighten lock nut @.
(4) Adjust other stroke of the brake lever a s item (3).
(5) Energize ([ON]) power to brake coil.
(6) Measure the clearance between brake drum (coupling) @ and brake shoe
(brake Lining) @ along the entire surface of brake lining.
Read the clearance value by inserting a thickness gauge into the space.

Standard values of clearance: 0.2 to 0.3mm, initial

 Brake control assembly

brake spring 8 . lock nut

2... stud bolt 9-..stroke adjusting bolt
3 locknut lo... brake lining
4 lack nut 11... brake drum
5 spring control 12...brake releasing lever
6 push rod
7 brake coil

When the brake shoe is well worn in, the best clearance should remain
within the range of 0.05 to O.lmm.

The clearance between brake drum Q and brake shoe @shall

I be the same
sides. Avoid leaving too large a clearance: doing so may cause the brake to
emit a very loud noise as it operates.
(7)Disconnect ([OFF]) power to brake coil.
(8)When the clearance is within the standard range, lock nut @ of adjusting
bolt @ clockwise to tighten it so that the adjusting bolt is secured in place.
(9)If the clearance is outside the standard range, adjust in accordance with steps
(10)to (13) until the clearance falls within the side range.
(10) When the right-hand and the left-hand clearances are greater than the
standard values:
(a) Loosen lock nut @ counterclockwise.
(b) Loosen the adjusting bolt @ corresponding to the side with the smaller
clearance slightly counterclockwise.
(c) Energize [(on)] power to brake coil a and measure the clearance
between brake drum (coupling) @ and brake shoe (brake lining) @
'
within the standard range.
(d) Disconnect ([OFF]) to brake coil.
(e) If the clearance remains outside the standard range, repeat to adjust
until the clearance is within the standard range.
(11) When the right-hand and the left-hand clearances are lower than the
standard values:
(a) Loosen lock nut @ counterclockwise.
(b) Loosen the adjusting bolt @ corresponding to the side with the smaller
clearance slightly counterclockwise.
(c) Energize [(on)] power to brake coil and measure the clearance
between brake drum (coupling) @ and brake shoe (brake lining) '@
within the standard range.
(d) Disconnect ([OFF]) t o brake coil.
(e) If the clearance remains outside the standard range, repeat to adjust
until the clearance is within the standard range.
 (12) When the clearance on one side only is outside the standard range:
(a) Loosen lock nut @ of brake lever on the side of outside the standard
range counterclockwise.
(b) Turn adjusting bolt @I clockwise so that it increases the clearance. In
contrary case turn adjusting bolt @I counterclockwise so that it
decreases the clearance.
(c) Energize [(on)] power to brake coil a and measure the clearance
between brake drum (coupling) O and brake shoe (brake lining) @I
within the standard range.
(d) Disconnect ([OFF]) to brake coil.
(e) If the clearance remains outside the standard range, repeat to adjust
until the clearance is within the standard range.
( I ) When the clearances are within the standard range, turn lock nut @
of adjusting bolt @I to tighten it s o that the adjusting bolt @ is secured
in place.
(II ) Operate low speed, in order to confirm that brake drum (coupling) @
and brake shoe (brake lining) @ Ieach other. If over-scraping
scrape
noise is occurred, increase the clearance.

[CAUTION]
1. After making the above brake adjustment, make the following inspections
before resuming traction machine operations:
(1)Check to c o n h n that none of the tools and instruments employed in the
adjustment has been inadvertently left inside the machine.
(2) The power to brake coil must be disconnected [OFF].
(3) The 'cagen previously secured for the adjustment must be released.
2. When you operate traction machine with adjusting the brake, the "cage" will
move suddenly up or down. Therefore, the "cage" is secured in place.
3. The connection between rate of brake control and length of spring
The table 3-1,table 3-2 are shown the connection between rate of brake control and
length of spring for each types of the traction machine. Length of spring is design
value according as the fixed torque of the motor.

ICTM-30FB Type

L=Length of spring when it adjusts (mrn) table 3-1

Motor Rate of brake control

Motor capacity Torque

100 125* 150
KW rpm

5.5 1500 22.5 21 20

7.5 1500 20.5 19 17

* Setting value in our factory

KTM-35F Type, KTM-38F Type
L=Length of spring when it adjusts (mm) table 3-2

* Setting value in our factory

 [;z
CONTROL PANEL (10-CPU .. -Drawing symbol) I L'

MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

MELSEC-A
Replacement of Battery

M9006 or M9007 turns ON when the voltage of the battery for program backup and
power interruption compensation falls.
Even if this special relay turns ON, the contents of the program and the power
interruption compensation function are not lost immediately.
However, if the ON state is overlooked, the PC data contents may be lost.

Special auxiliary relays M9006 and M9007 are switched ON to indicate that the
battery has reached the life time (minimum) indicated in Table 10.3 and it must be
replaced if continued use of the power interruption RAM and /or data backup is
required.

The following sections give the battery sewice life and the battery changing
procedure.
1 Service life of battery
C Table 10.3 shows the service life of the battery.

Table 10.3 Battery life

Battery life (Total power interruption time) [Hr]
Guaranteed value Actual service Atler M9006 or
(MINI value (TYP) MW07 is turned ON
AlSJHCPU(S8)
AlSHCPU 4000 20000 100
AZSHCPU
AZSHCPU-S1 2200 12000 56

The actual service value indicates a typical life time and the guaranteed value
indicates the minimum life time.
Preventive maintenance is as follows :

(1) Even if the total power interruption time is less than the guaranteed value in
the above table, change the battery after four to five years.

(2) When the total power interruption time has exceeded.the guaranteed value in
the table above and M9006 has turned ON, change the battery.

Battery specifications

Normal voltage 3.6 V DC

Guaranteed life 5 years
Application For IC-RAM memory backup and power interruption compensation function
External dimensions [mm (in.)] $16 (0.63) x 30 (1.18)
A MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION
MELSEC-A
2 Battery replacement procedure

When the service life of the battery has expired, replace the battery using the
following procedure :
Even if the battery is removed, the memory is backed up by a capacitor for some
time.
However, if the replacement time exceeds the guaranteed value shown in the
following table, the contents of the memory may be lost. Therefore, replace the
battery as quickly as possible.

Replacement of banery Table 10.4 Backup time b y capacitor

Capacitor backup time (Minutes)
Guaranteed value Actually applied value

Open me cover on m e tmniot

the AnSCPU

Remove the old banery from the

holder and r e m e the lead fmm
the lead damp. Then, remove the
lead connmor Imm the connector

lnsen a new banery into the holder

in the correct onenration and con-
nect the lead mres to the connector.
(Clamp me lead unth the lead clamp.)
(The red lead is positive, and the
blue one negative.)

Close me cover on the lmnt of the

I
Tum ON the PC power supply.

I
I

i 0anery failure

i
End 'l
 ROLLING SWITCH PITCHING SWITCH o

Rolling s w i t c h o r , when p i t c h i n g s w i t c h w o r k s ,
a n e l e v a t o r is moved t o t h e n e a r b y f l o o r , a n d
i t s t o p s u n d e r t h e condition t h a t t h e d o o r
o f cage is o p e n e d ,
F o r a b o u t 15 minutes, a n e l e v a t o r s t o p s , a n d
i t r e v e r t s a u t o m a t i c a l l y a f t e r t h a t , and u s u a l l y
comes back f o r t h e o p e r a t i o n ,
e
2-4 LOAD);S~'&~JL
~B%(*-J\'-U- F ' ) D ~ ~ L ~ # S Q & ~ ~ ( O VER 7

IY-711'154 'd?. % m h L <Ld-AE'I,77;tL>.

Bb'%

WAS Sno.

a s ~ g TE + a a

@%% En

,6%fi%%
4 5 :%BE* (ISO) c s t (40'~)
VG460
Bltt7 7 G A L 3 . Li3>LEih,b ~ ~ D R ~ T ~ I ] B L Z ? 8 ~ -
~ 2% 4~ ~~6 k f f J ~
5%t$Eh$@ZBh&-DE@%%%ZE7b-+%fFSh$@9-5%f$k$e6tEi:3E
-Xka~Ifhf.azr:fj'4 t;' b-)b%~13~&9-3%EPi:t$d$@6EE~66.
0 $ ~ 1 3 3 F % k ~ ~ E ( I N S T A N T A N E O USAFETY
S DEVICE)Z?8BE45m/min
1ITDI b<- 9-i:EHT 6EZST6 5 , 5 - ?BE~Z?8BEDI,4tELlTT3B24
(Y 5%t5UILZ?8BED1.51tSLlTT9EXka%IEh;bltt6$BT6dj3
BBEHIL-i-9-i:@RL. t9h@%iiRUIBER:r:A ! l = f ~ 6 # ' S B E %gL1TiZ7
l
3,-
:naT 6.
~ f ' ~ ~ f - ? > > > - j @ D ~ & ~ r i \ h i : & Y3 1 4 i. @ ~ w ~ $ ~ + L ~ ; s ? ~ B E D

1 4 0 % i : ~ 2 4 ~ : , 5 @ % t ~ U I $ @R6, . Z r i \ B j l i ' l 5 0 % ~ < @ d O d 6 t 7 5

b 1~~

if, D - I % ~ @ D ~ ~ : R L ~ T ~ ~ o - I , T-YDIJ > 9~ Z~ ,

D s ~ ~ %

g%15&hLoY~ @ r : 7 e - 7 ~ 4 f i ? 7
J 2~D*+.Y575>1@%3131Lf b-
) ~ @ L D B R : ~ : ~ L ~ G T - ~ s s ~ : & ~~ Y ++
, # ~ ~ > Y @ ~ L - ) ~ @ I : # L ~ + I ~

bhEADt$kB%iS7tto r ~ s b i ' z e r : t $ k ~ 6 .
 fiJYj-73>

(1) 9--3%EIP"e"Zf3kZ+i6-
(2) ~ - ~ ~ & ~ ~ ~ ~ 8 # ~ 0 d ~ j ~ - 3 ~ i ~ k ; b i ' 9 T - 3 1 t ~ i 5 % ~ t n 1 - $ ~ 4
td6.

(3) I $ P ~ ~ ~ P J P I N @ ) ~oD- IP3~2L .- / > I - ~ b - b @ % 7 1 ~ - t a a .

(4) 9-5IL: 1 A f t % E % W t L . f l ' ~ T -f 7 3 > 5 - I @ i T D % d 6 . m$L;to-I
5 3 ~ ~ I - Y I - I@- QI~~WF$~%-FP%T.~E~~:T.~.
(5) fl&~t%fl'~xj-?5>~-?l:~7~$%~~~140%Tfl'J~?-~4~:,
??59bt'L
6* 6 o~ $ ~ ~ ~ D I 5 l % T f l J < f - O %Y
- #~ a%a d~ >+ @ s T &%%L2xY1J
o
>9@ D%9f23F$da0
(6) : ~ % - $ o - f 3 ~ -f>t.f L/-I- @);~~'wE!$E~IQ:DML~ 5fif:fi~Yf - 7 >
3 3 >I-~J-L:~&zL~2L~t~;~&a60
(7) fj'~~f-x-/~~~%~:no~z~ttt.a.
( 8 ) 0-733 4 > I - Y b - I - @ % j E B 9 T - 3 1 : B % T 6 0
(9) 3.~Tf-73>D3%gEL:76>7Li%%3%$fir:& 0 % 8 z L . yt$I+%%Y$
t:&S%fi?
7 6 ) 6 D T j @ R D @ 3 , ,6&GLZfiL~712iB9?5d\ZL2TJL~0

(lo) ~ - ~ ~ ~ f ~ % ~ t n @ a ~ ~ : , # % o ~ ~ ~ ~ 6 ~
(11) 9-'J'lt%R%[email protected]*.:, F%AUT@MANLZL~-FEB~#~%#LT-~%S
-F&t-sEd5 0

( 1 2 ) T-5'1L:RL>7%3%)bI-FBD@6&%&+%T60
(13) o - I 3 3 4 > b Y I / - I- @%~IS~I~XA-XL:L/JX-~-AB%;~~'+BA~
aalatwa. :DE-$BDO~Y F @ t:53 4 > 1 -L J Y - @ t : ~ + ~ ~ : o x
7566 t:. EGD++*:, 3 ; b r ~ @ L : f i - 5 f i T % $ l I 3 D E B t f ~ 5 D T 34 >3 I - L/

JY-~;BBIO-:, b f l f * : , I- t:DBl:F$!f3Df~L~~?i#r -9 776.

ZDBEhD2i-0-71;tO~ ~@%fd~L~31113"6~0~6&~
Z60WF%Zt6f:&O~:, F @ D ~ ~ o + , Y
b LC& 9 B 3 i % @ ? i 3Z t : 5 & % 5 0

(14) T - ~ ~ & ~ Z T E & A O E % H ~ ~ Z ~ & A O E F ~ ~ ~ ~ Y

E-$T-5ELiE36+7S < o

(15) T-51{FEDf~2%!:&99-31f%iF%B%$01:&9~92.5m18Z%T50
(18) 9 - 9 % - % 3 7 L > 6 5 1 - > 7 0?~% D O 9 \ T k k b i : R . ~ T ? - ? 5 > % ? 2 j 3 $
ea.
(19) ~ ~ + ~ I - + % R & ~ ~ L L E W % ~ - ~ > ~ J \ > F J ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ E L
-3OOrnrntZET!%$trtr'.~b~I:fjCL~7117>9-7r
-r'b?;3D7~
F~OO.:,
9 @R9\bO

(20) Z%T@k!dhOiZ%lj9@60
(21) & i % % ( l9 ) ~ f j ~ E T 9 - 9 % ~ ~ ~ e ~ ~ @ ~ / < ) b ~ ~ % k ~ t t 6
(22) Tb-*M%J\> F)b. =$$ht%3-Z>9J)>
F)b%8!d9\bO
(23) i3@lgETZ?;Plec,Z%bBZEE&%%
2-31S:iJL33 7 - i ' . t 7 - U - l D M S E & @
ag?r6 .
 A SEC B VIEW

GOVERNOR MACHINE

I
!m
,=
:z!
2-. 1
:5%'
If
. m" -1 FA,

'F
I oar,
IF,.
i DiYC
I3
Ih
/ uruc
,
2;
,
jFzk&zE
x.w*r
.-
g
*C

t' 3 \', /1
I U I C Y
 -<
c

I WIRE R O P E
/-'----

GUIDE R A I L

I
I FZ 1 1[ M A W I DL.c I I DRIXY~ /M
1 a MI NO. ICALL

1%
IS,
if'
E 6 %
L2
3
-
=.
E,
%
G,
12;
If/ (m2) I/
CLOSE 17-b @l @ l OPEN 1 7 - i

CLOSE m n - r @ (K 9 OPEN +Z1-7

CLOSE SLOW 1K-K O P E N SLOW 1T-K

CLOSE HI 1C-b- OPEN HI I T - K

TC 1 1 - 0 1 74hK 0 OPEN 11.o1

14,bF

TC lf471 77f 17 0 OPEN 11.i7.l )if17

SiZ7 4 )b FZE
 .BSh 75 ;&
- 21 X E+ON . Z z D 1 9 C S I fZ+ON EiBQT 9 7. u-B&
- 21X {ZqOFF 7.0-E.hZ-Y>L3~r:diC%TT-7317.7-ObF:'LZ~li;bi'
alif%t160

. 2 2 X E+ON S B Q l Q CS1 W+ON 73BQ7;9 2 0-BE

2'X WqOFF 70-X7.0-1$k &fi{Z+ONT7-7#17- 74)bFlZ%Tz
E;bi'$>195t-~6~

ggp,flg$lJ 1- AOl~B~ :a%M;~d. gt,6:'L:MWIZtl7h'9 dd.

e O P E N 7.9-b.
J I
CLOSE 2 9 - b
OPEN,CLOSEQ+Y n - 1 ~ ~ ~ 2 i x a i - a 2 2 x a e ~2~ t l 6
@Q:'L:7-7#27. 3 4 ) ! ~ 0 Z E C k l f ' d ? ~i i E ? T 7 . f - F % ' % Q l : - k ~ ~ ~ ~ %
1 a . r;b? < 9tXtS-Farka:Y %To

. OPEN #?gfl-3,CLOSE ZBfl-3

ZG3iilJ1 -AIX. OSI IJ :.Y I.B+RI~CSI ?I 5 . y ~ ~ Z + O N D % E $ ~ ~ ~ % D ~tO I : D T
i % t j s ~ : s L O w x r - FI:TL~I 3 7 . z a f j n T m l : s L o w x r - F m a E r c r i t I 2-6.
OPEN H i X r - F . CLOSE Hi7.Y- F
: - I E $ B ~ i 5 0 ~ t r ' FSZRTT.
- iiE? 7 O P E N X 9 - b a I X C L O S E
~ s - ~ s , : : ~ ; ~ z t n t : x r - ~ ~ ~ ? ;SEOTS<.
~ : l x ~FE
~ i ~ i ~ ~ z
raTZ<7x9dTa
TC/U477.. 7 4 ) b F , T C J T I ' ~ ; ~- 7 - 7 - f l J
J A d f i G ~ Z T 7 - 7 3 1 7 .7~)bFlZZE2fi>b.rf6hDTLEmT
H Z r a ~ = E % i g<$>a>9 % d o
?ZE~5fi<,
O P E N J Y ~ ~ 7X4 ) b F , O P E N J X7
~ 2 7-7317
: J A , OPENLS?t:E+;,-,)bFkt-?F~3174)b:'L:Zli%$~lf 6E&

T<LZ6lTIff<. H36JTE<F2E%'2>3>9% T o
.-.6 B 7 - f ) b F Z E
ZDiKVl-Ald, ~ E ' S E G ~ ~ ~ ) b F Z E i ~ % T O P E N , C L O S E 2 h Z B7l Z G ?
L,dT. Lls13T74,bFZEE5iig<7~5 S T a . H Z B T S < ~ 9L dT. ZD74)bFZ

I < L a1 f~40V-100V~~TT.
a sz;j$*g 1 -AD$JjLhE
z%r-b. 03 7 T S I : I E I ~ ~ L X L-I ~~ % , d j~~ i / F. - y - a ~ - q ~ l
7 -l 0 ? I O O W O € - ~ - ~ L52AiiiL:2OOW€-9-
72 5 4 A MAXTiA?&LLT$L~. OPEN?.9- b . C L O S E X 9 - b d r Z T ~ Q l 0T
=$Z%lIPht;bi'&htF?sE,fa+djs %?hi'. ZOGIZ$\LHEBL:D?25QL03gTE+
2>1: L 7 - F s L > o

QZ?t=Z~Z7'JYPL;bi',6~L8B~0~E%~5
Z;;4,%jPE~ag@L:-BTh;b>b)
Z?. EI@L:Hl,H2& QtB&fZ4;bi'&7LfriLL:r~g Z?. B%;bi'EBrd< %T:Z272%
%L:~LQ ZLf: 5 - - ~ S % % O F F L R I $ A f l B L Z?t. Z O ~ > Y ~ V ' H I , H ~ W %
;bi'BZPASfiZ?.
I
COM (-)
 DC1 DC2 21X OS1 22X CS1 TC HI H2
0 AC100V 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Hl,H2iiSE;%@t:
(DC120V) tZfilE%%~To

mEl' - COM (-)

)
X~J~~PO:IR(I
XiIrn~%(2) PLZ%Z%
511@~%(3)
b - (3z;ze,G;&)
EL7-751 7 D h

+ggg%=$$

=&;&z*1 A / D ~ ~ B A/DZW~B 1
i
m$EZrni@rn ~%~~rn#rn

?4.v 5993 7.4Y599$l'

~ztntiem SZ;E~S*EP
Ib79-71J~5
0 0
F1 F2
$t;%%%?d 74ibF34ibR
{%$'A@
MELSEC-A
 Pr. 200 roaram am minutelsecond selection" Related parameters
Pr. 76 "alarm code output selection"
Pr. 201 to Pr. 210 roara am setting 1 to 10" Pr. 79 "operatton mode selection"
Pr. 21 1 to Pr. 220 m roara am settina 11 to 20"
Pr. 221 to Pr. 230 m roar am settinq 21 to 30"
Pr. 231 "time-of-dav settina"
In programmed operation, automatic operation is performed under the control of the internal timer in
accordance with the preset time of day, running frequency and rotation direction.
a This function is made valid when the following parameter is set to the following value:
- Pr. 79 = " 5 (programmed operation)
a You can select the time unit for programmed operation between "minutelsecond" and "hourlminute".
a The start time of day, rotation direction and running frequency are defined as one point and every 10 points
are grouped into three:
: & - Group 1: Pr. 201 to Pr. 210
Group 2: Pr. 21 1 to Pr. 220
Group 3: Pr. 221 to Pr. 230
a Use Pr. 231 to set the time of day when programmed operation is started.

<Wiring examples
For sink logic
-
lnvener
R,S.T U.V,W
)_
Programmed -
operation tart

Termmat W l o n Pr. 79=5

RL
Timer rerel a amSTR
Input rigmi u r m m o n So Tennlnal function Pr 76=3

Grow wn slma1s

1
(Open collac~htor)

su
SE
.- Timeaul signal
c Outpit signal common
(I) Set the time unit for programmed operation in Pr. 200. Select either of "minutelsecond and
"hourlminute".

- . .~ . .

Note: 1. When "2" or " 3 is set in Pr. 200, the reference time-of-day monitor screen is displayed instead
of the voltage monitor screen. . ,~ ,.,.

2. Note that when the Pr. 200 setting is changed, the units for Pr. 201 to Pr. 231 'setting will
. .
change. , ,

(2) The inverter has an internal timer (RAM). When the reference time of day is set in Pr.231, programmed d~. L
.~

operation is started at this tirne of day. , . .

. 1 'I:
1) Setting range
. . .
.
The time unit depends on the Pr: 200 setting.
Range I Pr. 200 Setting I Pr. 231 Setting Range
2 I Max. 99 minutes 59 seconds
3 1 Max 99 noun 59 minutes
. . .. .. . .., . .

timer returns td " 0 when both the start signal and groupselect signal
. ~ .
are entered. Set the ref,?rencetime of da3 in Pr: 231 when both signals are on.

2) Resetting the reference time of day . .~~ . .. .~

The reference time of day is cleared by switching on the timer reset signal (STR) or by resetting
, .
the
inverter. Note that the reference timeofday value set in Pr. 231 is also reset to "01
. .

(3) Program setting

The rotation direction,:~nningfrequency and start time of day are 201 to Pr. 231 are used for this a
setting.
Point Rolathn il'msfiar.Fr-cy, Slat lime ol Day
PLW1
PLWZ
P1.203
Group 1 Pr.204
<Setting procedure>
(Example: Set point No. 1, forward rotation, 30Hz,4 hours 30 minutes)
1) Read Pr. 201 value.
2) Enter "1" (forward rotation) in Pr. 201 and press the [SET] key ([WRITE] key when using the FR-PU04
parameter unit).
3) Enter 30 (30Hz) and press the [SET] key ([WRITE] key when using the FR-PU04 parameter unit). (Note 1)
4) Enter "4.30 and press the [SET) key ([WRITE] key when using the FR-PU04 unit). (Note 2)
5) Press the [UP] key to move to the next parameter (Pr. 202), and press the [SET] key ([READ] key when using
the FR-PU04 parameter unit) to display the current setting. Hereafter, press the [UP] key to advance the
parameter one by one.

Note 1: To make a stop, write " 0 in the rotation direction and frequency. Set "9999 for no setting.
Note 2: An error will result if 4.80 is entered (59 minutes or 59 seconds is exceeded).

. Assuming that operation has been programmed as ~ndicatedin the following table, the operation pattern
is as shown in the figure below:
No. I Operation I Parameter Setting
Forward rotation. 20Hz. 1 hour 0
, -.-"
,,,,,.
Pr. 201 = 1, 20. 1.00
2 ) Stop. 3 hours 0 minutes 1 Pr. 202 = 0. 0,3:OO
Reverse rotation, 30Hz. 4 hours 0
3 Pr. 203 = 2, 30, 4:00
.,,...u.--

4
I Fomard rotation, IOHz, 6 hours 0
Pr 204 = 1 10.6:00

6
11 Forward rotation, 35Hz. 7 hours 30
minutes
Stop, 9 hours 0 minutes I
Pr. 205 = 1, 35, 7 3 0
Pr. 206 = 0, 0. 9:00

(4) lnput signals

Name Description Signal Level Remarks
Group signal
RH (group 1) Used to seled the group for programmed
RM (group 2) operation. May also be driven by
Photocoupler
RL (group 3) transistor. When ic = 7 OmA.
isolated
Timer reset signal (STR) Input to zero the reference time of day. Vecc0.5Vshould be satisfied.
ProgrammedOperation
lnput to start programmed operation.
signal (STF)

(5) Output signals

Name Description Signal Level Remarks
Output on completion of the operation of
Time-out signal (SU) the selected group and cleared on timer
Permissible load
reset. Open collector
24\/DC, 0.1A
Output during running of corresponding output (isolated)
Group select signals Only when Pr. 76 = 3
group's program and cleared on timer
(FU, OL, IPF)
reset.
(6) Operation
1) Ordinary operation .,
After completion of all preparal:ionsand settings, turn on the desired group select signal (any of RH (group
I), RM (group 2) and RL (group 3)), then turn on the start signal (STF). This causes the internal timer
(reference time of day) to be reset automatically and the operation of that group to be performed in
sequence in accordance with the settings. When the operation of the group ends, a signal is output from
~.
the time-out output terminal. (The open collector signal of SU is turned pn.)
~ o t eUse
l the programmed olxration function with " 5 set in Pr. 79. Programmed operation will not be
performed if any of RI?group select signals is switched on during, PU operation or data link
, ,
operation. . . . ,,..,

., .. , .
2) Multi-group select operation
When two or more groups are selected at the same time, the o
...
executed in sequence of g r o ~ p1, group 2 and group 3. .. ~

For example, if group 1 and group 2 have been selected, the opera
after that operation ends, the reference time of day is reset, the operation ofgroup.2 is started, and the
. . ... ~

time-out signal (SU) is output after the operation of group 2 ends.

s@"*g"sl F s P ..
Gnup 1 RH ..

I '7 - __--- .' ,

.. ~~
.
<
~ .~
." .~,.
- ...
..
. '. 51.
npni (SU) ~

(7) To repeat the operation of the same group, reset the timer using the time-out signal as shown below.
1) To repeat the operation o" on1 roup 1 2) To repeat the operation of roups 1 and 2

(Gmup 11 RH (Gmup 1)RH - . .

(Gmup 2 ) RM (Gmup 2) RM

S E ~ J I SE 1 ~.

execution of the programmed operation, the internal timer is reset and the inverter does not restart
if the power is restored. . .
To resume the operation, turn the programmed operation start signal (STF) off, then on. (At this
time, when it is required to set the reference time of day, switch the start signal on before setting.)
2. When the inverter is wired for programmed operation specifications, the following signals are
invalid:AU, STOP, 2, 4, 1, JOG

144
., _ . * . j _ A , < , < . . " ,,..,.,.,.*......,
Pr.232 to Pr.239'.=;J.Re&r fo Pr. 4;
,
Pr. 240 * Refer to Pr. 72,
* a*,

Pr. 244 "coolina fan o~erationselection"

You can control the operation of the cool~ngfan built in the inverter (200V class, 1.5K or more)

Number
I ~ a c t o r ySetting I Setting Range
244 I 0 I 0.1

.. ., . . .. .
Setting Description . .
0 Operated at power on (independently of whether the inverter is running or at a stop).
~. . ... ~~

Cooling fan on-off control valid . ..,

1 (The cooling fan is always on while the inverter is mnning. ~ u r i n g a
stop, the inverter status is . .
I monitored bnd the fan switches on-off according to temperature.) ..
.
- .

In ether of the follow~ngcases, fan operat~onis regarded as faulty. [FN] is shown on the o~eratlonpanel, and
the fan fault (FAN) and l~ghtfault (LF) s~gnalsare output Use Pr 190 to Pr. 195 (multi-function outputs) to
allocate the terminals used to output the FAN and LF signals.
1) Pr. 244 = " 0
When the fan comes to a stop with power on.
2) Pr 244 = "1"
When the fan comes to a stop during the fan ON command or the fan starts during the fan OFF command.

Note: When the terminal functions are changed using Pr. 190 to 195, the other functions may be affected.
Confirm the functions of the corresponding terminals before making setting.
Pr. 250 "stoo selection"

I
/--
Related parameters
Pr. 7 "acceleration time"
Pr. 8 "deceleration time"
-
Pr. 44 "second accelerationldeceleratio
timeoa
Pr. 45 "second deceleration time"
Pr. 110 "third accelerationldeceleration
time"

Used to select the. stopping rnethod.(deceleration.to astop or coasting) when the start signal (STFISTR)
switches off, ......... .-..........-.. . .. .. . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . , .

. . .
Number Senin
250 9999 . .

(1) Pr. 250 = "9999 d

When the start signal switches OR,the motor is decelerated to a stop.
Stat wmal OFF

(2) Pr. 250 = other than "9999

The output IS shut off when the bme set in Pr. 250 has elapsed after the start signal had switched off. The
motor coasts to a stop.
stat sacat 1 OFF
4.
I
O U 4s ~*hut off +Urn.
i eleqsed ana stan rips1
rel h P r 250 hsr
k.3 n i l M on

RUN r ~ n a l
OFF

off when the output stops.

on again during motor coasting, the motor starts at OHz.
Pr. 261 "vower failure stov selection" Related parameters
Pr. 12 "DC dynamic brake voltage"
Pr. 262 "subtracted freauencv at deceleration Pr. 20 "acceleration/deceleration
start"
Pr. 263 "subtraction startina freauencv"
Pr. 264 "vower-failure deceleration time 1"

Pr. 265 "vower-failure deceleration time 2"

Pr. 266 "vower-failure deceleration time switch-over freauencv"

When an instantaneous power failure or undervoltage occurs, the inverter can be decelerated to a stop.
Remove the jumper from across terminals R-RI and S-S1 and connect the control circuit terminals R1-P
and S1-N to route the power supply wiring of the other system.
Parameter Factory
Number Setting
Setting Range
261 0 0.1
262 3Hz 0 to 20Hz
263 60Hz 0 to 120Hz. 9999
264 5 sec 0 to 360010 to 360 sec
265 9999 o to 360010 to 360 sec. 9999
266 6OHz 0 to 400Hz
P w s r supply

Pr.264
Pr.262 Paer-laiture deceleration me 1
a
--c Tima
Note: 1. This function is invalid when the automatic restart after instantaneous power failure function is
activated.
2. If (output frequency at occurrence of undervoltage or power failure) minus (frequency setin Pr. 263)
is negative, the calculatior~result is regarded as OHz.
3. The power failure stop furction is not activated during a stop or error.
4. If power is restored durir~cdeceleration, the inverter is kept decelerating to a stop.
.. -
To restart, switch off the start signal once, then switch it on again. . .
5. When the high power factor converter is used (Pr. 30=2), this function is made invalid. . ~. .. .

/?\CAUTION
A If power-failure deceleration operation is set, some loads may cause the inverter t o trip
and the motor t o coast.
If enough regenerative energy is n o t given b y the motor, the motor will c o a s t
 Pr. 270 " s t o ~ o n t o n t a c t load
. toraue Related parameters
hiah-seeed freauencv selection" Pr. 271 "high-speed .
currenl'
Pr. 272 "mid-speed setting minimum
currenl'
Pr. 273 "current averaging range"
Pr. 274 "current averaging filter
constant"
Pr. 275 "stop-on-contact exciting curren
low-speed multiplying factor"

To ensure accurate positioning at the upper limit etc of a lift, stop-on-contact control causes a mechanical brake
to be closed while the motor is developing a holding torque to keep the load in contact with a mechanical
stopper etc,
This function suppresses vibrationwhich is liable to occur when the load is stopped upon contact in vertical
.. & motlon applications, ensuring steady precise positioning.

Load torque high-speed frequency control automatically sets the maximum operating frequency according to
the load.
Specifically, the weight of the load is determined after a start by the average current at a given time; when the
load is light, the preset frequency can be increased for operation.
When the load is light, speed can be automatically increased in a sky parking lot, for example, to reduce
incoming and outgoing times.

Using Pr. 270, select stop-on-contact control andlor high-speed frequency control (control which
automatically switches between high- and middle-speed operations according to load torque).
When stop-on-contact control is selected, select advanced magnetic flux vector control. For function
details, refer to Pr. 275 and Pr. 276.
For function details of load torque high-speed frequency control, refer to Pr. 271 to Pr. 274.

Parameter Factory
Sewing Range Description
Number Setting
0 Without stop-on-contact control and load torque high-speed frequency control
1 Stop-on-contact control
270 0
2 Load torque high-speed frequency control
3 Stop-on-contact control + load torque hlgh-speed frequency control
Pr. 271 "hiah-s~eedsettina maximum current" Related parameters
Pr. 272 "mid-soeed settina rninimum current" Pr. 4 "multi-seed setting (high speed)"
Pr. 5 "multi-seed setting (middle speed)
Pr. 273 "current averaaina r;- Pr. 6 "multi-seed setting (low speed)"
Pr. 59 "remote setting function selection'
Pr. 274 "current averaaina filter constant" Pr. 180 to Pr. 186
(input terminal function selection)

Used to set the current, averaging ranbe, etc. required when "2" or "3" is Set in Pr. 270 to select load torque
high-speed frequency control.

,. .. ,
y
_
l.
..

1
methw mere is a lwd m me r i d m a light load or wimout
not, me iii is moved vemcaw P bad is mwed faster man me
al me rame speed. lm vdh a load.
(The,mlput frequency is increase.)

. ,

<Wiring example> .,.

, .
Sink logic
Pr.186= 19

., ..
. .,

stm slpvl ~ ~ 13.-

Lo& lmpm hqh-sped
h-y hmwh- re-

-
1!
Note: The input signal terminal used depends on the Pr. 180 to Pr. 186 settings.
 ..
Terminal
STR ( S F )
1 -
1
OT
..
: Na less than rated ckant
: reg~~eralive load ;

I
OFF

1
~. ~ . .
when operation is performed with ~ 1 (load
9 detection high-speed frequency function selection) signal on, the
inv&tera~tomaticallyvaries the maximum frequency between Pr. 4 "multi-speed setting (high speed)" indl
Pr. 5 "multi-speed setting (middle speed)" settings as shown below according to the average current flowing
.. .
.
~
& during acceleration from the frequency half of the Pr. 5 setting to the frequency set in Pr. 5.

Example: 1. If the average current is not more than half of the rated inverter current, the maximum frequency
is the value set in Pr. 4 as shown in operation example A.
2. If the average current is not less than the rated inverter current, the maximum frequency is the
value set in Pr. 5 as shown in operation example B.
4
C
5E
tL
~ ..
Pr4
(120HZ) ~.
PLS 1 .....-....
...-...-.
~ . .
(60Hz)

P1.271
(50%)
Pr272
IIWXI
.
Avaraw aunnt
~.
. .~
. .

<In this example, the frequency varies according to the current, 60Hz for 100% current

C and 120Hz for 50% current >

<Setting> . . ~ ...

1) Set "2 or 3" in Pr. 270.

2) Assign X I 9 (load detection high-speed frequency function selection) to the input terminal using any of Pr. 180
to Pr. 186.
3) Refer to the following table and set the parameters:
 Note: 1. This function is only valid ir the external operation mode. This function is not activated when "1"or
"2" (remote setting function) is selected for Pr. 59.
2. If the current averaging zorie includes the low output region, the output current may increase in the
constant-output region. Wtlen the current is low, the running frequency increases, increasing the
deceleration time.
3. The maximum output frequency is 120Hz. If its setting exceeds 120Hz, the output frequency is
120Hz.
4. The fast-response current limit function is invalid. .,
5. Can be activated at every start.
6. When the terminal functions are changed using Pr. 180 to Pr. 186, the other functions may be
affected. Confirm the functions of the corresponding terminals before making settings.

, .
. . !

. , .
A When the load is light, the motor may accelerate suddenly up to 120Hz; causing . . ..

I hazardous conditions. Provide sufficient interlocks on the machine side before starting
operation. I
Set frequency reference table for load torque high-speed frequency control . .
The following table lists the frequencies set when the load torque high-speed frequency control signal (X19)
and multi-speed terminals (RH, RlM, RL) are selected together:

Set Frequency
Conforms to load toque high-speed frequency control.
Speed 1 (high speed) Pr.4

Speed 1 (high speed) Pr.4

Speed 2 (middle speed) Pr.5
Speed 3 (low speed) Pr.6
, . . . ,
Speed 6 Pr.26 . , .., , . .
Speed 5 Pr.25 . . . .,. . , .
4.
Speed 4 Pr.24
Speed 6 Pr.26
Speed 4 Pr.24
Speed 7 Pr.27
.,
Speed 5 Pr.25
.' , Speed 7 Pr.27
Setting using terminal 2, 1. 4, JOG
0 indicates that the signal is on. ., . . .. .
.~ . , . .
. . .. ~.. ..
. .
., .:. .~.. . . . . ,

command mode is selectedand the rein

not selected.
2. Multi-speeds override th? main speeds (across terminals 2-5, 4-5, 1-5).
3. When the 12-bit digital speed input (option FR-A5AX) is selected, the above li
(The 12-bit digital speed input has the highest priority.)
. .. ... 4. Jog operation overrides the above list.
 Funct~onlhst (The follow~ngspecifications apply to the external operation mode.)
Load Torque High-speed ~ ~.
~

Pr. 270 Setiing Frequency Control Stop-On-Contact Control Multi-Speeds (7 speeds)

0 X X 0
1 X 0 0
2 0 X -0
3 0 0 0
0 : Indicates that the function is valid.

Restr~ct~onswhen 1 to 3 are selected for Pr. 270

Under the following conditions, the functions of Pr. 270 settings "1 to 3 are made invalid:
PU operation
Programmed operation
PU + external combined
PID control
.. ..

, .&
, ..
-
Remote setting function mode
Orientation control (option FR-A5AR) . .
. .
..

- Jog operation (common to PU and external operatio

Pr. 275 "stop-oncontact exciting current
low-speed rnulti~lvinarf-
Related ~arameten
4 "multi-seed setting (high speed)
-
Pr. 5 "multi-seed setting (middle speed)
Pr. 6 "multi-seed setting (low speed)"
Pr. 276 "S~OD-oncontact
PWM carrier Pr. 48 "second stall prevention
freauencv" operation currenl' .. ,,~. ,,

Pr. 72 "PWM carrier frequency"

Pr. 180 to Pr. 186 (input terminal
function selection)
Pr. 270 "stoponcontact, load torque
high-speed frequency selection"

Set "1 or 3" (stoponcontact control) in Pr. 270. Also advanced magnetic flux vector control must be
selected.

:letting Range

0 to 1000%. 9999
9999 0 to 15,9999

<Wiring and operation exarnales>

Sink logic
outpi

ON
OFF
.c mMeo"AC ON
RM
OFF

R~
RT
+Jg=;
GOBS"10 rlopan-mntanmml mod* when born
RL and RT n k h on.
: and RT may b m n c n ~
~ . b(RL oo in any order with
s y bme dnlaama )
-
Note: The input signal terminals used depend on the Pr. 180 to Pr. 186 settlngs.

When both the RT and RL terminals are switched on, the inverter enters the stop-on-contact mode, in which
operation is performed at the frequency set in Pr. 6 "multi-speed setting (low speed)" independently of the
preceding speed.
Note: 1. By increasing the Pr. 275 setting, the low-speed (stop-on-contact) torque increases, but the
overcurrent alarm (E.OCT) may occur or the machine may oscillate in a stop-on-contact state.
2. The stop-on-contact function is different from the servo lock function, and if used to stop or hold a
load for an extended period, the function can cause the motor to overheat. After a stop, immediately
reset this function and use a mechanical brake to hold the load.
3. Under the following operating conditions, the stop-on-contact function is made invalid:
PU operation
Programmed operation
PU + external operation
PID control function operation
Remote setting function operation
Orientation control function operation
-
Jog operation ...

1) Select advanced magnetlc flux vector control and set "1" or "3" in Pr. 270.
2) Refer to the following list and set the parameters.

Function switch-over when stop-oncontact control is selected

Frequencies set in stop-on-contad control (Pr. 270 = 1 or 3) (In external operation mode)
The following table lists the frecuencies set when the input terminals (RH. RM, RL, RT, JOG) are selected
together.

Set Frequency Remarks

*@ indtcates that the function 1s selectee

. . . . . .
Note: 1. 0 indicates that the signal is on.
2. Indicates that the remote setting function is not selected. (The remote. setting function, disables
stop-on-contact control.)
3. The selection of the 12-bit digital speed input FR-A5AX (option) makes the above list invalid.
Note that when both RL and RT are on, the frequency is as set in Pr. 6 and stop-on-contact control
is exercised.
4. The jog frequency has the highest priority.
5. When the terminal functions are changed using Pr. 180 to Pr. 186, the other functions may be
affected. Confirm the furictions of the corresponding terminals before making settings.
 Pr. 278 "brake o ~ e n i n afreauencv" Related parameters
Pr. 279 "brake ooenina current" Pr. 60 "intelligent mode selection"
Pr. 80 "motor capacity"
Pr. 280 "brake openinq current detection time" Pr. 81 "number of motor poles"
Pr. 180 to Pr. 186 (input terminal
Pr. 281 "brake operation time at start" function selection)
Pr. 282 "brake operation freauencv"
utput terminal function selection
Pr. 283 "brake operation time at stop"
Pr. 284 "deceleration detection function selection"
Pr. 285 "overspeed detection freauencv"

This function is used to output from the inverter the mechanical brake opening completion signal timing signal in

& vertical lift and other applications.

This function prevents the load from dropping with gravity at starting due to the operation timing fault of the
mechanical brake or an overcurrent alarm from occurring at a stop, ensuring secure operation.

The mechanical brake opening completion signal may either be entered or not entered into the inverter
This function is only valid when "7" or "8" is set in Pr. 60 to select brake sequence mode.

Mdl+sped sqd PLj :Me 2, w N M 1mahe rquert cunenf

the wrmls~Dle
.NO!. opsnlng of m erlgnal)
rlgnal (BDF

Note: 1. The input signal terminal used depends on the Pr. 180 to Pr. 186 settings.
2. The output signal terminal used depends on the Pr. 190 to Pr. 195 settings.
At start: When the start signal is input to the inverter, the inverter starts running. When the output frequency
reaches the value set in Pr. 278 and the output current is not less than the value set in Pr. 279, the inverter
outputs the brake opening request signal (BOF) after the time set in Pr. 280 has elapsed.
When the time set in Pr. 281 elapses after the brake opening completion signal (BRI) was activated, the
inverter increases the output frequency to the set speed.
At stop: When the speed has decreased to the frequency set in Pr. 282, the brake opening request signal
(BOF) is switched off. When the time set in Pr. 283 elapses after the brake operation confirmation ,
signal (BRI) was activated, the inverter output is switched off.
If Pr. 60 = "8" (mechanical brake opening completion signal not input), this time is the time after the brake
opening request signal is output.

1) Pr. 60="7" (brake opening completion signal input)

.,

, , ,
,, , ,
8 8 , 8

8 8

sr.-~{f+;Fl 8 8 8t

Output M W l -
,,
8 , ON ,c
8 ,
8
s
8
8 , 8 1 <
r ' , ,4
8

Brat. qmmw request -2

j 8 8
ON
8

8
8

8
(BOF agnal P

Braha opnlne somplston '- I j

(BRI n p ~ I 1

- Tme

2) Pr. (mechanical brake opening completion signal not input)

sr-u1
Pr.13
-7
Output f w u w ON

-- r]
I
Pr.279

output -,en - 0 * ON

Brats opaniw w u e s
(BOF Ygnall
-

Elsstmmagnetr brats o p r a I I -
Cloaec Opened

- Cloase

Tms
(1) Parameter setting
1) Select advanced magnetic flux vector control. (Pr. 80, Pr. 81 f "9999)
2) Set "7 or 8 (brake sequence mode) in Pr. 60.
To ensure more complete sequence control, it IS recommended to set "7" (brake opening completion signal
input) in Pr. 60. Note that the automatic restart after instantaneous power failure function is not activated
when the brake sequence mode is selected.
3) Refer to the following table and set the parameters:

Brake operation time seconds.

283 O to
at stop Pr. 60=8: Set the mechanical delay time until the brake is closed + about
0.2-0.3 seconds.
0 Deceleration is not detected.
Deceleration detection If deceleration is not normal during deceleration operation, the
284
function selection 1 inverter alarm (E.MB2) is provided to shut off the output and switch off the
brake opening request signal (BOF).
If (detected frequency) - (output frequency) > Pr. 285 in the PLG feedback
Overspeed detection 0 to 30Hz control mode, the inverter alarm (E.MB1) is provided to shut off the output
285
frequency and switch off the brake opening request signal (BOF).
9999 Overspeed is not detected.
Note: When using this function, set the acceleration time to 1 second or longer.

12) Ex~lanationsof terminals used

The terminals must be allocated using Pr. 180 to Pr. 186 and Pr. 190 to Pr. 195,
Brake Sequence Mode
Signal Terminals Used Pr. 60=7 (with mechanical brake Pr. 6038 (without mechanical
opening completion signal) brake opening completion signal)
BOF According to Pr. 180 to Pr. 186 Brake opening request Brake opening request
BRI According to Pr. 190 to Pr. 195 Brake opening completion signal -

Note: 1. The brake opening completion signal (BRI) is a parameter valid when Pr. 6 0 ~ 7 .
2. When the terminal functions are changed using Pr. 180 to 186 and Pr. 190 to Pr. 195, the other
functions may be affected. Confirm the functions of the corresponding terminals before making
settings.
(3) Protective functions
If any of the following errors occur i l the brake sequence mode, the inverter results in an alarm, shuts off the
output and switches off the brake opening request signal (BOF terminal).
On the operation panel (FR-DU04) LED and parameter unit (FR-PU04) screen, the following errors are
displayed:
I Error 1 Error Display
Display 1 ~ ~

E.MB1 I (Detected frequency) - (output frequency) > Pr. 286 in the PLG feedback control mode. (Overspeed detection function) 1
-. 1 Deceleration is not normal during deceleration operation (Use Pr. 284 to Select this function.) (Except Stall prevention /
sw;tchea on tho~ghtne motor 1s at a stop. (Grav~tydrop prevention function)
(forwaro or reverse rotallon) is input, the brake opening request signal (BOF)

signal switched on, the brake opening completion signal (BRI) does '

request signal (BOF), the brake opening completion signal (BRI)

(BOF) switched off at a stop, the brake opening completion ..

Pr. 900 "FM terminal calibration" /-- Related parameters -7
Pr. 901 "AM terminal calibration" Pr. 54 "FM terminal function selection"
Pr. 55 "frequency monitoring referenc
Pr. 56 "current monitoring reference"

8 By using the operation panellparameter unit, you can calibrate a meter connected to terminal FM to full
scale.
Terminal FM provides the pulse output. By setting Pr. 900, you can calibrate the meter connected to the
inverter from the parameter unit without providing a calibration resistor

-
You can display a digital value on a digital counter using the pulse train signal from terminal FM. A 1440Hz
output is provided at the full scale value as explained in the section of Pr. 54. When the running frequency
has been selected for monitoring, the ratio of this FM terminal output frequency can be set in Pr. 55.

7 4
~ ~

(~2;::) (Dlglal matar) -b

A 1-1 (+) la*

FVnn FM '(AM) O F M (AM)

w SD (51 )SD (51

+
pubs width T I usta tad wim Pr. 900 Note: me parameter is laaw-r*lo 7m~tull-scaleor ~ M O H Z FM
~ u i r pmnod
e T 2 S * n Pr. 55 (valid f w h e q u s m m m ~ o n n gmhll artput frequency a1 MHZ

, .
8 Terminal AM is factory-set to provide a 10VDC output in the full-scale state of each monitored data. Pr. 901
allows the output voltage ratio (gain) to be adjusted according to the meter reading. Note that the maximum
output voltage is IOVDC.

(1) Calibration of terminal FM

1) Connect a meter (frequency meter) across inverter terminals FM-SD. (Note the polarity. FM is the positive
terminal.)
2) When a calibration resistor has already been connected, adjust the resistance to " 0 or remove the
res~stor.
3) Set any of "1 to 1.5 to 14. 17, 18 and 21' in P r 54.
When the runnlng frequency or ~nverteroutput current has been selected as the output s~gnal,preset in
Pr. 55 or Pr. 56 the runnlng frequency or current at which the output slgnal is 1440Hz.
At this 1440Hz, the meter normally deflects to full scale.

(2) Calibration of terminal AM

1) Connect a 0-IOVDC meter (frequency meter) across inverter terminals AM-5. (Note the polarity. AM is the
positive terminal.)
2) Set any of "1 to 3, 5 to 14. 17, 18 and 21" in Pr. 158.
When the running frequency or inverter output current has been selected as the output signal, preset in
Pr. 55 or Pr. 56 the running frequency or current at which the output signal is 1OV.
3) When outputting a signal which cannot achieve a 100% value easily by operation, e.g. output current, set
"21" in Pr. 158 and perform the following operation. After that, set "2" (output current, for example) in
Pr. 158.
 When operation panel (FR-DU04) is used

I 1) s s m the Pu a p e m i x mode. I

callbratlon" w Pr 901 'AM terminal callbratlw"

I I
1
4 ) Press the [SET] key
C
5) Press m e [FWD]key lo ua the lnvelter (Maw need not be connodcd )

I
I
~..
1 ~. . .~

adjus the meter pain(=,to me requbd porlsn. (me p ~ e r t a k c rsome rim to move.)

., . , , ..

pulse train output of terminal FM is 2400Hz.

frequency.

manual.
 Pr. 902 "freauencv settina voltaae bias" Related parameters
Pr. 903 "freauencv settiflcl voltaqe qain" Pr. 20 "acceleration/deceleration

Pr. 904 "freauencv settina current bias"

Pr. 905 "freauencv settina current qain"

You can set the output frequency as desired in relation to the frequency setting signal (0 to 5V, 0 to 1OV or 4 to
20mA DC).
,

The "bias" and "gain" functions are used to adjust the relationship between the input signal entered from outside
the inverter to set the output frequency, e.g. 0 to SVDC, 0 to 10VDC or 4 to ZOmADC, and the output frequency.

Use Pr. 902 to set the bias frequency at OV.

Use Pr. 903 to set the output frequency relative to the frequency command voltage set in Pr. 73
Use Pr 904 to set the b~asfrequency at 4mA.
. & Use Pr 905 to set the output frequency relatlve to the 20mA frequency command current (4 to 20mA)

Parameter
Factory Setting Setting Range
Number
902 OV OHz 0 to 10V 0 to 60Hz
903 5V SoHz 0 to lOV 1 to 400HZ
904 4mA OH2 0 to 2OmA 0 to 60Hz
905 20mA 60Hz 0 to 2OmA 1 to 400Hz

(1) The frequency setting voltage biases and gains may be adjusted in either of the following two ways:
1) Any point can be adjusted with a voltage applied across terminals 2-5.
2) Any point can be adjusted with no voltage applied across terminals 2-5.
3) Bias voltage is not adjusted.
.
(2) The frequency setting current biases and gains may be adjusted in either of the following two ways:
1) Any point can be adjusted with a current flowing at terminal 4.
2 ) Any point can be adjusted with no current flowing at terminal 4.
3) Bias current is not adjusted.
<Adjustment procedure> Pr. 902 (Pr. 904) "frequency setting voltage (current) bias"
When operation panel (FR-DU04) IS used

Select the PU operation mode

. . . .. .> . ...
Read Pr. 902 (Pr. 904) value.
. ,. . ~

, . , . ,. . ., :
.
Press the [SET] key. c .

~. ~ ~

, . ., . , , . . . '
...
. ..
. ,
. , , ..

Using the [UPIDOWN] key, set the bias ., . . .. ~ . ~ ..

. , . .. .
, ~, . .. . -
. .

a voltage (current) applied

Using the [UPIDOWN] key, set

When the [UP] or [DOWN] key
the bias voltage (current) in %.
Apply the bias voltage (current). i s pressed. the present setting is
10% for OV (OmA). 100% for 5V

- I
I
[ Press the [SET] key for about 1.5 seconds.

1 i !.. -.

The bias voltage (current) setting flickers.

. ,. . , ~.. ,c':. ,.
I .. .,

. , . .. . , . .
. .
Bias setting complete
::. . . .

. , ~ . .
. "

. . . ..
Press the [SET] key. . , . .~
The cursor moves to the next parameter.
..
'Pr. 903 to Pr. 905 can also be a d j ~ ~ s t esimilarly
d using the above procedure. . . . . !,.

Note: 1. If the Pr. 903 or Pr. 905 (gain adjustment) value is changed, the Pr. 20 value does not change.
The input signal to terminal 1 (frequency setting auxiliary input) is added to the frequency setting
signal.
2. For the operation procedure using the parameter unit (FR-PU04), refer to the FR-PU04 instruction
manual. I
 CAUTION
Be careful when setting any value other than " 0 . Even without the speed command, the
motor will start running at the set frequency by merely switching on the start signal.

Pr. 990 "buzzer control"

You can make the buuer "beep" when you press any key of the operation panel or parameter unit.

Parameter Factory
Setting
Setting Range Remarks
Number
990 I 1 I 0. 1 I 0: Without beep. 1. With beep
C
MEMO
 PROTECTIVE FUNCTIONS

This chapter explains the "protective functions" of this

product.
Always read the instructions before using the equipment.

5.1 Errors (Alarms) ............................ 166

5.2 Troubleshooting ........................... 171
5.3 Precautions for Maintenance and Inspection --
174

I CHAPTER 1 I OUTLINE
I CHAPTER 2 1 INSTALLATIONAND WIRING

P CHAPTER^ I PARAMETERS

APPENDICES
Ifany fault has occurred in the inverter, the corresponding protective function is activated and the error (alarm)
indication appears automatically or ithe PU display. When the protective function is activated, refer to "5.2
Troubleshooting" and clear up the ciuse by taking proper action. If an alarm stop has occurred, the inverter
must be reset to restart it.

5.1 .I Error (alarm) defiinitions

'peration
parameter
Panel Description
-

D1sp'ay
(FR-DU04)
I Unit
(FR-PU04) 1 Name

- - I OC Dunna I Dunnu I I

Overcurrent When the inverter output currant reaches or exceeds ipprox. 200% of the
shut-off rated current, the protective circuit is activated to stop the inverter output.
uunng
OC During
deceleration
Dec
During stop
OV During During
ACC acceleration
If regenerative energy from the running motor causes the inverters
During internal main urcuit DC voltage to reach or exceed the specified value, the
Stedy 'pd flegenerative
constant protective circuit is activated to stop the inverter output.
OV crvervoltage
speed - !ihut-off This may also be activated by a surge voltage generated in the power
During supply system.
OV During deceleration
Dec
During stop
! The electronic overcurrent protection in the inverter detects motor
overheat due to overload or cooling capability reduced during constant-
I speed operation. When 85% of the preset value is reached, pre-alarm (TH
Motor indication) occurs. When the specified value is reached, the protective
Overload IMotOr
Ovr'oad circuit is activated to stop the inverter output. When a special motor such
shut-off as a multi-pole motor or more than one motor is run, the motor cannot be
(electronic
protected by the electronic overcurrent protection. Provide a thermal relay
overcurrent
protection) -j If a current not less than 150% of the rated output current flows and
Inv. overcurrent shut-off (OC) does not occur (200% or less), inverse-time
Inverter characteristics cause the electronic overcurrent protection to be activated
Overload
to stop the inverter output. (Overload immunity: 150%, 60 sec)
If a power failure has occurred in excess of 15msec (this applies also to
inverter input shut-off), this function is activated to stop the inverter output
to prevent the control circuit from misoperation. At this time, the alarm
inst.Wr. Instantaneous jower failure output contacts are opened (across &C) and closed (across A-C).
Loss protection (Note 1 ) If a power failure persists for more than IOOms, the alarm output
is not provided, and if the stan signal is on at the time of power restoration,
the inverterwill restart. (If a power failure is instantaneous within ISmsec,
1
the control circuit operates properly.)
.
I if the inverter power supply voltage reduces, the control circuit will not
operate properly, resulting in decreased motor torque or increased heat
generation. To prevent this, if the power supply voltage reduces below
Under 150V (about 300V for the 400V class), this function stops the inverter
Undervoltage protection
; Voltage output.
1 1 1 1 When . ~. .
. - a lumoer IS not connected across P-PI, the undervoltage
~

protective function is activated.

I

If the cooling fin overheats, the temperature sensor is activated to stop the
inverter output.
For the inverter which contains a cooling fan, FN is displayed on the
operation panel and the fan fault signal (FAN) and light fault signal (LF) are ;
output when the cooling fan stops due to a fauit or operates differently from
the setting of Pr. 244 "cooling fan operation selection".
If the brake circuit fauit has occurred due to damaged brake transistors,
etc., this function stops the inverter output.
In th~scase, the inverter power must be switched off immediately. I
Operation
Parameter
Panel
Unit Name Description
Display
(FR-PU04)
(FR-DU04)
This function stops the inverter output if a ground fault occurs in the
Ground Output side ground fault invertets output (load) side and a ground fault current flows. A ground fault
E' GF
Fault overcurrent protection occurring at low ground resistance may activate the overcurrent protection
(OC1 to OC3).
If the external thermal relay designed for motor overheat protection or the
internally mounted temperature relay in the motor switches on (relay
External thermal relay
E'OHT OH Fault contacts "open"), the inverter output can be stopped if those contacts had
operation (Note 3)
been entered into the inverter. if the relay contacts are reset automatically,
the inverter will not restart unless it is reset.
If a current not less than 150% (Note 4) of the rated inverter current flows
in the motor, this function lowers the frequency until the load current
reduces to prevent the inverter from resulting in overcurrent shut-off.
E.OLT During acceleration
When the load current has reduced below 150%, this function increases
(When
the frequency again to accelerate and operate the inverter up to the set
stall
frequency
prevention
Stll Prev If a current not less than 150% (Kote 4) of the rated inverter current flows
operation
STP in the motor, this function lowers the frequency until the load current
has During constant-speed
(OL reduces to prevent overcurrent shut-off. When the load current has
reduced operation
during stall reduced below 150%, this function increases the frequency up to the set
the running
prevention value.
frequency
to ,, OL
operation) If the regenerative energy of the motor has increased above the brake
capability, this function increases the frequency to prevent overvoltage
during stall

ced below 150%. this function

selectionlPU disconnection detectioniPU stop selection". This function

stops the inverter output if the number of successive communication
occurrence
errors is greater than the number of permissible retries when Pr. 121 value
is "9999" for RS485 communication from PU connector.

Operation panel power short

 Panel Unit Narn,? Description

inverters of 7.5K or less contains a brake resistor. When the regeneratwe

brake dutv from the motor has reached 85% of the specified value, pre-
alarm (RE indication) occurs. If the specified value is exceeded, the biake
- - €Irakeresistor Overheat
protection
circuit operation is stopped temporarily to protect the brake resistor from
overheating. (If the brake is operated in this state, regenerative

I
-
overvoltaqe shut-off will occur.) When the brake resistor has waled. the
brake operation is resumed.
€.ME1 to This function stops the inverter output if a sequence error o m r s during
e m
the use of the brake sequence function (Pr. 278 to Pr. 285).

Note: 1. If Pr. 195 (A, 8,C terminal function selection) is as set in the factory.
2. The terminals used must be allocated using Pr. 190 to Pr. 195.
3. External thermal relay operation is only activated when "OH" is set in any of Pr. 180 to Pr. 186 (input
terminal function selectior,).
4. Indicates that the stall prevention operation level has been set to 150% (factoly setting). If this value
is changed, stall prevention is operated at the new value.
5. Resetting method
When the protective funct on is activated and the inverter stops its output (the moior is coasted to a
stop), the inverter is kept stopped. Unless reset, the inverter cannot restart. To reset the inverter,
use any of the following rnethods: switch power off once, then on again; short reset terminal RES-
SD for more than 0.1 seconds, then open; press the [RESET] key of the parameter unit (use the
help function of the parameter unit). If RES-SD is kept shorted, the operation panel will show "Err."
1 or the narameter unit will show that the inverter is beina reset. I
 To know the operating status at the occurrence of alarm
When any alarm has occurred, the display automatically switches to the indication of the corresponding
protective function (error). By pressing the [MODE] key at this point without resetting the inverter, the display
shows the output frequency. In this way, it is possible to know the running frequency at the occurrence of the
alarm. It is also possible to know the current in the same manner. However, these values are not stored in
. -
memory and are erased when the inverter is reset.

5.1.2 Correspondences between digital and actual characters

There are the following correspondences between the actual alphanumeric characters and the digital
characters displayed on the operat~onpanel.

"
Actual Digital

-1
Actual
0
Digital Actual

Q
Digital

I3 0
Q
a
0
I3
0
" 8 Q
Q
pl "
Q
pJ
"
B
Q
Q
0
5.1.3 Alarm code output
By settlng Pr. 76 "alarm code output selection", an alarm defin~tioncan be output as a 4-bit digital signal. Th~s
slgnal is output from the open colleckor output terminals equipped as standard on the inverter.
Correlations between alarm definitions and alarm codes are as follows.

Provided (Open)

(No:e) 0:Output transistor OFF, 1: Output transistor ON (common terminal SE)

The alarm output assumes that Pr. 195 setting is " 9 9 (factory setting).

5.1.4 Resetting the inverter

d
The inverter can be reset by performing any of the following operations. Note that the electronic overcurrent
protection's internal heat calculatioil value and the number of retries are cleared (erased) by resetting the
inverter.

Operation 1: Using the operation panel (FR-DU04), press the [RESET] key to reset the inverter.
Operation 2: Switch power off once, then switch it on again.
Operation 3: Switch on the reset signal (RES).
5.2 Troubleshootina

If any function of the inverter is lost due to occurrence of a fault, clear up the cause and make correction in
accordance with the following procedure. Contact your sales representative if the correspondingfault is not
found below, the inverter has failed, parts have been damaged, or any other fault has occurred.

5.2.1 Checking the operation panel display at alarm stop

The alarm code IS d~splayedon the operatlon panel to lndrcate the cause of a faulty operatlon Clear up the
cause and take proper actron in accordance wlth the following table

Deceleration too fast?

er or DC reactor across

0 When the protective function is activated, take proper corrective action, reset the inverter, then resume
operation
 5.2.2 Faults and check. points
POINT: Check the corresponcir~gareas. If the cause is still unknown, it is recommended to initialize the

-
parameters (return to fxtory settings), re-set the required parameter values, and check again. 1
(1) Motor remains S ~ O D D ~ ~ .

1) Check the main c~rcult

Check that a proper power supply voltage is appl~ed(operation panel display is provided).
- Check that the motor is connected properly. -
2) Check the input signals . .
. . .. .
Check that the start signal s input. . . . ~ .

~. - Check that both the forward and reverse rotation start signals are not inpu . .
Check that the frequency setting signal is not zero.
Check that the AU signal is on when the frequency settingsignal is 4 to 2 . ~

.. - .
Check that the output stop signal (MRS) or reset signal (RES) is not on.
Check that the CS signal is not off when automatic restart after instantaneo selected
.dc.
(Pr. 57 = other than "9999").
3) Check the parameter settings
Check that the reverse rotation prevention (Pr. 78) is not selected.
. . Check that the operation mode (Pr. 79) setting is correct.
- Check that the bias and g i n (Pr. 902 to Pr. 905) settings are correc
Check that the starting frequency (Pr. 13) setting is not greater than
Check that various operational functions (such as three-speed operatlbn), especially the maximum '
frequency (Pr. l ) , are not zero.
~. . -
4) Check the load
- Check that the load is not l:oo heavy. . . .
Check that the shaft is not locked.
5) Others
- Check that the ALARM lamp is not lit. .
. ..
...
. .
,-.
~~. ~.

. Check that the Pr. 15 '50y frequencys4setting is not lower than the Pr. 13 "starting frequencpvalue.,
4,
~ ~

. .

12) Motor rotates in o ~ ~ o s i 1direction.

:e
. . . ~
. . ~~,.... . . . . ~

- Check that the phase sequence of output terminals U, V and W is correct.

Check that the start signals (forward rotation, reverse rotation) are connected properly.

(3) S ~ e e dareatlv differs from the setting,

Check that the frequency setting signal is correct. (Measure the input signal level.) ~. ,

Check that the following parameter settings are proper: P;. 1. Pr. 2. Pr. 902 to Pr. 905,'Pr. 1 9
- Check that the input sigcal lines are not affected by external noise. (Use shielded cables)
Check that the load is not too heavy. ~. . .~
..,

(4) Accelerationldeceleration is not smooth.

Check that the acceleraticn and deceleration time settings are not too short.
Check that the load is not too heavy.
Check that the torque boost (Pr. 0, Pr. 46, Pr. 112) setting is not too large to activate the stall functior.
 (5) Motor current is larae.
Check that the load is not too heavy.
Check that the torque boost (Pr. 0, Pr. 46, Pr. 112) setting is not too large.

(6) Speed does not increase.

Check that the maximum frequency (Pr. 1) setting is correct.
Check that the load is not too heavy. (In agitators, etc., load may become heavy in winter.)
Check that the torque boost (Pr. 0,Pr. 46, Pr. 112) setting is not too large to activate the stall prevention
function.

/7) Speed varies durina operation.

During operation under advanced magnetic flux vector control, the output frequency varies with load fluctuation
between 0 and 2Hz. This is a normal operation and is not a fault.
~.. . 1) lnspection of load
,
Check that the load is not varying.
2) Inspection of input signal
Check that the frequency setting signal is not varying.
Check that the frequency setting signal is not affected by induced noise.
3) Others
Check that the settings of the applied motor capacity (Pr. 80) and the number of applied motor poles
(Pr. 81) are correct for the inverter and motor capacities in advanced magnetic flux vector control.
Check that the wiring length is within 30rn in advanced magnetic flux vector control.
Check that the wiring length is correct in VIF control.

j8) Operation mode is not chanaed pro~erlv.

If the operation mode is not changed properly, check the following:
...
1. External input signal . .. .Check that the STF or STR signal is off.
When it is on, the operation mode cannot be changed.
2. Parameter setting . .. . . .
. ..Check the Pr. 79 setting.
. 4P When the setting of Pr. 79 "operation mode selection" is " 0 (factory
setting), switching input power on places the inverter in the external
operation mode. Press the operation panel's [MODE] key three times
and press the [UP] key (press the [PU] key for the parameter unit
(FR-PU04)). This changes the external operation mode into the PU
operation mode. For any other setting (1 to 8), the operation mode is
limited according to the setting.

(9) Operation panel /FR-DU04) display is not provided.

Make sure that the operation panel is connected securely with the inverter.

(10) POWER lamp is not lit.

Make sure that the wiring and installation are correct.
 5.3 Precautions for Maintenance and inspection

The transistorized inverter is a sta:ic unit mainly consisting of semiconductor devices. Daily inspection must be
performed to prevent any fault from occurring due to adverse influence by the operating environment, such as
temperature, humidity, dust, dirt a ~ vibration,
d changes in the parts with time, service life, and other factors.

5.3.1 Precautions for maintenance and inspection

For some short time after the power is switched off, a high voltage remains in the smoothing capacitor. Wher
accessing the inverter for inspection, switch power off. When more than 10 minutes have elapsed, make sure
that the voltage across the main circuit terminals P-N of the inverter is 30VDC or less using a. tester,
. etc.

5.3.2 Check items

11) Dailv insoections
.Check the following:
1) Motor operation fault . ,
, .
, .
..
...
...

4.--
. ~

2) Improper installation environment . ,

3) Cooling system fault , .

4) Unusual vibration and noise . .
5) Unusual overheating and discc~loration
During operation, check the inverter input voltages using a tester. . . . .

12) Cleaning
. .
Always run the inverter in a clean state.
When cleaning the inverter, gently wipe dirty areas with a soft cloth immersed in neutral detergent or ethanol.
Note: Do not use solvent, such as acetone, benzene, toluene and alcohol, as they will cause theinverter surface
paint to peel off.
Do not use detergent or alcollol to clean the display and other sections of the operation panel (FR-DU04)
or parameter unit (FR-PU04) as these sections do not like them.

5.3.3 Periodic inspection 4

Check the areas inaccessible du~ingoperation and requiring periodic inspection. For periodic inspectior,,
consult us.
.. . . . .. .
1) Cooling system: . . . Clean the air filter, etc.
~'2) . ..
Screws and bolts: .. . .. . These parts may become loose due to vibration, temperature changes, etc.
Check that they are tightened securely and retighten as necessary.
3) Conductors and insulating mate'ials: Check for corrosion and damage.
4) Insulation resistance: Measure.
5) Cooling fan, smoothing capactcr, relay: Check and change if necessary.
 5.3.4 Insulation resistance test usinn menner
1) Before performing the insulation resistance test using a megger on the external circuit, disconnect the cables
from all terminals of the inverter so that the test voltage is not applied to the inverter.
2) For the continuity test of the control circuit, use a tester (high resistance range) and do not use the megger or
buzzer.
3) For the inverter, conduct the insulation resistance test on the main circuit only as shown below and do not
perform the test on the control circuit. (Use a 500VDC megger.)

C 5.3.5 Pressure test

Do not conduct a pressure test. The inverter's main clrcurt uses sem~conductors,which may be deterlorated if a
Dressure test is made

Daily and Periodic Inspection

Check ambient

across inverter
multimeter
terminals R-S-T. (Refer to page
182)
(1) Check with megger 0 0 (1) Disconnect all (1) 5M n or more.
(across main circuit cables from (2). (3) No fault.
terminals and inverter and
ground terminal). measure across
(2) Check for loose 0 terminals R. S, T. SOOVDC class
General
screws and bolts. V, Wand ground megger
(3) Check for overheat- 0 terminal with
ing of each part. megger.
Main (2) Re-tighten.
(4) Clean.
circuit (3) Visual check.
(1) Check conductors 0 (1). (2) Visual check. ( I ) , (2) No fault.
for distortion.
Conductors' 0
(2) Check cable
cables
sheaths for
I - .
lerm~nal
breakage.
Check for damage. 0 Visual check. No fault
block
 Daily and Periodic Inspection

Inverter
module, Check resistance
Converter across tennina:~.
module

(1) Check for l q ~ i d

Main
circuit
(1) Check for chi~ner

(2) Disconnect one

Control inverter operated

circuit Operation
Protec- check
live circuit

Cooling vibration anc noise.

system fan (2) Check for loose

Check that read

Motor

resistance
-
Note: The value for the 400V clas:; is indicated in the parentheses.
 Checking the inverter and converter modules

<Preparation>
(1) Disconnect the external power supply cables (R, S, T) and motor cables (U, V, W)
(2) Prepare a tester. (Use 100R range.)

<Checking method>
Change the polarity of the tester alternately at the inverter terminals R, S, T, U, V, W, P and N, and check for
continuity.
-
Note: 1. Before measurement, check that the smoothing capacitor is discharged.
2. At the time of continuity, the measured value is several to several ten's-of ohms depending on the
module type, circuit tester type, etc. If all measured values are almost the same, the modules are
without fault.
.
device numbers and terminals
5.3.6 Replacement of parts
The inverter consists of many electronic parts such as semiconductor devices.
The following parts may deteriorate with age because of their structures or physical characteristics, leading tc
reduced performance or failure of the inverter. For preventive maintenance, the parts must be changed
periodically.

JI)
Coolina fan
The cooling fan cools heat-genera:ing parts such as the main circuit semiconductor devices. The life of the
cooling fan bearing is usually 10,000 to 35.000 hours. Hence, the cooling fan must be changed every 2 to 3
years if the inverter is run continuously. When unusual noise and/or vibration is noticed during inspection; the
cooling fan must be changed immediately.

Removal
1) Push the catches from abcve and remove the fan cover

C-- Fa"coM(Ic1~~

2) Disconnect the fan connectors.

3) Remove the fan.

Reinstallation FR9VCb5
C E X ~ Y ~ SK>

1) After confirming the orient.ation of the fan, reinstall the fan so that the
arrow on the left of "AIR FLOW faces up

I ? AIR FLOW I
L <Fan side face>
J
2) Reconnect the fan connectors.
When wiring, use care to avoid the cables being caught by the fan.
3) Reinstall the fan cover.
 (2) Srnoothina ca~acitors
A large-capacity aluminum electrolytic capacitor is used for smoothing the DC in the main circuit, and an
aluminum electrolytic capacitor is also used for stabilizing the control power in the control circuit. Their
characteristics are adversely affected by ripple current, etc. When the inverter is operated in an ordinary, air-
conditioned environment, change the capacitors about every 5 years. When 5 years have elapsed, the
capacitors will deteriorate more rapidly.
Check the capacitors at least every year (less than six months if their life will be expired soon).
Check the following:

-
1) Case (side faces and bottom face for expansion)
2) Sealing plate (for remarkable warping and extreme cracks)
3) Explosion-proof valve (for excessive valve expansion and operation)
4) Appearance, external cracks, discoloration, leakage. When the measured capacitance of the capacitor has
reduced below 85% of the rating, change the capacitor.

: C To prevent a contact fault, etc., relays must be changed according to the number of accumulative switching
times (switching life).
See the following table for the inverter parts replacement guide. Lamps and other short-life parts must also be
changed during periodic inspection.

Replacement Parts of the lnverter

Part Name Standard Replacement Interval Description
s
Cooling fan 2 to 3 years Change (as required)
Smoothing capacitor in main circuit 5 years Change (as required)
Smoothing capacitor on control board 5 years Change the board (as required)
Relays Change as required

5.3.7 Inverter replacement

& The inverter can be changed with the control circuit wiring kept connected. Before replacement, remove the
screws in the wiring cover of the inverter.
1) Remove the mounting screws in both ends of the control circuit terminal block.
2) With both hands, pull down the terminal block from the back of the control circuit terminals.

3) When installing the terminal block to a new inverter, exercise care not to bend the pins of the control circuit
terminal block connector.
 Measurement of voltages; and currents . .
Since the voltages and currents on the inverter power supply and output sides include harmonics, accurate
measurement depends on the instruments used and circuits measured. , . .

When instruments for commercial frequency are used for measurement, measure the following circuits
using the instruments given on the next page. .. . .
. ,

... .

. ~ .. .
., ~
>,
.
. ...
.-

. .-.

,,.. ,

&T"'g 9 e
Typical Measuring Points and Instruments
 Measuring Points and Instruments

Power supply side power

Moving-iron type AC ammeter

tput side power fact0

Moving-coil type (such as

Convefler output

Across FM (+) -SD Moving-coil type (Tester, etc.

Frequency meter signal

20 to 30VDC when open.

ON voltage: 1V or less

Note 1. Accurate data will not be obtained by a tester.

2. When Pr. 195 "A. 0, C terminal function selection" setting is positive logic.
3. When the carrier frequency exceeds 5kHz. do not use the instrument because overcurrent losses occurring in the metallic
parts inside the instrument will increase and may lead to burnout.
In this case, use an approximate effedive value type instrument.
'Values in parentheses indicate those for 400V class.
MEMO
 SPECIFICATIONS
This chapter provides the "specifications" of this product.
Always read the instructions before using the equipment.
GV

6.1 Standard Specifications. - - - . .. . . ..- - . - - . . 182

CHAPTER 1 I OUTLINE

I CHAPTER 7 1 OPTIONS
/ APPENDICES
 6.1 Standard Slseci.fications

6.1.I Model specifications

a 200V class

II I Voltage (Note 4)

Regen-
erative 1 Max.
valuefiirne
Three phase, 200V to 220V 50Hz. 200 to 240V 60Hz

150% 5 sec 100% 5 sec 20% (Note 5)

220V 50Hz.
200 to 230V 60Hz

braklng Permissi-
3%ED 2%ED Continuous (Note 5)
toque ble duty
I I Rated input AC I T~ -L--- qnn,r m n \ r =nu- ~ n..6n I A ~ \ , cn~.
I
I
tnrer _
_L.__ L_.
.
"^OV
pllasr, ~
77n\r
u 'to
C ~ Y T

1 a 10 I
!

Enclosed type (IP20 NEMAI) Open type (lP00)

Cooling system Forced air cooling 1

Approx. weight (kg), with
-t3,5 1 1 1 1 I
3.5 3.5 6.0 6.0 8.0 113.0 113.0 1 . 0 3 0 . 0 4 0 . 4 0 . 0 5 5 . 0

Note: 1. The applicable motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable when Mitsubishi
4-pole standard motor is used.
2. The rated output capacity indicated assumes that the output voltage is 220V for 200V class and
440V for 400V class.
3. The overload capacity indicated in % is the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated
current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the d ~.

temperatures under 100% load.

4. The maximum output voltage cannot exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output
~... .
voltage may be set as d~siredbelow the power supply voltage.
~~. . , .
5. The torque indicated is the average value for deceleration from 60Hz to a stop and varies with
. ... , .., motor loss.
. . .
6. The power supply capacity changes with the values of the power supply side inverter impedances
~

. . ~.-. . (including those of the input reactor and cables).

-
 400V class

Note: 1. The applicable motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable when Mitsubishi
4-pole standard motor is used.
2. The rated output capacity indicated assumes that the output voltage is 220V for zoovclass and
440V for 400V class.
3. The overload capacity indicated in % is the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated
current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the
temperatures under 100% load.
4. The maximum output voltage cannot exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output
voltage may be set as desired below the power supply voltage.
5. The torque indicated is the average value for deceleration from 60Hz to a stop and varies with
motor loss.
6. The power supply capacity changes with the values of the power supply side inverter impedances
(including those of the input reactor and cables).
6.1.2 Common specifi~cations

Sofi-PWM controllhigh carrier frequency PWM control (VIF control or

Control system
adv:lnced magnetic flux vector control can be selected)
Output frequency range 0.2 to 400Hz
Frequency 0.0.5HzI60Hz (terminal 2 input: 12 bits10 to 10V. 11 bits10 to 5V, terminal 1 input: 12 bits/-10 to
Analog input
setting +:OV, 11 bits/-5 to +5V)

-
V)
resolution Digital input 0.0'iHZ
.- Within 33.2% of maximum output frequency (25% +1O0C ) for analog input, within 0.01% of set
Frequency accuracy
E output frequency for digital input
0
2 Vokagelfrequency Bare frequency set as required between 0 and 400Hz. Constant torque or variable torque

mode can be selected.

1ZOHz), operation time (0 to 10 sec), voltage (0 to 30%) variable
absence can be selected.
A.

Frequency

Forward and reverse rotation, start signal automatic self-holding input (3-wire input) can be
Start signal . . ~ ~

speeds can be selected. (Each speed can be set between 0 and 400Hz. running speed
can be changed during operation from the PU (FR-DUO4IFR-PUM).)
Second, third
=V)
acceleration/ 0 to 3600 sec (up to three different accelerations and decelerations
C
-
m deceleration time
"election
car1 be set individually.)
3
n - Jog operation selection d jog operation mode select terminal (Note 1)
~ E s i d e with
C -
- Input of frequency setting signal 4 to 20mADC (terminal 4) is selected.
"3
r Current input selection
.-
0
m
Output stop Instantaneous shut-off of inverter output (frequency, voltage)
0
E . Alarm reset A l a n retained at the activation of protective function is reset. -
0
a, Maximumlminimum frequency setting, frequency jump operation, external thermal relay input
-:: selection, polarity reversible operation, automatic restart operation afler instantaneous power

-
m Operation functions failure, commercial power supply-inverter switch-over operation, fomardlreverse rotation
C
.-
0 prevention, slip compensation, operation mode selection, offline auto tuning function, online
2
a,.
aulo tuning function, PID control, programmed operation, computer link operation (RS485)
8 5 different signals can be selected from inverter running, up to frequency, instantaneous power
failure (undervoltage), frequency detection, second frequency detection, third frequency
del:ection, during program mode operation, during PU operation, overload alarm, regenerative J,...
! ~

Operating status brake pre-alarm, electronic overcurrent protection pre-alarm, zero current detection, output
wlrent detection. PID lower limit, PID upper limit. P I 0 fomardlreverse rotation, wmmercia
-10
0
power supply-inverter switch-over MCI, 2, 3, operation ready, brake release request, fan faut
c

--
.-01
m
2
a Alarm (inverter trip)
and fin overheat pre-alarm minor fault. Open collector output.
Contact output...change-over contact (230VAC 0.3A. 30VDC 0.3A)
Open collector...alarm code (4 bit) output
6 Isignal can be selected from output frequency, motor current (steady or peak value), outpu;
vo!tage, frequency setting, running speed, motor torque, converter output voltage (steady ar
For meter peak value), regenerative brake duly, electronic overcurrent protection load factor, input power,
autaut
- - - r - -Dower.
r ~
~ . load meter. and motor exciting.current. Pulse train output (1440 pulses/sec./fu!l
-. and analog output (0 to IOVDC).
be made from output frequency, motor current (steady or peak value), output
voltage, frequency setting, running speed, motor torque, overload, converter output voltage
peak value), electronic overcurrent protection load factor, input power, output power,
15ild meter, motor exciting current, cumulative energuation time, actual operation time, watt-
.FR-PU04)
2.
-m HI
- h o ~ meter,
r regeneralwe brake auty and motlr load factor
A.,>rnaefin tlon is a m avec m e n protenwe funulon IS actlvaled 8 alarm oefinlttons are Store0

.-:: defnlllon ( F x r alarm defn~t~ons are only alsp ayed on the operarlon pane. )
0 I Operal~ng 1 I n p ~term
l nal Sogna! states o.tprr1 tern nal slgnal states optton flttlng status termlnal
Additional status assignment status 1
display on Output voltage/curreni/frequency/cumulative energization time
parameter unit
before protective function is activated

uidance and troubleshooting by help function

i

184
-
Overcurrent shut-off (during acceleration, deceleration, constant speed), regenerative
overvoltage shut-off, undervoltage, instantaneous power failure, overload shut-off (electronic
Protectivelalarm functions overcurrent protection), brake transistor alarrn(Not0 21, ground fault current, output short circuit,
main circuit device overheat, stall prevention, overload alarm, brake resistor overheat protection,
fin overheat, fan fault, option fault, parameter error. PU disconnection
-10°C to +SO% (non-freezing) (-10°C to +4OSCwhen the dirt-protection structure attachment
E Ambient temperature
m (FR-A5CW is used)
' Ambient humidity 90%RH or less (non-condensing)
E> storage temperature1.1 -20% to +6SSC
Ambience Indoors. (No corrosive and flammable gases, oil mist, dust and dirt.)
- Altitude, vibration Max. 1000m above sea level, 5.9m/s2(0.6G) or less (conforms to JIS C 091 1)

Note: 1. Jog operation may also be performed from the operation panel or parameter unit.
2. Not provided for the FR-A520-11K to 55K and FR-A540-11K to 55K which do not have a built-in
brake circuit.
3. Temperature applicable for a short period in transit, etc.
6.1.3 Outline drawings

200V class

(Unit : rnm)

Note: FR-A540-0.4K to 1.5K are not provided

with the cooling fan.

(Unit : mrn)
D
105 2-+6hole 200V class
Inverter T pe

(Unit : mm)

(Unit : mm)
 .
.I . . . . . . .~
. . , . .
. ..

~- ..... ~ .~ . .............

200V class
Inverter T

FR-A52M5K

400V class

(Unit. mrn)
 8 Operation panel (FR-DU04)

<Outline drawing> <Panel cutting dimension drawing>.

54

(Unit: mm)

e8 Parameter unit (FR-PU04)

<Outline drawings <Panel cutting dimension drawing>

24

k
7

e (Unit: mm)
This chapter describes the "options" of this product.
Always read the instructions before using the equipment.

CHAPTER 1 OUTLINE

CHAPTER 2 INSTALLATION AND WIRING

CHAPTER 3 OPERATION
CHAPTER 4 1 PARAMETERS
1 CHAPTER 5 1 PROTECTIVE FUNCTIONS
1 CHAPTER 6 1 SPECIFICATIONS

APPENDICES
 7.1 .I Stand-alone options

Applicable
Application, Specifications, etc. . .~
Inverter
Interactive parameter unit using LCD display(For use in Japanese.
FR-PU04 English, German, French, Spanish. Italian. Swedish and Finnish) Common to
all models
FR-CB2OO Cable for connection of the operation panel or parameter unit.
Used to place only the heat generating section of the inverter in the 1.5K to 55K.
Heat sink outside back of the control box. according to
FR-A5CNUU
mounting attachment (FR-A5CNO5 to 07 will be released soon) capacity
0.4K to 22K.
By inkailing this obiion, theinverter meets the totally enclosed
FR-A5CVOO according to
structure attachment structure specifications (IP40).
capacity

Conduit connection
attachment
FR-A5FNOo I Used to connect a condu~tdirectly.
?nK tn 6 6 K

-v--..

Mounting plate used to make the mounting dimensions identical to 0.4K to 55K.
interwmpatibility.
FR-A5ATOO those of the conventional models. according to
attachment (FR-ASAT05 will be released soon) capacity
0.4 to 55K.
compatible noise filer Noise filer conforming to the EMC Directive (EN50081-2) according to
capacity
0.4K to 7.5K.
Used to improve the braking capability of the brake buin in the
according to
resistor (Note 1) ~nverter. capauty

Surge voltage
".-a
n .""",.,
+nGGK
I
FR-ASF-HOO Suppresses surge voltages on the inverter output side. according to b

capacity
0.4K to 55K.
Used to improve the inverter input power factor (overall power factor
according to
DC reactor (Note 1) about 95%) and cooperate with the power supply. r-narhv
-r--..

0.4K to 55K.
Used to improve the inverter input power factor (overall power factor
according to
about 90%) and cooperate with the power supply. capacity
1
FR-BIF-(H)OU
Radio noise filter For radio noise reduction 1
Line noise filter

. .. .

~.
 Note: 1. "H" in the type code indicates 400V class.Power supply specifications of FR series controllers and
setters: 200VAC 50Hz. 200Vl220VAC 60Hz, 115VAC 60Hz.
2. Rated power consumption
3. The intercompatibility attachment (FR-A5ATOO) is required to mount the inverter, with the
exception of some models.
L
7.1.2 lnboard dedicated options
Inboard options
Name

12-bit digital input

Digital output

Extension analog
output

Relay output
~
-
5
m
[
1
.l
Type

FR45AY

FR-ASAR
1
1 -
.
.
Function

Among 26 standard output signals of the inverter, thifwtion outputs

liom open collector out ut terminals.

'output frequency.
'2OmADC or SV(1OV)DC meter can be connected.
~ , ~
Input interface used to set the Inverter frequency accurately using external 3digit BCD or
.iZ-b'R binaryzoded digital signals.
'

,
Gains and offsets can also be ad'usted.
- any 7 selected
Outputs extra 16 signals which can be monitored on t h e ' ~ ~ , a nAM
.

d terminals such as
signals-

Among 26 standard output signals of the inverter, this option outputs any 3 selected signals
from relay contact output terminals.
. ,

Used with a position detector (pulse encoder) installed

~~-~ on a machine tool soindle to st00
~

. the
.
spindle in position (orientation control). I
Orientation. PLG
The motor speed is deteded by the pulse encoder and this detection signal is fed back to I
the inverter to automatically compensate for speed variation. Hence, the motor speed can
output (Note 3) FR-A5AP
- be kept constant if load variation occurs.
The current spindle position and actual motor speed can be monitored on the operation

Pulse train input - panel or parameter unit.

A pulse train signal can be used to enter the speed command to the inverter.
Operation~monitoringlparameter change of the inverter can be performed under the control
I
Computer link FR-ASNR of a user program from a computer, e.g. personal computer or FA controller, connected by a
c
- communication cable.
Operation/monitoringlparameterchange of the inverter,can be performed from a computer

-
FR-ASNP
or PLC.
Operationlmonitoringlparameterchange of the inverter can be performed from a computer
Device N e t m FR-ASND
or PLC,
k
o CC-Link (Note 2)
Modbus Plus
FR-ASNK
FR-ASNM
.. Operationlrnonitoringlparameterchange of the invertercan be performed from a PLC.
Operationlmonitoring/parameterchange of the inverter .can be performed from a computer
or PLC,
'
qote: 1. Three inboard options may be mounted at the same time (the number of the same options mountable
is only one, and only one of the communication options may be mounted.)
2. CC-Link stands for Control & Communication Link.
3. The FR-ASAX (12-bit dig tal input) is required for orientation control.
 APPENDICES
This chapter provides the "appendices" for use of this
product.
Always read the instructions before using the equipment.
G
Appendix 1 DataCodeList ........................ 193
Appendix 2 List of Parameters Classified
by Purpose of Use. - . . . . 198

CHAPTER 1 OUTLINE

CHAPTER 2 INSTALLATION AND WIRING

CHAPTER 3 OPERATION
CHAPTER 4 PARAMETERS
CHAPTER 5 PROTECTIVE FUNCTIONS
CHAPTER 6 SPECIFICATIONS

CHAPTER 7 OPTIONS
 Appendix 1 Data Code List

..

~ ~~~. . .
Func- Data Codes
Parameter
Name Link Parameter Extension
tion Number Read Write
Setting (Data code 7F)
-
1 @I
3 c

22
59 I Remote setking fundton seled~on
I I
m~~~
/
-
m

1
5 c
g

- c m
$22
x ,G
-
-mr
.-
7,

165

170
/ user group reacl sekction

failure selection a m instantaneous power

First cushion :ine for restart

First cushion .doltage for restart
Restart stall pr~,ventionoperation level

Watt-hour meter clear

o2

03
04
05
0A
82

83
84
85
8A
.: .. 2

2
2
2
2
 TRANSISTORIZED INVERTER
FR-A500

LOW ACOUSTIC NOISE

.-
a

MiTSLIBISHl
ELECTRIC
Thank you for choosing this Mitsubishi Inverter.
This instruction manual gives handling information and precaution for use of this
equipment.
Incorrect handling might cause an unexpected fault. Before using the inverter, please read
this manual carefully to use the equipment to its optimum.
Please forward this manual to the end user.

This section is specifically about safety matters

Do not attempt to install, operate, maintain or inspect the inverter until you have read through this instruction
manual and appended documents carefully and can use the equipment correctly.
Do not use the inverter until you have a full knowledge of the equipment, safety information and instructions.
In this instruction manual, the safety instruction levels are classified into "WARNING" and "CAUTION".

Assumes that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions, resulting in

death or severe injury.

Assumes that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions, resulting in

medium or slight injury, or may cause physical damage only.

Note that the CAUTION level may lead to a serious consequence according to conditions. Please follow the
instructions of both levels because they are important to personnel safety.
 -
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
-
1. Electric Shock Prevention . .

WARNING
While power is on or when tho inverter is running, do not open the front cover. You may get an electric
shock.
Do not run the inverter with the front cover removed. Otherwise, you may access the exposed high-
voltage terminals or charging part of circuitry and get an electric shock.
If power is off, do not remove the front cover except for wiring or periodic inspection. You may access
the charged inverter circuits and get an electric shock.
Before starting wiring or inspection, switch power off, wait for more at least 10 minutes and check for the
presence of any residual voltage with a tester etc.
Use class 3 or higher earthing method to earth the inverter.
Any person who is involved in the wiring or inspection of this equipment should be fully competent to do
the work.
Always install the inverter befc~rewiring. Otherwise, you may get an electric shock or beinjured.
Operate the switches with dry hands to prevent an electric shock. . ,

Do not subject the cables to scratches, excessive stress, heavy loads or pinching. Otherwise, you ma)
?
get an electric shock.

2. Fire Prevention
ACAUTION . ~ . ., . .,

surface. Installing the inverter directly on or near a combustible

surface could lead to a fire.
If the inverter has become fa~lty,switch off the inverter power. A continuous flow of large current could
cause a fire.
DC terminals P, N. This could cause a fire.

3. Injury Prevention
7A CAUTION I
Apply oily the voltage specifisd in the instruction manual to each terminal to prevenfdamage, etc.
Ensure that the cables are connected to the correct terminals. Otherwise, damage, etc. may occur.
Always make sure that polarty is correct to prevent damage, etC.
After the inverter has been operating for a relativly long period of time, donot touch the inverter as it
 4. Additional instructions
Also note the following points to prevent an accidental failure, injury, electric shock, etc.:

(1) Trans~ortationand installation

~p

When carrying products, use correct lifting gear to prevent injury.

Do not stack the inverter boxes higher than the number recommended.
Ensure that installation position and material can withstand the weight of the inverter. lristall according
to the information in the Instruction Manual.
Do not operate if the inverter is damaged or has parts missing.
Do not hold the inverter by the front cover; it may fall off.
Do not stand or rest heavy objects on the inverter.
Check the inverter mounting orientation is correct.
Prevent screws, wire fragments, conductive bodies, oil or other flammable substances from entering
the inverter.
Do not drop the inverter, or subject it to impact.
... .
Use the inverter under the following environmental conditions: -
~~

,-
-C
Ambient temperature

Ambient humidity
0°C to +50°C (non-freezing)
(-10°C to +40°C when the
90%RH or less (nonsondensing)
dust-protection structuke attachment is
.
used)
.

C .-
Storage temperature -20°C to +65"C*
~

.->
Ambience Indoors (free from corrosive gas, flammable gas, oil mist, dust and dirt)
6 Max. lOOOm above sea level, 5.9m/s2 (0.6G) or less (conforming to JIS
Altitude, vibration
C 091 1) - .
*Temperatures applicable for a short time, e.g. in transit. .. ..

(2) Wiring
ACAUTION
Do not fit capacitive equipment such as power factor correction capacitor, noise filter or surge
suppressor to the output of the inverter.
The connection orientation of the output cables U, V. W to the motor will affect the direction of rotation
%*.. of the motor. , .. .

(3) Trial run

( c h e c k all parameters, and ensure that the machine will not be damaged by sudden start-up. I
(4) Operation

When you have chosen the retry function, stay away from the equipment as it will restart suddenly
after an alarm stop.
* The [STOP] key is valid only when function setting has been made. Prepare an emergency stop
switch separately.
Make sure that the start signal is off before resetting the inverter alarm. A failure to do so may restart
the motor suddenly.
The load used should be a three-phase induction motor only. Connection of any other electrical
equipment to the inverter output may damage the equipment.
Do not modify the equipment.
 ~ ~

/!\CAUTION
The electronic overcurrent protection does not guarantee protection of the motor from overheat.
Do not use a magnetic contactt3r on the inverter input for frequent startinglstopping of the inverter.
Use a noise filter to reduce tPe effect of electromagnetic interference. Otherwise nearby electronic
equipment may be affected.
Take measures to suppress harmonics. Otherwise power harmonics from the. inverter , may
heaffdamage the power capacitor and generator. .. . . . .
When a 400V class motor. i s inverter-driven, it should be insulation+nhanced or surge volt2geb
suppressed. Surge voltages attributable to the wiring constants may occur at motor terminals,
deteriorating the insulation of the motor.
When parameter clear or all c!ear is performed, each parameter returns to the factory setting. Re-set
the required parameters before starting operatiori.
The inverter can be easily set for high-speed operation. Before changing its setting, fully examine the
performances of the motor and machine.
' In addition to the invertets holding function, install a holding device to ensure safety.
Before running the inverter which had been stored for a long period, always perform inspection and
test operation. - ,, . .
>

.. * .
. .. ., YB -1
... , , . ,
., .... ,

ACAUTION ,~ . . .,.
.
~
.
. : .

Provide a safety backup such as an emergency brake which will prevent the machine and equipment
1 from hazardous conditions if the inverter falls I
(6) Maintenance, inspect on and parts replacement
1

ACAUTION. . ~ , . , ...., , .
. . . , ~ , ,

. . ,
Do not carry out a megger (insulation resistance) test on the control circuit of the inverter,.
--
. . - . . ~

' (7) isp posing of the inverter

~,

. .
.

ACAUTION
Treat as industrial waste.
-. . .
3-
, - . . , . ~ ... ,

..
Many of the diagrams and drawings in this instruction manual show the inverter without a cover, or partially
. .
open. Never run the inverter l i k ~this. Always replace the cover and follow this instruction manual when
. . ~ .,
 CONTENTS
1 OUTLINE i

2.1 Installation........................................................................................ 7
2.1.1 Instructionsfor installation ....................................................................... 7
2. 2Wiring ............................................................................................ 9
g,# .
2.2.1 Terminal connection diagram ....................................................................... 9
2.2.2 Wiring of the maincircuit ...................................................................... 12
2.2.3 wiringof the control circuit. ..................................................................... 18
.
2.2.4 connection to the pu connector ................................................................ 21
....... 2.2.5 Conne&n ofstand-alone option units ..........................................................
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .
22
2.2.6 Design infomation............................................................................ 26
2. 30therwiring ..................................................................................... 27
2.3.1 powerharmonics ............................................................................. 27
2.3.2 japanese harmonic suppression guidelines ...................................................... 28
2.3.3 invefier-generatednoises and reduction techniques ............................................... 31
...
2.3.4 Leakage and countermeasures .......................................................... 3 4
- 2.3.5 lnvefier-driven 4 0 0 ,=lass
~ ......................................................................
motor 35
2.3.6peripheraldevices ............................................................................ 36
2.3.7 Instructions for compliance with the UL and CSA standards ........................................ 38
2.3.8 Instructions for compliance with the European standards .......................................... 39

& 13 OPERATION . e 40

3.1 pre-operation Information ........................................................................ 40

3.7.7 ~~~i~~~ and pads to be prepared for operation ................................................... 40
3.1.2 poweron ....................................................................................42
3.1.3parametercheck .............................................................................42
3.2operation .......................................................................................48
3.2.1 pre-operationchecks .........................................................................48
3.2.2 External operation mode (Operation using external input signals) ................................... 49
3.2.3 PU operation mode (Operation using the operation panel (FR-DU04)) ............................... 50
3.2.4 Combined operation mode (Operation using the external input signals and PU) ....................... 51
 .,. .
5.1 ~ ~ ~.................................................................................
~ ~ ~ ( ~ l ~ ~ ~ ) 166
5.1.1 E~~~~(alarm) definitions ...................................................................... 166
5.1.2 Correspondences between diglital and actual characters ................................... :...... 169
5.f,3Alarmcodeoutput ........................................................................... 170
5 . 1 , 4 ~ ~ ~ ~ t t ........................................................................
i ~ ~ t h ~ i ~ ~ ~ ~ t ~ ~ 170
5 , 2 ~ ~ ~ ~ ng b ................................................................................
l ~ ~ h ~ ~ t i 171 :

5.2.1 checking the operationpaneldisplayat alarmstop ..............................................

. ... 171
5.2.2 Faults and ,-heck points ......................................................................
~

. . 172 ,
~

*
~

., . . . . .
inspection.. ......................................................
. . . ,. . . .
~. 5.3
. . precautions for Maintenance . ~. ... ................... .- . . .
174
. .
5.3.1 Precautions for maintenance ;andinspection ........................................................
~

:. . . .A74
~

,
... 5.3,2Checkitems ................................................................................
. . . . . .
, ,
..
174

.. 5.3.7 inverter .........................................................................1 7 9

. 5.3.8 Measurement of main circuit voltages, currents and power .........................................
. . L ~;~.180
: , , . ,

6 SPECIFICATIONS 82
I

~ ~1 ~~t~ code
~ .................................................... :. .................... 193
~ i~ ~ t ~ d i ~
Appendix 2 List of Parameters Classified by Purposes of Use ............................................ 198
. . ,
 This chapter gives the basic "outline" of this product.
Always read the instructions in this chapter before using the
equipment.
G
1.IPre-Operation Information . . ..- .- . .1 ------.
1.2 BasicConfiguration ........................ 2
1.3Structure ................................. 3

<Abbreviations>
. DU
Operation panel (FR-DU04)
. PU
Operation panel (FR-DU04) and parameter unit (FR-PI
. Inverter
Mitsubishi transistorized inverter FR-A500 series
. Pr.
Parameter number
. PU operation
Operation using the P U (FR-DU04lFR-PU04)
. External operation
Operat~onusing the control circuit signals
-
.Combined opeFation
Operation using both the PU (FR-DUO41FR-PUO4) and

.
external operation
FR-A200E
I CHAPTER 2 1 INSTALLATIONAN0 WIRING
I Mitsubishi transistorized inverter FR-A200 series j CHAPTER 3 OPERATION
! <EXCELLENT> series i
A
i
-.--+
- -- -_^..--^_--A i CHAPTER 4 1 PARAMETERS

APPENDICES
 II Pre-Ooeration Ir~formation

1.1.1 Precautions for o ~ e r a t i o n

Incorrect handling might cause the inverter to operate improperly, its life to be reduced considerably, or at the
worst, the inverter to be damaged. Handle the inverter properly in accordance with the information in each
section as well as the precautions an,? instructions of this manual to use it correctly.
This manual is written for the FR-ASK10 series transistorized inverters.
For handling information on the parameter unit (FR-PU04), inboard options, stand-alone options, etc., refer to
the corresponding manuals.

(1) Unpacking and oroduct check

Unpack the inverter and check the capacity plate on the front cover and the rating plate on the inverter side face
to ensure that the product agrees with your order and the inverter is intact.

1) Inverter type

Capac~typlate Rahng plate 4

"" FR-A520-0.4K mrm trp.
appicaau maq u p c l w

*urnuawrrrcnssDIDUDIDU -.-
. . , . .,
2) Accessory ~ ,

Instruction manual

If you have found any discrepancy, damage, etc., please contact your sales representative. ,, <, .

12) Pre~arationsof instrurnemts and arts reauired for operation

Instruments and parts to be prepared depend on how the inverter is operated. Prepare equipment and parts as
necessary. (Refer to page 40.) 141
..
(3) Installation
. ~ . .. .
. .
. .
,. ... . ...'
, 'T&operate the inverter with high performance for a long time, install the inverter in a proper place, in a correct
,. . '' '
direction, and with proper clearances. (Refer to page 7.)

. -
(4) Wirinq

.~
Connect the power supply, motor and operation signals (control signals) to the terminal block. Note that
incorrect connection may damage the inverter and peripheral devices. (See page 12.)
.,.
1.2 Basic Confinuration

1.2.1 Basic configuration

The following devices are required to operate the inverter. Proper peripheral devices must be selected and
correct connections made to ensure proper operation. Incorrect system configuration and connections can
cause the inverter to operate improperly, its life to be reduced considerably, and in the worst case, the inverter
to be damaged.
Please handle the inverter properly in accordance with the information in each section as well as the
precautions and instructions of this manual. (For connections of the peripheral devices, refer to the
corresponding manuals.)

circuit breaker ince a large inrush current

the inverter life.

(Refer to page 36.)

ept fully away from the main circuit to

roted them from noise. (Refer to page

To prevent an electric shock, always ground

the motor and inverter.

Ground I I I

Jaoanese Harmonic Suoaression Guideline

The "harmonic suppression guideline for household appliances and general-purpose products" was issued
by the Ministry of International Trade and Industry in September, 1994. This guideline applies to the FR-
A520-0.4K to 3.7K. By connection of the power factor improving reactor (FR-BEL or FR-BAL), this product
conforms to the "harmonic suppression technique for transistorized inverters (input current 20A or less)" set
forth by the Japan Electrical Manufactures' Association.
1.3.1 Appearance and 'structure
-
(1) Front view (2) Without front cover

,p,,adWm modukl* h/pm 4 - n n * a ~ l

a RS-485 &*I
( ~ o r u of

OPIBWX pMI (FR-OUDO

maaralst~c
(~~ne
tod bad)
opltm rnmnuw P*M
~nbwd

w q wt c m r tor o w n
Fmntuna c o da n termtnrl bad;
am a ~ utmnd
l bad;

'7.5K or less inverters are equipped with an inboard brake resistor.

1.3.2 Removal and reinstallation of the front cover

Removal
1) Hold both sides of the front cover top and push the front cover down.
2) Hold down the front cover and pull it toward you to remove.
(The front cover may be removed with the PU (FR-DU04lFR-PU04) on.)

Reinstallation
1) Insert the catches atthe bottom of the front cover into the sockets of the inverter.
2) Using the catches as supports, securelypress the front cover against the inverter.
/
Note: When the operation panel is mqunted and the front cover is removed, remove the operation panel
before reinstalling the front cover.

Removal
1) Remove the installation screw at top of the front cover.
2) Hold both ends of the front cover top.
3) Pull the front cover toward you to remove.
(The front cover may be removed wlth the PU (FR-DUO4lFR-PU04) on.)

Reinstallation
1) Insert the catches at the front cover bottom into the sockets of the inverter.
2) Using the catches as supports, securely press the front cover against the inverter.
3) Fix the front cover with the top screw.
Note: When the operation panel is mounted on the front cover removed, remove the operation panel
before reinstalling the front cover.
Note: 1. Fully make sure that tic?front cover has been reinstalled securely.
2. The same serial number is printed on the capacity plate-ofthe front cover and the rating plate of the
inverter. Before reinsk~llingthe front cover, check the serial number to ensure that the cover
removed is reinstalled to the inverter from where it was removed.
1.3.3 Removal and reinstallation of the operation panel
To ensure safety, remove and reinstall the operation panel after switching power off.

q-yrbri
Removal
Hold down the top button of the operation panel and pull the operation panel toward you to remove.
. Removal ' R*mlaWcn
- - - -.

@./m
To reinstall, insert straight and mount securely.

Reinstallation using the connection cable

1) Remove the operation panel.
2) Disconnect the modular jack type relay connector. (Place the disconnected modular jack type relay
connector in the modular jack type relay connector compartment.)

p ,.lay CMMXI.2, m m p n m m

t' 0 m

3) Securely plug one end of the connection cable into the PU connector of the inverter and the other end
into the operation panel.

Note: Install the operation panel only when the front cover is on the inverter.
I
MEMO
 INSTALLATION AND WIRING

This chapter gives the basic "installation and wiring" of this

product.
Always read the instructions in this chapter before using the
C equipment.
 -

2.1.1 Instructions for installation

1) Handle the unit carefully. . , . .
The inverter uses plastic parts. Handle it gently to protect it from damage. Also, hold the unit with even
strength and do not apply too m,Jch strength to the front cover alone.

2 ) Install the inverter where it is not :subjected to vibration. . , - . :J ?.

; ,
Note the vibration of a cart, press, etc. . . -. .

3) Note on ambient temperature . . . . . . ...

The inverter life is under grest influence of ambient temperature. I" th
temperature must be within the permissible range (-10°C to +50°C). Check that the ambient temperature is
within that range in the positions shown in figure 3). . .~ , .

4) lnstall the Inverter on a noncombustible surface.

The Inverter will be very hot (max. about 150°C). lnstall it on a non-combustible surface (e.g. metal) Also
leave sufficient clearances around the inverter. 4
5) Avoid high temperature and high humidity.
Avoid places where the inverter is subjected to direct sunlight, high temperature and high humidity
.

6) The amount of heat generated in an enclosure can be reduced considerably by placing the heat sink outside
the enclosure: . .~
. - ,

for installation. The mounting area should be cut to the panel cutting
dimensions.
2. The cooling section outside the enclosure has the cooling fan. Do not use the inverter in any
to waterdrops, oil mist, dust, etc.

7) Avoid places where the inverter is exposed to oil mist, flammable gases, fluff, dust, dirt, etc.
lnstall the inverter in a clean place or inside a "totally enclosed panel which does not accept any suspended
matter. d
8) Note the cooling method when the inverter is installed in an enclosure.
When two or more inverters are installed or a ventilation fan is mounted in an enclosure, the inverters ard
ventilation fan must be installed in proper positions with extreme care taken to keep the ambient
temperatures of the inverters below the permissible value. If they are installed in improper positions, t t e
mbient te'mperatures of the inverters will rise and ventilation effect will reduce.

9) Secure the inverter with bolts vertically.

lnstall the inverter on an installation surface securely and vertically with screws or bolts
 3) Note on ambient temperatures 4) Clearances around the inverter

5m 5m C m l w fa built
in *e invsrte,
mo

- lcm a m a a f a mDdd 3.7K or 1s-

8) For installation in enclosure 9) Vertical mounting

~ ~.
. ~

. ..

[Correa orample) (1-m example)

P o s i l i dvmlilatim Fan

(1) Wirina cover and handlina ( 2 2 or

~ less)
1) When cable condu~tsare not connected
Cut the protectwe bushes of the wlrlng cover w~thnlppers or a cutter before runnlng the cables
,Mnp cover

@ WARNING
I Do not remove the protective bushes. Otherwise, the cable sheathes may be scratched by the wiring cover I
edges, resulting in a short circuit or ground fault.

2 ) When cable conduits are connected

Remove the corresponding protective bushes and connect the cable conduits.
2.2.1 Terminal connection diagram

, SslTtbnda~tomab~sL~ cs ,..
I .. , ;

n w nstunanaous -.bike
OF mnthto.o w mnm
C m m m to smk and -ci
i._....._..________--.---- --.----
CE~MI mpr* slpnrir (no vole* in@ a l a , d )
 (1) Descri~tionof main circuit terminals

Brake unit connection

For grounding the inverter chassis. Must be earthed.

(.
(2) Description of control circuit terminals

function selection
 Overload alarm

One selected from 16

With the operation panel connector, communication can be made through RS-485.
. Conforming Standard : EIA Standard RS-485
Transmission format : Multidrop link
. Communication speed: Max. 19200 baud rates

'1: Terminals PR and PX are provided for the FR4520-0.4K to 7.5K. FR-A540-0.4K to 7.5K.
'2: Low indicates that the opc!n collector outputting transistor is on (conducts). High indicates that the
transistor is off (does not conduct).
 2.2.2 Wiring of the main circuit
(1) Wirina instructions
1) Use insulation-sleeved terminals for the power supply and motor cables.
2) Cut the protective bushes of the wiring cover when running the cables. (22K or less)
3) Power must not be applied to the output terminals (U, V, W) of the inverter. Otherwise the inverter will be
damaged.
4) After wiring, wire off-cuts must not be left in the inverter.
Wire off-cuts can cause an alarm, failure or malfunction. Always keep the inverter clean.
5) Use thick cables to make a voltage drop of 2% or less.
If the wiring distance is long between the inverter and motor, a main circuit cable voltage drop will cause the
motor torque to decrease especially at the output of a low frequency.
6) The overall wiring length should be 500m max.
Especially for long distance wiring, the overcurrent protection may be misactivated or the devices connected
to the output side may misoperate or become faulty under the influence of a charging current due to the stray
& capacitance of the wiring. Therefore, the maximum overall wiring length should be as indicated in the
following
.table. (When two or more motors are connected to the inverter, the total wiring length should be
w~thinthe indicated value.)
Inverter Capacity I 0.4K 1 0.75K I 1.SK or more
Non-low acoustlc nolse mode I 300m 500m 1 500m
LOW acoust~cnose mode I zoom I 300m 5 ~ r n

Overall wiring length (1.5K or more)

5 m m mar

303m + 3Wm =Worn

7) Connect only the recommended optional brake resistor between the terminals P and PR. These terminals
must not be shorted.
8) Electromagneticwave interference
The inpuUoutput (main circuit) of the inverter includes harmonic components, which may interfere with the
communication devices (such as AM radios) used near the inverter. In this case, install the FR-BIF optional
radio noise filter (for use in the input side only) or FR-BSFOI or FR-ELF line noise filter to minimize
interference.
9) Do not install a power capacitor, surge suppressor or radio noise filter (FR-BIF option) in the output side of
the inverter.
This will cause the inverter to trip or the capacitor and surge suppressor to be damaged. If any of the above
devices are installed, immediately remove them. (Connect the FR-BIF optional radio noise filter in the input
side.)
10) When rewiring afler operation, make sure that the POWER lamp has gone off, and when more than 10
seconds have elapsed after power-off, check with a tester that the voltage is zero. After that, start rewiring
work. For some time after power-off, there is a dangerous voltage in the capacitor.
11) Use the space on the lefl-hand side of the main circuit terminal block to run the cable for connection of the
control circuit power terminals F:l, S1 of the FR-A520-11K. ~.

Conneclon cable

0 charat, Imp

-
I Notes on Groundinq ~.
Leakage currents flow in the inverter. To prevent an electric shock, the inverter and motor must be
grounded (200Vclass ...class 3 grounding, grounding resistance 100R max.), (400V class..: special class 3
grounding, grounding resistance 10Q or less.).

. Use the dedicated ground terminal to ground the inverter. (Do not use the screw in the case, chassis, etc.)
The ground cable should be a:; thick as possible. Its gauge
should be equal to or larger than those indicated in the
Unit: mm2

following table. The grounding point should be as near as

. possible to the inverter to mininiize the ground cable length.

Ground the motor on the inverter side using one wire of the
4-core cable.
I t tolSkW

45.55kW
22
38 22
 ~-
(2) Terminal block lavout
of the inverter, the terminals are arranged as shown below
In the maln c~rcu~t
1) 200V class
FR-A520-0.4K, 0.75K FR-A520-15K, 18.5K, 22K
~ n IM4)
e

1-
Suew sne lM4)

Charge h p

Q@ Jmw
f @ :O: c ~ n p l a m ~
(M4)
R S T U V W N P I P

~uew size \u/

15K(M6)
18 5K22K(MB) t
Jvmpsr

S u a srre (M6)

FR-A520-ISK, 2.2K, 3.7K FR-A520-30K

:o:
El
R S T U V W N P l P P R @ Charge lamp R1 S I "re (Ma)

R1 S1
/%I @

qJsu
Px

El@
(M4)
S u a sire (hu)

Julpw
08
m w hrnP P:
mj
@ @@ t
SW rue IM6) Jumpel

@ @@ 7
S u a rzs (MB) jwnpe
2) 400V class
1 FR-A540-0.4K. 0.75K, 2.2K, 3.7K

o
::
s u a rlra (M4)
I
Jvnpr
charge lamp
14) Cables. c r i m ~ i n aterminals. etc.
The following table lists the cables and crimping terminals used with the inputs (R, S, T) and outputs (U, V, W)
of the inverter and the torques for tightening the screws:

Note: 1. The cables used should be 75°C copper cables.

2. Tighten the terminal screws to the specified torques.
Undertightening can cause a short or misoperation.
Overtightening can cause the screws and unit to be damaged, resulting in a short or misoperation.

(5)Connection of the Dower s u ~ ~and

l v motor

The power supply cables Connect the motor to U.V. W.

must be connected to R, S.T. In the above wnnection,
If they are connected to U. V, t~rnlngon the foward rotation
W. the inverter will be damaged. switch (signal) rotates the motof
Phasesequence need notbe
matched. 1 in the counterclockwise (arrow)
direction when viewed from

i
For use with a single-phase the load shaft.
Power supply.the power supply
cables must be wnnected to
Rand S.
 from the main circuit
(6) Connectins the control drcuit to a Dower s u ~ ~se~aratelv
l v
-
If the magnetic contactor (MC) in the inverter power supply is opened when the protective circuit is operated, the
inverter control circuit power is lost and the alarm output signal cannot be kept on. To keep the alarm signal on
terminals R1 and S1 are available. In this case, connect the power supply terminals R I and S1 of the control
circuit to the primary side of the MC.
.. .... . .. ,... . . .
.
~~

a Model FR-A520-0.4K to 3.7K. FRA540-0.4K to 3.7K -

I I I I3) Pull a* amranor. Va I m p

Main w e r rupphl 4) C m e m Beparale parw rrpph
O D b (a mnml s l w l lo lM
u p p a l m m a l s (Ri 511 (NaU41

(R, S, T) is on, do not switch off the control power (terminals R1, SI).
Otherwise the inverter may be damaged.
2 When using a separate power supply, the jumpers across R-R1 and S-S1 must be removed.
Otherwise the inverter inay be damaged.
3. For a different power supply system which takes the power of the control circuit from other than the
primary side of the MC, the voltage should be equal to the main circuit voltage.
4. For the FR-A520-5.5K to 55K, FR-A540-5.5K to 55K, the power supply cables must not be
connected to the lower terminals. If connected, the inverter may be damaged.
-
2.2.3 Wiring of the control circuit
(1) Wirina instructions
1) Terminals SD, SE and 5 are common to the 110 signals and isolated from each other. These common
terminals must not be connected to each other or earthed.
2) Use shielded or twisted cables for connection to the control circuit terminals and run them away from the
main and power circuits (including the 200V relay sequence circuit).
3) The frequency input signals to the control circuit are micro currents. When contacts are required, use two or
more parallel micro signal contacts or a twin contact to prevent a contact fault.
4) It is recommended to use the cables of 0.75mmz gauge for connection to the control circuit terminals.
If the cable gauge used is 1.25mm2or more, the front cover may be lifted when there are many cables
running or the cables are run improperly, resulting in an operation panel or parameter unit contact fault.

12) Terminal block lavout

In the control circuit of the inverter, the terminals are arranged as shown below:
Terminal screw size: M3.5

13) Chanaina the control loqic

The input signals are factory-set to the sink logic.
To change the control logic, the connector on the back of the control circuit terminal block must be moved to the
other position.
(The output signals may be used in either the sink or source logic independently of the connector position.)
1) Loosen the two mounting screws in both ends of the control circuit terminal block. (The screws cannot be
removed.)
With both hands, pull down the terminal block from the back of the control circuit terminals.

2) Remove the connector in the sink logic position on the back surface of the control circuit terminal block and
fit it to the source logic position.
3) Using care not to bend the pins of the control circuit connector, reinstall the control circuit terminal block and
fix it with the mounting screws.

Note: 1. Make sure that the control circuit connector is fitted correctly.
2. While power is on, never disconnect the control circuit terminal block.
3. The sink-source logic change-over connector must be fitted in only one of those positions. If it is
fitted in both positions at the same time, the inverter may be damaged.

4) Sink logic type

In this logic, a signal switches on when a current flows out of the corresponding signal input terminal. . :
Terminal SD is common to the contact input signals. Terminal SE is common to the open collector output
signals.

Cmanl

, . . . .8 .-

- .:.
~ ~
, .
When using an external power supply for transistor output, use terminal PC as a common to prevent
misoperation caused by leakage current. (Do not connect terminal SD of the inverter with terminal OV of
the external power supply.)

4.

LL-.--d
 5) Source logic type
In this logic, a signal switches on when a current flows into the corresponding signal input terminal.
Terminal PC is common to the contact input signals. Terminal SE is common to the open collector output
signals.

-,
When uslng an external power supply for transistor output, use terminal SD as a common to prevent
misoperation caused by leakage current.
- -- - - -- --
lmmer
nAY-80
I
i DC24V
(SO1
. i
i
i
j
c

~4
L-----J

. .: ' i _I
(4) How to use terminals "STOP". "CS" and "PC"
1) Using the "STOP" terminal

-
A connection example (for sink logic) for self-holding the start signal (forward rotation,
reverse rotation) is shown on the right.

2) Using the "CS" terminal FW.d

mtafion
STF
This terminal is used to perform automatic restart after instantaneous power failure
and commercial power supply-inverter switch-over operation. m.t,on -L STR
<Example: Automatic restart after instantaneous power failure in sink logic>
Connect terminals CS-SD and set a value other than " 9 9 9 9 in Pr. 57 "coasting time
for automatic restart after instantaneous power failure".
(Shon)
3) Using the "PC" terminal
This terminal can be used as 24VDC power output using SD as a common terminal.
Specifications: 18V to 26VDC, 0.1A permissible current
Note that the wiring length should be within 30m.
Do not short terminals PC-SD.
When terminal PC is used as a 24V power supply, leakage current from transistor output cannot be
prevented.
2.2.4 Connection to the PU connector
I) connectina the operation ane el or parameter unit usinu a connection cable
JWhen
<Recommended cable connectoP

.Parameter unit connection cable (FR-CB2) (option) or the following connector and cable.
Connector: RJ45 connector
Example: 5-55472C-3, Nippon AMP
Cable: Cable conforming to EIA568 (e.g. 10BASE-T cable)
Example: SGLPEV 0,5nmX4P, MlTSUBlSHl CABLE INDUSTRIES. LTD.
-
-
Note: The maximum wiring length is 20m.

12) For RS-485 c o r n m u n i c a ~ ~

With the operation panel disconnected, the PU connector can be used for communication operation from a 4
personal computer etc.
cPU connector pinouts>
Viewed from the inverter (receptacle side) front

o SG m SDA
a PSS @ ROB
?C RDA SG
@ SDB @ PSS

~ - p - -
Note: 1. Do not connect the PU connector to the computer's LAN board, FAX modem socket or telephone /
modular connector. Otherwise, the product may be damaged due to electrical specification 1
differences.
2. Pins 2 and 8 (P5S) provide power to the operation unit or parameter unit. Do not use these pins for

Use the connector and cable as detailed below.

Connector: RJ45 connector
Example: 5-5547:!0-3. Nippon AMP
Cable: Cable conforming to EIA568 (e.g. IOBASE-T cable)
Example: SGLPEV 0.5mmX4P. MlTSUBlSHl CABLE INDUSTRIES, LTD.
*When the communication board of the personal computer has the RS-232C specifications,. prepare
. an
RS-485, RS-232C converter.
Example of converter.
Model: RC-55A
Manufactured by RA Systens, Tel. (Japan) (03) 3341-7471 ,
 2.2.5 Connection of stand-alone o ~ t i o nunits
The inverter accepts a variety of stand-alone option units as required.
Incorrect connection will cause inverter damage or accident. Connect and operate the option unit carefully in
accordance with the corresponding option unit manual.

(1) Connection of the dedicated external brake resistor l o ~ t i o n l

The built-in brake resistor is connected across terminals P and PR. Fit the external dedicated brake resistor
(option) instead when the built-in brake resistor does not have enough thermal capability for high-duty operation.
Remove the jumper from across terminals PR-PX and connect the dedicated brake resistor (opt~on)across
terminals P-PR.

Note. 1. The brake resistor connected should only be the dedicated brake resistor.
2. The jumper across terminals PR-PX must be disconnected before connecting the dedicated brake
resistor. A failure to do so may damage the inverter.

1) Remove the screws in terminals PR and PX

and remove the jumper.
2) Connect the brake resistor across terminals
P-PR
(The jumper should remain disconnected.)

Model ..- ... FR-A520-5.5K, 7.5K, FR-A540-5.5K, 7.5K

1) Remove the screws in terminals PR and PX
.& and remove the jumper.
2) Connect the brake resistor across terminals
P-PR.
(The jumper should remain disconnected.) Termha1 PR
 - -

12) Connection of the FR-BU brake unit (option)

Connect the optional FR-BU brake nit as shown below to improve the braking capability during deceleration.

Note: 1. Connect the inverter terminals (P, N) and FR-BU brake unit terminals so that their terminal signals
match with each other. (Incorrect connection will damage the inverter.) For model 7.5K or less, the
jumper across terminals PR-PX must be removed.
2. The wiring distance between the inverter, brake unit and resistor unit should be within 5m. If
twisted wires are used, the distance should be within 10m.
3. If the transistors in the brake unit should fail, the resistor will be extremely hot, causing a fire.
Therefore, install a magnetic contactor on the inverter's power supply side to shut off a current in .
. case of failure.
4. For the power supply 0.1 400V class, install a voltage-reducing transformer.
13) Connection of the conventional BU brake unit l o ~ t i o n l
Connect the BU brake unlt correctly as shown on the right Incorrect connect~onwill damage the inverter.

Note: 1. For models 7.5K or less, remove the jumper across terminals PR-PX.
2. The wiring distance between the inverter, brake unit and discharge resistor should be within 2m.
If twisted wires are used, the distance should be within 5m.
3. If the transistors in the brake unit should fail, the resistor will be extremely hot, causing a fire.
Therefore, install a magnetic contactor on the inverter's power supply side to shut off current in
case of failure.
'4. ' For the power supply of 400V class, install a voltage-reducing transformer.

(4) Connection of the FR-HC hiqh Dower factor converter lootion)

When connecting the high power factor converter (FR-HC) to suppress power harmonics,wire as shown beiow.
Wrong connection will damage the high power factor converter and inverter. . .

After making sure that the wiring is correct, set " 2 in Pr. 30 "regenerative function selection".

R S T R4 54 14 YtorY2 RDY
I (FR-ASW)

I
I I I t t t I I I

MRS (Note31
RT (Note41

Rl
(Nofa 1)
 -
Note: 1. Remove the jumpers across the R-R1 and S-S1 terminals of the inverter, and connect the control
circuit power supply across the R1-S1 terminals. The power input terminals R. S, T must be open.
Incorrect connection wili damage the inverter. Reverse polarity of terminals N, P will damage the

i inverter.
2. The voltage phases of t~rminalsR, S, T and terminals R4, 54. T4 must be matched before
connection.
3. For the terminals of the ~nverterconnected to terminals RDY, Y1. Y2 of the high power factor
converter, set "10 or 11" n Pr. 180 to Pr. 186 (input terminal function selection).
4. This example indicates that " 3 was set in Pr. 183 to assign FR-HC connection instantaneous
power failure detection (X11) to the RT terminal. Another terminal may be used by setting " 3 in any
of Pr. 180 to Pr. 186.
5. When the FR-HC is connected, use sink logic (factory setting). For source logic, the FR-HC cannot
be connected.
-

L5) Connection of the FR-RC Dower return converter f o ~ t i o n )

(For power coordination, always install the power factor improving reactor (FR-BAL).)
When connecting the FR-RC power return converter, connect the inverter terminals (P, N) and FR-RC power
return converter terminals as showr~below so that their signals match with each other. After making sure that
the wiring is correct, set " 0 in Pr. 30 "regenerative function selection".

.. . ..... ~

P=--PCiY= -
NFB

+Ez
FR-BAl
, ?

. .

Note: 1 . For models 11K or less, the jumper across terminals PR-PX must be removed. , , . ,
2. How to connect the FR-BAL power factor improving AC reactor (option) ., . .
When using two or more! inverters in the same system, small impedance between the inverters will
cause a regenerative current from the power return converter to leak into the other inverters; 4
resulting in overcurrent alarm of the other inverters. To prevent this, install the power factor
,.:
. . ~.
improving AC reactor on the power supply side for all the in'verten:
,.

( 6 ) Connection of the Dower factor improvina DC reactor f o ~ t i o n )

Connect the FR-BEL power factor improving DC <Connection method>
reactor between terminals PI-P. Irr this case, the
jumper connected across terminal:: PI-P must be
removed. Otherwise, the reactor will not function. R ~ O V ~
:y
.-----:,
me j m p
FR-BEL

s.----->

be within 51-17.
should be equal to or larger than that of the power supply cables
(R, S, T).
 2.2.6 Design information
1) For commercial power supply-inverter switch-over operation, provide electrical and mechanical interlocks for
MC1 and MC2 designed for commercial power supply-inverter switch-over.
When there is a commercial power supply-inverter switch-over circuit as shown below, the inverter will be
damaged by leakage current from the power supply due to arcs generated at the time of switch-over or
chattering caused by a sequence error.
- ~

2) If the machine must not be restarted when power is restored after-a power failure, provide amagnetic
contactor in the inverter's primary circuit and also make up a sequence which will not switch on the start
signal.
If the start signal (start switch) remains on after a power failure, the inverter will automatically restart assoon
as the power is restored. . .
. ~

3) When the power supply used with the control circuit is different from the one used with the main circuit, make
up a circuit which will switch off the main circuit power supply terminals R, S, T when the power supply
terminals R1. S1 for the control circuit are sviitched off.

4) Since the input signals to the control circuit are on a low level, use two parallel micro signal contacts or a twin
contact for contact inputs to prevent a contact fault.

5) Do not apply a large voltage to the contact input terminals (e.g. STF) of the control circuit.

. 6) Do not apply a voltage directly to the alarm output signal terminals (A, 6.C).
Always apply a voltage to these terminals via a relay coil, lamp, etc.

7) Make sure that the specifications and rating match the system requirements.

1) Commercial power supply-inverter switch-over 2) Low-level signal contacts

POWW
'"PPlY
- ---.....
J

lnvener h . I ~ v sxjnal
3 comanr Twm cantacl
 --

2.3.1 Power harmonic!;

Power harmonics may be generated from the converter section of the inverter, affecting power supply
equipment, power capacitors, etc. Power harmonics are different in generation source, frequency and
transmission path from radio frequency (RF) noise and leakage currents. Take the following measures.

.The differences between harmonics and RF noise are indicated below:

Harmonics RF Noise
to 50th degrees, 3kHz or less High frequency (several lOkHz to MHz order)
Accross spaces, distance. laying paths
Occurs randomly, quantitative understanding is difficult.
According to current Ructuatian rate (larger with faster
Generated amount
I ' ....-....
Approximalely proportional to load capacity =u,i,rhinn,
.=,
lmmjnlfy of affecteo oevlce (Spec~fiedIII stanaards lor each device. 1D~ffersaccording to makets devtce speclficatlons. f
Example of safeguard I Install a reimor (Increase the dtstance.

Safeguard
The harmonic current generated from the inverter to the power
supply differs according to various conditions such as the wiring
impedance, whether a power fac:or improving reactor is used
or not, and output frequency and output current on the load
side.
For the output frequency and output current, the adequate
..- - - - .
p-e)dol
- /
~orn~nratm-em-
mpmvmo *C mpwino sapom
method 1s to obtaln them under rated load at the maximum rsgtat

operating frequency.
_ . :
. ,
..
. ,
,

or surge suppressor on the inverter's output may overheat or be

damaged due to the harmonics of the inverter output. Also, when an overcurrent flows in the inverter,
the overcurrent protection i:s activated, Hence, when the motor is driven by the inverter, do not install a
capacitor or surge suppres,sor on the inverter's output. To improve the power factor, insert a power
input or DC circuit.
2.3.2 Japanese harmonic suppression guidelines
Harmonic currents flow from the inverter to a power receiving point via a power transformer. The harmonic
suppression guidelines were established to protect other consumers from these outgoing harmonic currents.
1) "Harmonic suppression guideline for household appliances and general-purpose products"
This guideline was issued by the Ministry of International Trade and Industries in September, 1994 and
applies to 200V class inverters of 3.7kW and less. By installing the FR-EEL or FR-BAL power factor
improving reactor, inverters comply with the "harmonic suppression techniques for transistorized inverters
(input current 20A or less)" established by the Japan Electrical Manufacturers'Association. here fore install
the optional reactor for the 200V class, 3.7kW or less inverter.
2) "Harmonic suppression guideline for specific consumers"
This guideline sets forth the maximum values of harmonic currents outgoing from a high-voltage or specially
high-voltage consumer who will install, add or renew harmonic generating equipment. If any of the maximum
values is exceeded, this guideline requires that consumer to take certain suppression measures.

Table 1 Maximum Values o f Outgoing Harmonic Currents per I k W Contract Power

Received Power
5th 7th 11th 13th 17th 19th 23rd Over 23rd
Voltage
6.6kV 3.5 2.5 1.6 1.3 1.O 0.9 0.76 0.70
22kV 1.8 1.3 0.82 0.69 0.53 0.47 0.39 0.36
33kV I.2 0.86 0.55 0.46 0.35 0.32 0.26 0.24

11) A~plicationof the harmonic sup~ressionquideline for specific consumers

1 New instaliationladditionJrenewalof equipment I
I Calculation of equivalent capacity sum I)
Not more than

Over reference capacRy

Calculat~onof outgolng harrnomlc current

Over maximum value

rent equal to or lower than
I
rnomic suppression technique is required.
maximum value
+
Harmomic suppression technique is not required.

Table 2 Conversion Factors for FR-A500 Series

Class Circuit Type Conversion Factor
Without reactor K31 = 3.4
3-phase bridge With reactor (AC side) K32= 1.8
3
(Capacitor-smoothed) With reactor (DC side) K33 = 1.8
With reactors (AC, DC sldes) K34= 1.4
5 Self-exciting 3-phase bridge When high power factor converter is used K5 = 0 ,
- -

Table 3 Equivalent Capacity Limits

Received Power Voltage Reference Capacity

22/33kV
66kV or more ZOOOkVA

..
Table 4 Harmonic: Content (Values at the fundamental current of 100%)
Reactor 11th 13th 17th 19th 23rd 25th 1
Not used 8.5 7.7 4.3 3.1 2.6 1.8 :
3.4 3.2 1.9 1.7 1.3
8.4 5.0 4.7 3.2 3.0 2.2
28 9.1 7.2 4.1 3.2 2.4 I.6 1.4 1

1) Calculation of equivalent capacit,' (PO) of harmonic generating equipment

The 'equivalent capacity" is the capacity of a 6-pulse converter converted from the capacity of consumer's
harmonic generating equipment and is calculated with the following equaiion. If the sum of equivalent
capacities is higher than the limit in Table 3, harmonics must be calculated with the following procedure:
PO = C (Ki x Pi) [kVA] .: Rated capacity: Determined by the capacity of
the applied motor and found in Table 5. It
Ki: Conversion factor (refer t.2 Table 2)
should be noted that the rated capacity used
Pi: Rated capacity of harmonic generating equipment' [kVA] here is used to calculate generated
I : Number indicating the coi-rversioncircuit type harmonic amount and is different from the
power supply capacity required for actual
inverter dnve.
2) Calculation of outgoing harmonic current . .

Outaoina harmonic current = f u o

o~erationratio x harmonic content
Operation ratio: Operation ratio = actual load factor x operation time ratio during 30 minutes
Harmonic content: Found in Table 4.

3) Harmonic suppression technique requirement

- harmonic curren.: is higher than the maximum value per 1kW contract power x contract power,
If the outgoing
-

a harmonic suppression technique is required

4) Harmonic suppression techniques
2.3.3 lnverter-generated noises and reduction techniques
Some noises enter the inverter causing it to misoperate and others are radiated by the inverter causing
misoperation of peripheral devices. Though the inverter is designed to be insusceptible to noise, it handles
low-level signals, so it requires the rollowing basic measures to be taken. Also, since the inverter chops the
output at a high carrier frequency, it could generate noise. If these noises cause peripheral devices to
misoperate, measures should be taken to suppress the noise. The measures differ slightly depending on noise
propagation paths.

1) Bas~cmeasures
Do not run the power cables (110 cables) and signal cables of the inverter in parallel with each other and do
not bundle them
Use twisted shielded cables for the detector connection and control slgnal cables and connect the

. sheathes of the sh~eldedcables to terminal SD.

Ground the inverter, motor, etc. at one point.
4..
2) Measures against noises which enter and cause misoperation of the inverter I ~

When devices which generate many noises (which use magnetic contactors, magnetic brakes, many relays.
for example) are installed near the inverter and the inverter may be effected by noise, the following measures

.
must be taken:
Provide surge Suppressors for devices that generate noise to suppress noise.
Fit data line filters to signal cat~les.
Ground the shields of the detector connection and control signal cables with cable clamp metal.

3) Measures against noise which IS radiated by the inverter causing misoperation of peripheral devices.
Inverter-generated noise is largely classified into those radiated by the cables connected to the inverter and
inverter main circuit (IIO), those electromagnetically and electrostatically inducted to the signal cables of the
peripheral devices close to the rnain circuit power supply, and those transmitted through the power supply
cables.

&r-propagated Noisedirectly radi-

,.,Path I)
noise at& by inverter

Noise from otound

leakage current
 Noise Path Measures
When devices which handle low-level signals and are susceptible to misoperation due to noise (such as
.. instruments, receivers and sensors) are Installed near the inverter and their signal cables are contained in the
same panel as the inverter or are run near the inverter, the devices may be effected by air-propagated noises
and the following measures must be taken:
(1) Install easily affected devices as far away as possible from the inverter.
1) 2) 3) ,. (2) Run easily affected signal cables as far away as possible from the inverter.
(3) Do not run the signal cables and power cables (inverter I10 cables) in parallel with each other and do not
bundle them.
(4) Inset line noise filters into I10 and radio noise filters into input side to suppress cable-radiated noises.
(5) Use shielded cables for signal cables and power cabies and run them in individual metal conduits to reduce
further effects.
When the signal cables are run in parallel with or bundled with the power cabies, magnetic and static induction
, noise may be propagated to the signal cables lo effect the devices and the following measures must be taken:
(1) lnstall easily affected devices as far away as possible from the inverter.
(2) Run easily affected signal cables as far away as possible form the inverter.
4),5) ') (3) Do not run the signal cables and power cabies (inverter 110 cables) in parallel with each other and do not
bundle them.
(4) Use shield cabies for signal cables and pbwer cabies and run them in individual metal conduits to reduce
further effects.
When the power supplies of the peripheral devices are connected to the power supply of the inverter within the
same line, inverter-generated noise may flow beck through the power supply cables to misoperate the devices
7) and the following measures must be taken:
(1) install the radio noise filter (FR-BIF) to the power cables (input cabiesj of the invertek
(2) Install the line noise filter (FR-ELF. FR-ESFOI) to the power cables (110 cables) of the inverter.
When a closed loop circuit is formed by connecting the peripheral device wiring to the inverter, leakage current
8) may flow through the grwnd caMe of the inverter to effect the device. In such a case, disconnection of the
ground cable of the device may cause the device to operate properly.
.Data examples
the carrier frequency, the noise terminal voitage'
can be reduced. Use Pr. 72 to set the carrier frequency to a low
1 value
.- .-,11 kHz)., I

C
I
Though motor noise increases at a low carrier frequency.
selection of Soft-PWM in Pr. 240 will make it unoffending.
[Iifferences between Noise Terminal Voltages
at Different Carrier Frequencies
I

.. , , .-. . . ,
By decreasing the canierfrequency, noise will be about as low as
I
By using shielded cables as signal cables, induction noise can be
that of our conventional FREQROL-Z200series. reduced greatly (to 1110 IHQO). Induction noise can also be
'reduced by moving the signal cables away from the inverter
output cables. (Separation of 30cm reduces noise to 112-113.)
By fitting the FR-BSFOI or ELF on the inverter output side,
'
' induction noise to the signal cables can be reduced.

Noise Terminalvoltage of lnverler and Example Noise Induced to Signal Cables by Inverter Output Cables
of lk Reduction, by Noise iiters . , . . . .
cmdionr ~~~

.Mor FRJR4P 37kW

O~lpulhaqunnsy Y)Hr
.Noise form: Normal moda

40

n ..-

..
, ,.
. . ..
Noiseh~e~(hHr)

'Noise terminal voltage: Represents the nlagnitude of noise propagated from the inverter to the power supply.

@ Example of measures against noises

I
Red"- met
I
InMrier p e r
SMPIY
- -
install filler (FRBLF.FR-
RSFO1) to hvatsr inwl Side.

lnt!all film FR-BIFto UIB 420re cable lor m a t a

inyensr rnpul rlde pawar cable and u=e MB
cab* ar gmund sable
separate nvaner am power
line 3 m a no.= I81l s e ~ l use mnsd pair
? o m )han rmrm el mu^ ,rhlelded cable.

contm1 per--- AlpJ

--
"W
00 not ground ylield W l uvlnscl
I! 10 signal common cable
DO not ground mn'ro box diredhl
DO
DOnot ground
orouna mn m!cable

nn
 2.3.4 Leakage currents and countermeasures
Due to the static capacitance ex~stingin the inverter 110 wring and motor, leakage currents flow through them.
Since their values depend on the static capacitance, carrier frequency, etc., take the following measures

11) To-sround leakase currents

Leakage currents may flow not only into the inverter's own line but also into the other line through the ground
cable, etc. These leakage currents may operate earth leakage circuit breakers and earth leakage relays
unnecessarily.

Measures
~ecreasethe carrier frequency (Pr. 72) of the inverter.
Note that motor noise increases. Selection of Soft-PWM (Pr. 240) will make it unoffending.
By using earth leakage circuit breakers designed for harmonics and surges (e.g. Mitsubishi's New Super
NV series) in the inverter's own line and other line, operation can be performed with low noise (with the
.: & carrier frequency kept high)

To-ground leakage current

-Note that a long wiring length will increase leakage currents. Decrease the carrier frequency of the inverter
to reduce leakage currents.
.Higher motor capacity leads to larger leakage currents. Larger leakage currents occur in 400V class than in
200V class.

12) Line-to-line leakase currents

Harmonics of leakage currents flowing in static capacities between the inverter output cables may operate the
external thermal relay unnecessarily. When the wiring length is long (50m or more) for the 400V class small-
capacity model (7.5kW or less), the external thermal relay is likely to operate unnecessarily because the ratio of
the leakage current to the rated motor current increases.
Line-to-Line Leakage Current Data Example (200V class)

Motor: SF-J 4P
Carrier frequency: 14.5Hz
Cable used: 2mmz 4-core
cabtyre cable

Leakage current of the 400V class is about twice larger

Pme,
lUPPlY -
-32
-c--
NFB

.
1nrener

I
-
-
Thermal relay
-.
+ ..
..
+-,T
-. -r
Llns aauc capac,tsnce,
~otor

Lme-lo-Lms Leakage cumen, Pam

Countermeasures
.Use the electronic overcurrent protection (Pr. 9) of the inverter.
Decrease the carrier frequency. Note that motor noise increases. Selection sf Soft-PWM (Pr. 240) will
make it unoffending.
To ensure that the motor is protected against line-to-line leakage currents, it is recommended to use a
temperature sensor to directly detect motor temperature.
34
2.3.5 Inverter-driven 400V class motor
In the PWM type inverter, a surge voltage attributable to wiring constants is generated at the motor terminals.
Especially for a 400V class motor, the surge voltage maidelemrate the insulation. When the 400V class motor
is driven by the inverter, consider th.2 following measures:

.
.~ .~ .

Measures
It is recommended to take either of the following measures:
(1) Rectifying the motor insulaticrn ..
, .
For the 400V class motor, us,e an insulation-rectified motor. Specifically,
1) Specify the '400V class ir~verter-driven,insulation-rectified motof. . .

2) For the dedicated motor such as the constant-torque motor and low-vibration. motor. use the
"inverterdriven, dedicated motor". . . ., ..
. , ., . .

(2) Suppress~ngthe surge voltage on the inverter side

On the secondary side of the inverter, connect the opt~onalsurge voltage suppression filter (FR-ASF-H). "A
(1) Selection of p e r i ~ h e r adevices
l
Check the capacity of the motor to be used w~ththe Inverter you purchased. Appropriate peripheral devices
must be selected according to the capacity.
Refer to the following list and prepare appropriate peripheral dev~ces:
1) 200V class

2) 400V class
(2) Selection the rated sensitivitv current for the earth leakaae circuit breaker
When using the earth leakage circuit breaker with the inverter circuit, select its rated sensitivity current as
follows, independent of the carrier frequency setting: . ~.
New Super NV series (Type SF, C.F) Example of leakage current ~ e a k G ewrrent example
Rated sensitivity current: per 1kW in cable path during of 3-phase indudion motor
commercial power supply during mmmercial power
IAn 2 10 x {I91 + Ign + 3 x (ig2+1!3m)} operation when the CV . . . o~eration
suoolv .
Conventional NV series (Type CA, CS, .SS) .
cable is muted in metal (200V 60.W)
- , mnduit (200V60Hz)'

Rated sensitivity curient: ., ,.

-
.- + lqn + 3 x (Igz+lgm)}
IAn 2 10 x {lsr . . ....,... , , ,,,,,,,, I , , ,,,,,,
I , I I,11111 .
leakage currents of cable path during
commercial power supply operation
Ign' : leakage current of noise filter on
inverter ~ ~

input side
- Igm : leakage current of motor during
commercial power supply ope
. ,
. ...
.. . .
<Example> ..

' .. - .
Note '1. The NV should be installed to the primary
(power supply) side of the inverter.
2. Ground fault In the secondary side of
inverter can be detected at the runnin
frequency of 120Hz or lovter. . . .
3.- If the Y connectionneutr~~lpoint ground
fault in the inverter secondary side. d:
:
.The protective ground resistance of~th
load equipment should bf! 10Q or less
.. ~ ~ . .. . ~

4. When the breaker is grounded on the secoridary side of the inverter, it may be unnecessarily operated
by harmonics if the effective value is .less.than the rating. In this case, note that the eddycurrent
~. and
hysteresis loss increase and temperature rises. .. ~ ~~

* For the leakage current value of the noise filter installed on the inverter input side, contactthe
corresponding filter manufacturer.
2.3.7 Instructions for compliance with the UL and CSA standards
(The FR-A520-0.4K to 55K, FR4540-0.4K to 22K comply with the Standards. We are now applying for the
other capacities. Since we obtained the approval of the UL and CSA Standards from the UL, the products
conforming to the Standards carry the UL and cUL marks.)

(1) Installation
The above types have been approved as products for use in enclosure and approval tests were conducted
under the following conditions. In enclosure design, refer to these conditions so thatthe ambienttemperature of
the inverter becomes 50°C or less.

Control box having

iOOrnm in H and

( 2 ) Wirinq of the power s u o ~ l vand motor

Use the UL-approved power supply and round crimping terminals to wire the input (R. S, T) and output (U, V, W)
terminals of the inverter. Crimp the terminals with the crimping tool recommended by the terminal manufacturer.

(3) Fuse
The fuse used on the input side should be any of the UL Class K5 fuses having the ratings as listed below:

(4) Short-circuit rating

This inverter has been put to the short-circuit test of the UL in the AC circu~twhose peak current and voltage are
ilmited t o X and 500V max., respectively, and conforms to inis circuit.

I
Inverter Type
i.5kW to 37kW
45kW. 55kW
1
I
*
5,000
10.000 1
2.3.8 Instructions for compliance with the European standards
(Only the FR-A520-0.4K to 22K ccmply with the following standards. We are now applying for the other
capacities. The products conforming to the Low Voltage Directive carry the CE mark.)
. .

(I)
EMC Directive
1) Our view of transistorized inverters for the EMC Directive . ,
A transistorized inverter does notfunction independently. It is a component designedfor i
control box and for use with the other equipment to control the equipmentldevice. Therefore, we
understand that the EMC Drective does not apply directly to transistorized inverters. For this reason, we
do not place the CE mark on the transistorized inverters themselves. (The CE mark is placed'on
inverters in accordance with the Low Voltage Directive.) The European power, drive manufacturers'
organization (CEMEP) afso holds this point of view.
2) Compliance
. We understand that the transistorized inverters themselves are not covered directly..by the EMC
Directive. However, the EMC Directive applies to machineslequipmentinto which transistorized inverters
have been incorporated, and these machines and equipment must carry the CE marks. Hence,, we 4
prepared the technical information "EMC Installation Guidelines" (information number BCN-A21041-
202) so that machines and equipment incorporating transistorized inverters may conform to the EMC
Directive more easily. . . .
3) Outline of installation methocl
, .
Install an inverter using the following methods: . .
Use the inverter with an European Standard-compliant noise filter.
* For wiring between the inverter and motor, use shielded cables or run them in a metal piping and
ground the cables on the inverter and motor sides with the shortest possible distance.
Insert a line noise filter and ferrite core into the power and control lines as required.
Full information including the European Standard-compliant noise filter specifications are written in'the
technical information "EMC Installation Guidelines" (inforrnation number BCN-,421041-202). Please
contact your sales representative.

( 2 ) Low Voltage Directive

1) Our view of transistorized inverters for the Low Voltage Directive :. '

Transistorized inverters are covered by the Low Voltage Directive. - . . ,

2) Compliance
. . .. ~ . . ..~
4.
We have selfconfirmed ou~.invkrtersas products compliant to theLow Voltag
CE mark on the inverters. ... ~.
3) Outline of instructions
In the 400V class inverter:;, the rated input voltage range is three-phase, 380V t
* Connect the eguipment to the earth securely. Do not use an earth leakage circuit breaker as an electrlc
shock protector without connecting the equipment to the earth.
Wire the earth terminal independently. (Do not connect two or more cables.)
^ Use the no-fuse breaker and magnetic contactor which confom. to the EN or IEC Standard.
Use the inverter under the conditions of ove~oltagecategory II and contamination level 2 or higher
specified in IEC664.
(a) To meet the ove~oltagecategory II, insert an EN or IEC .standardcompliant isolation transformer
. . . . ~
or surge suppressor in the input of the inverter.
(b) To meet the contamination level 2, install the inverter to a control box protected against ingress of
water, oil, carbon, dust, etc. (IP54 or higher).
* In the input and output of l:he inverter, use cables of the type and size set forth in EN60204 ~ppendixC.
* The operating capacity of the relay outputs (terminal symbols A, B, C) should be 30VDC. 0.3A. (The
relay outputs are basically isolated from the inverter's internal circuitry.)
Details are given in the technical inforrnation "Low Voltage Directive Conformance Guide" (information
number BCN-~21041-203).Please contact your sales representative.
 OPERATION
This chapter provides the basic "operation" for use of this
product.
Always read this chapter before using the equipment.

3.1 Pre-Operation Information ..... .. . . - . 40

I CHAPTER 1 1 OUTLINE
/ CHAPTER 2 ( INSTALLATIONAND WIRING

I APPENDICES
 3.1 .I Devices and parts to be prepared for operation
The inverter can be operated in "external operation mode", "PU operation mode", "combined operation mode"
and "communication operation mode". Prepare required instruments and parts according to application and
running conditions.

11) External operation mode (factorv settina)

The inverter is operated under the control of external
operation signals (frequency setting potentiometer,
start switch, etc.) connected to the terminal block. With
input power on, switch on the start signal (STF. STR) to
start operation.
nltm
1- SUf

. start
-~- - . .. .... ..... . .... Switch, relay, etc.
sianal.. Pddmndw

Frequency setting signal ... .. . .0 to 5V. 0 to 10V. 4 to 20mA DC signals from a potentiometer or outside the
~

inverter
3.:~
t~~
-
Note: 1. Both the start signal and frequency setting signal are required to run the inverter.
-
12) PU o~erationmode
The inverter is operated from the keypad of the PU
(FR-DU04lFR-PU04).
This mode does not require the operation signals to be
connected and is useful for arl immediate start of
operation.

. Operation unit . .. . ... . . ... ... Operation panel (FR-DU04), parameter unit (FR-PU04)
,

. Connection cable ... ..... . .. . , To be prepared for use of the operation unit away from the inverter.
FR-CB2 (option) or the following connector and cable available on the
market:
Connector : RJ45 connector
Cable . Cable conforming to EIA568 (e.g. IOBASE-T cable)
3

13) ExternallPU combined2)~erationmode

The inverter is operated with the external operation and
PU operation modes combined in any of the following
ways:
I.
. .
~
. ' : . ' , . 1) The start signal is set with the external signal and the
frequency setting signal set frorn the PU; or
2) The start signal is set with the run command key of
the PU (FR-DU041FR-PUO4) and the frequency
setting signal set with the external frequency setting
potentiometer.
3) Set 3 in Pr. 79 "operation mode selection"
 [Preparation]
. start signal. .................. Switch, relay, etc. (for 1)
- Frequency setting signal ....... 0 to 5V, 0 to IOV, 4 to 20mA DC signals from a potentiometer or outside the
inverter (for 2)
. operation unit.. ..............Operation panel (FR-DU04), parameter unit (FR-PU04)
. Connection cable ............. To be prepared for use of the operation unit away from the inverter
FR-CB2 (option) or the following connector and cable available on the
market:
Connector : RJ45 connector
Cable : Cable conforming to EIA568 (e.g. 10BASE-T cable)

3) Combined operation mode

Change the setting of Pr. 79 "operation mode selection" as follows:
Description
Setting
Running frequency setting Start signal

C 3
PU (FR-DU041FR-PU04) Terminal signal
Direct setting and [UPIDOWN] key setting . STF
, . STR
-...
Terminal signal Parameter unlt
0 to 5VDC auoss 2-5 [FWD] key
0 to 10VDC across 2-5 [REV] key
. 4 to 20mADC across 4-5
Multl-speed selection (Pr. 4 to 6. 24 to 27)
Jog frequency (Pr 15)

14) Communication operation mode

. ~ . . .
Communication operation can be performed by connecting a personal computer and the PU connector with the
RS-485 communication cable.
The inverter setup software is available as an FR-A500 inverter start-up support software package.

[Preparat~onl
. Connect~oncable .............Connector : RJ45 connector
Cable : Cable conform~ngto EIA568
C Personal computer
(e.g. 1OBASE-T cable)

<Inverter setup software operating environment>

0s .......................... Windows 3.1, Windows 95
RAM ......................... 1MB or more
Floppy disk drive .............. One or more 3.5 inch floppy
disk drives
Mouse .......................
Mouse connectable to the
personal computer
3.1.2 Power on
Before switching power on, check th? following:

Installation check
Make sure that the inverter is in!;talled correctly h a correct place. (Refer to page 7.)
Wiring check
Make sure that the main ancl control circuits are wired correctly.
Make sure that the options and peripheral devices are selected and connected correctly.
(Refer to page 9.)

Switch power on.

Power-on is complete when the POWER lamp is lit correctly and the operation panel (FR-DU04) displays
correct data.

3.1.3 Parameter check

-

The inverter is designed to perform simple variable-speed operation with the factory settings of the parameters
Set the necessary parameters accord~ngto the load and operation specifications. Use the operation pane!
(FR-DU04) to set, change and confirm the parameter values For full information on the parameters, refer to
"CHAPTER 4 PARAMETERS (page 52).

11) Operation an el ( F R - D U N
With the operation panel (FR-DU04), you can set the running frequency, monitor the operation command
display, set parameters, dlsplay an error, and copy parameters.

1) Names and functions of the opeeationpanel (FR-DU04)

lopaatan command] k-3

[REV( r w r r e roleaonl k v
[MI[lwward rotallm) key

ismkeu -1 I '----[STOPIRESE~ ksy

[UPIDOWN] key

Used to gibe a reverse rotation command.

[STOPIRESET] key
 2) Monitor display changed by pressing the [MODE] key

*-
/B
Note: The frequency setting mode is displayed only in the PU operation mode.

12) Kev operation

1) Monitoring mode
Operation command indications in the monitoring mode
EXT is lit to indicate external operation.
:.L PU is lit to indicate PU operation.
Both EXT and PU are lit to indicate PUlexternal combined operation mode.
. . . .
The monitor display can also be changed during operation. ~

4
To 2) Frequanw mniq mode (Note 3)

Note: 1. Hold down the [SET] key marked '1 for more than 1.5 seconds to change the current monitor to the
power-on monitor.
2. Hold down the [SET] key marked '2 for more than 1.5 seconds to display four errors including the
most recent one.
3. Shifts to the parameter setting mode when in the external operation mode.

2) Frequency settlng mode

Used to set the running frequency in the PU operat~onmode
TO hqumcy monitor

Press @ a
10 change the re! bewency j
To 3) Parametw renlng mods
3) Parameter setting mode
A parameter value may either be set by updating its parameter number or setting the value digit-bydigit
using the [UPIDOWN] key.
- To write the setting, change it and press the [SET] key 1.5 seconds.
. . the PU
Set " 0 or "4" (factory setting) in Pr. 79 "operation mode selection" orselect

W 5 m change the rePuXI.

4) Operation mode

4++
To 5 ) Help mods

5) Help mode . ~, ,

.Alan histay .somxum v m l m

4
To 1 ) M?n#!orngmode
 --

Alarm history
Four past alarms can be displayed with the [UPIDOWN] key
("." is appended to the most recent alarm.)

an alarm. (When no alarm exists, E.--0 is displayed.)

Alarm display d Frequency at alarm occurrence is displayed.

Alarm history clear

Clears all alarm history

Parameter clear
lnitialises the parameter values to the factory settings The calibration values are not ln~t~allzed
(Parameter values are not cleared by setting "1" in Pr. 77 "parameter write dlsable selection) )

e .
All clear

.. .

rn
___C -'
. ,

@
-
lnitialises the parameter values and calibration'values to the factory settings.
, . Fli*m
. .

User clear
ln~tialisesthe user-set parameters
The other parameters are ~n~t~alized
to the factory settings.
Fli*.
6) Copy mode
By using the operation panel (FK..DU04), the parameter values can be copied to another inverter (only the
FR-A500 ser~es).
1) Operation procedure
After reading the parameter valdes from the copy source inverter, connect the operation panel to the copy
destination inverter, and write the parameter values.

-
Note: 1. While the copy function is being activated, the monitor displ'iy flickers: The display returns to the '
lit-up state on completion of the copy function.
2. If a read error occurs during parameter read, "read error (E.rE1):' is displayed.. . .. . :,
3. If a write error occurs during parameter write,"write error (E.rE2)" is displayed.
4. If a data discrepancy occurs during parameter verify, the corresponding paraveter.;number and d
"verify ermr (E.rE3)" are displayed alternately. Ifthe direct frequency setting orjog frequency setting
is discrepant, "verify error (E.rE3)" flickers. To ignore this display and con
. .
[SET] key. ,, . . ~
5. When the copy destination inverter is not the FR-A500 series, "model err0

Reference:
It is recommended to read the parameter values after completion of parameter setting.
By wrltlng the parameter values from the operation panel fitted to a new inverter after inverter
replacement, parameter setup can be completed.
(3) Parameter settina check
We recommend the following parameters to be set by the user
Set them according.to the operation specifications, load, etc. (Refer to Dase
. 52.) -
Parameter
Name Application
Number
1 Maximum frequency
Used to set the maximum and minimum output frequencies.
2 Minimum frequency
7 Acceleration time
8 Deceleration time
-
dd Second accelerationldeceleration
time
Used to set the acceleration and deceleration times.
45 Second deceleration time
Third accelerationldeceleration
110
time
111 Third deceleration time
Used to set the culrent of the electronic overcurrent protection to protect the
9 Electronic thermal OIL relay
motor from overhe.. at .
., , . .,. ~. .. . .
use0 ro selen me oprlmum ourpur characteristics which match the
~ ~ ~

14 Load pattern sf:iection I .."",:"".:""

app,,r.5uu,, a,," ,uslu -,.
A
.
" 3""A :-.:."
-...-8-.
u,a,ar,s,,a,,w.

71 Applied motor accordir-y 'IU

." .
cr~eT~IULDF
US-.
' -....
Used to set the thermal characteristics of the electronic overcL

Used to select tht? specifications of the frequency setting signal entered

73 0-5VIO-10V selection
, -
nrrnrc tarmins~ 7.r3 to perform operation with the voltage input signal.

900 I FM terminal calibration Used to calibrate the meters connected across terminals FM-SD and AM-5.
ont

902 Frequency setting voltage bias

903 Frequency setting voltage gain Used to set the magnitude (slope) of the output frequency relative to the
904 Frequency setting current bias frequency setting signal (0 to 5V, 0 to 10V or 4 to 20mA DC) as desired.
905 Frequency setting current gain
3.2.1 Pre-operation checks
Before start~ngoperation, check the following:
, .

Safety
Perform test operation after making sure that safety is ensured if the machine should become out of control.
Machine
Make sure that the machine is free of damage.
Parameters
Set the parameter values to match the operating machine system envir . . ~ . .. ~
.. .
Test operation
Perform test operation and make sure that the machine operates safely und
. -..
After that, start operation.
, ..

. . .. .
4~:
~- . . ..... ~...

. .
3.2.2 External operation mode (Operation using external input signals)

Step Description Image

1 Switch power on and make sure that the operation command ,,w eron onmade-
indication "EXT' is lit.
(If it is not lit, switch to the external operation mode.)

2 Turn on the start switch (STF or STR).

The operation command indication "STF or "STR flickers.

Note: The motor does not start-if both the forward and reverse
rotation switches are tumed on.
If both switches are tumed on during operation, the motor
decelerates to a stop.

3 Slowly turn the potentiometer (frequency setting potentiometer) full

clockwise.
The frequency shownon the display increases gradually to 60.00Hz
and the running status indication FWD or REV is lit.

4 Slowly turn the potentiometer (frequency setting potentiometer) full

counterclockwise.
The frequency shown on the display decreases gradually to 0.OOHz.
The motor stops running.

-
5 Turn off the start switch (STF or STR). 5. slop
Foward

12) External ios o~eration

Keep the start switch (STF or STR) on to perform operation, and switch it off to stop.
1) Set Pr. 15 "jog frequency" and Pr. 16 "jog accelerationideceleration".
2 ) Select the external operation mode.
3) Switch on the jog signal. Keep the start switch (STF or STR) on to perform operation,
3.2.3 PU operation mode
(Operation using1 the operation panel (FR-DU04))
( I )Operation at 60Hz
While the motor is running, speed o i n be varied by repeat~ngthe following steps 2 and 3.
Description

indicat~on"PU" is lit
(If it is not lit, sw~tchto the 'U operat~onmode )

Set the running frequencf to 60Hz.

First, press the [MODE] hey to select the frequency setting mode.
Then, press the [UPIDOWN] key to change the setting, and press the
[SET] key to write the frequency.

Press the [FWD] or [REV] key.

The motor starts running. The monitoring mode is automatically
selected and the output irequency is displayed.

Press the [STOP] key.

The motor is decelerated to a stop

12) PU iocl operation

Hold down the [FWD] or [REV] key to perform operation, and release it to stop
1) Set Pr. 15 'Yog frequency" and F'r 16 'jog accelerationldeceleration".
2 ) Select the PU jog operation mode.
3) Hold down the [FWD] or [REV] ltey to perform operation.
(If the motor remains stopped, check Pr. 13 "starting frequency". The motor will not start if its settingis lower
than the starting frequency.)
3.2.4 Combined operation mode
(Operation using the external input signals and PU)
When entering the start signal from outside the inverter and setting the running frequency from the PU
(Pr. 79 = 3)
The external frequency setting signals and the PU's FWD, REV and STOP keys are not accepted.
Description Image
Switch power on.

Set " 3 in Pr. 79 "operation mode selection".

The combined operation mode is selected and the operation status
indication "EXT and "PUNare lit.

Turn on the start switch (STF or STR).

Note: The motor does not start if both the forward and reverse
rotation switches are turned on. If both switches are turned
on during operation, the motor decelerates (when Pr. 250
= "9999") to a stop.

Using the parameter unit, set the running frequency to 60Hz.

The operation command indication "REV" or " F W D is lit.
Select the frequency setting mode and make step setting.
~~~ -

Note: Step setting is the way of changing the frequency

consecutively by pressing the [UPIDOWN] key.
Hold down the [UPIDOWN] key to change the frequency.
I I
5 ( Turn off the start switch (STF or STR).
I The motor stops running.
 PARAMETERS
This chapter explains the "parameters" of this product.
Always read the instructions before using the eqliipment.

. . .~
4.1 ParameterLict ............................ 52
4.2 Parameter Function Details .
.. .
- . ..
.~ ........
-58.. .: . - .
~. .
-
~..
~ '

. .
. .

Note: By making parameter settings, you can change the functions of contact input
terminals RL, RM, RH, RT, AU, JOG,CS and open collector output terminals
RUN, SU, IPF, OL,FU. Therefore, slgnal names corresponding to the funct~ons
are used in the descrlpt~onof this chapter (except in the wiring examples). Note
that they are not terminal names.
RestaTt coasting time 0, 0.1 to 5 sec. 9999

Remote setting function selection

se?s initial value setting
 6 =, stopon-contadnoad torque high-speed 0
frequency control selc~dlon
V, - I
0
271 f + i q ~ p e s sening
d mamqwrrenf o 10 200% 0 1% 50% 150
a 5- , o to 200%
;= 272 . ~Wspees &
d mtcamw wrSnt,' 0 1% 100% 150

c m
3
CIffnrd avecagtoa tww o to 400nr 9999 0 31FZ 9999 150
m * ge A

1
f" 1 150
Currant averagiq mh9r constanJ 1 lo 4000 16
274

j;
$
Q
:i
--. stop-on-contact ex*: I ing current low-
speed multiplying factor
stop-on-contad PWhd carrier frequency
0 to 1000%,. 9999

0 to 15.9999
1Sb

1
9999 (Note 5)

9999 (Note 5)
154

154
Note: 1. Indicates the parameter settings which are ignored when the advanced magnetic flux vector control
mode is selected.
2. The factory setting of the FR-A540 (400V class) is 400V.
3. Can be set when Pr. 80,81 # 9999, Pr. 60 = 7 or 8.
4. Can be accessed when Pr. 80, 81 t 9999, Pr. 77 = 801.
5. Can be accessed when Pr. 270 = 1 or 3, Pr. 80, 81 t 9999.
6. The setting depends on the inverter capacity.
7. Can be accessed when Pr. 29 = 3.
8. The half-tone screened parameters allow their settings to be changed during operation if 0 (factory
setting) has been set in Pr. 77. (Note that the Pr. 72 and Pr. 240 settings cannot be changed during
external operation.)
9. The setting depends on the inverter capacity: (0.4K)1(1.5K to 3.7K)1(5.5K, 7.5K)1(11K).
10.The setting depends on the inverter capacity: (0.4K to 1.5K)/(2.2Kto 7.5K)i(llK or more).
4.2 Parameter Function Details

Pr. 0 "toraue boost"

-
,.--Related parameters --.,

i
Pr. 3 "base frequency"
Pr. 46 "second toraue boost'! Pr. 19 "base frequency voltage"
Pr. 71 "applied motor"
Pr. 112 "third toraue boost'"
Pr. 80 "motor capacity"
Pr. 81 "number of motor poles"
\ Pr. 180 to Pr. 186 88

Motor torque in the low-frequency range can be adjusted to the load to increase the starting motor torque.
You can select any of the three different starting torque boosts by terminal switching.

Parameter Factory
Setting Range Remarks
- Number
0.4K. 0.75K
Setting
6%
O
1.5K to 3.7K
5.5K. 7.5K
4%
3%
0 to 30% -
1 1 K or mare 2%
46 9999 0 to 30Oi0, 9999 9999:Function invalid
112 9999 0 to 300/0, 9999 9999:Function invalid

- Assuming that the base frequency voltage is loo%, set the OHz voltage in %.
A large setting will cause the motor to overheat. The guideline for maximum value is about 10%.
Pr. 46 is valid when the RT signal i:j on. Pr. 112 is valid when the X9 signal is on. Use any of ~ r . ' 1 8 0
to Pr. 786
to assign the terminal used to input the X9 signal.
,.
-
Note: 1. When using a constant-.tcrque motor, change the setting of this parameter as follows:
0.4K, 0.75K...6%, 1.5K to 3.7k, 4%, 5.5Kor more...2%
2. This parameter setting is ignored when Pr. 80 and Pr. 81 have been set to select the advanced
magnetic flux vector control mode.
3. When the Pr. 0 setting is either of the following values for 5.5K and 7.5K, it is automatically changed a.
when the Pr.71 setting is changed:
(1) When Pr. 0 setting is 3% (factory setting)
The Pr. 0 setting is <:hanged to 2% automatically when the Pr.71 setting is changed from
[general-purpose motor selection value (0, 2 to 8, 20, 23, 24)] to [constant-torque motor
selection value (1, 13 to la)].
(2) When Pr. 0 setting is 2%
The Pr. 0 setting is changed to 3% (factory setting) automatically when the Pr.71 setting is
changed from [constant-torque motor selection value (1, 13 to la)] to [general-purpose motor
selection value (0, 2 to 8, 20, 23, 24)].
4. Increase the setting when the inverter-to-motor distance is long or motor torque in the low-speed
range is insufficient, for example. A too large setting may result in an overcurrent trip.
5. When the RT (X9) sigrlal is on, the other second (third) functions such as second (third)
acceleration/deceleraticn time are also selected.
6 . When terminal assignment is changed using Pr. 180 to 186 during use of the second cr third
functions, the other functions may be affected. Check the functions of the corresponding terminals ,
before making setting.
Pr. 1 "maximum freauencv" Related parameters
Pr. 2 "minimum freauencv"
Pr. 18 "hiahspeed maximum freauencv"

Used to clamp the upper and lower limits of the output frequency Used for high-speed operation at or over
120Hz.
Can be used to set the upper and lower limits of motor speed.

Parameter Factory
Number Settin
Setting Range
120Hz 0 to 120Hz
0 to 120Hz
120Hz 120 to 400Hz

Use Pr. 1 to set the upper limit of the output frequency. If the frequency of the frequency command entered is
higher than the setting, the output frequency is clamped at the maximum frequency.
To perform operation over 120Hz, set the upper limit of the output frequency in Pr 18.
(When the Pr. 18 value is set, Pr. 1 automatically changes to the frequency in Pr. 18.)
Use Pr. 2 to set the lower llmit of the output frequency.

Note: When the frequency setting analog signal is used to run the motor beyond 60Hz, change the Pr. 903
and Pr. 905 values. If Pr. 1 or Pr. 18 is only changed, the motor cannot run beyond 60Hz.

ACAUTION
A When the Pr. 2 setting is higher than the Pr. 13 value, note that the motor will run at the
set frequency by merely switching the start signal on, without entering the command
frequency.
Pr. 3 "base freauencv" ,.--Related parameters - -
Pr. 19 "base freauenc~v o l t a w
Pr. 47 "second VIF (base frecjuencv)
Pr. 113 "third VIF (base f r e a ~ m
iI Pr. 71 "applied motof
Pr. 80 "motor capacity"
Pr. 81 "number of motor poles"
Pr. 83 "rated motor voltage"
Pr. 84 "rated motor frequency"
\ Pr. 180 to Pr. 186 (input terminal 1

Used to adjust the inverter outputs (voltage, frequency) to the motor rating.
When running a standard motor, generally set the frequency rating to 60Hz.When running the motor using
the commercial power supply-inverter switch-over, set the base frequency to the same value as the power
supply frequency.

Setting Range
0 to 400Hz
8888: 95% of power

9999: Same as power

, .
~ ~

I' ""
,Pr.l13

~.
<Setting>
~ . ... . .
Use Pr. 3. Pr. 47 and Pr. 113 to set the base frequency (rated motor frequency). Three different base
frequencies can be set and the requiredfrequency can, be selected from among them. , , . .
Pr. 47 is valid when the RT signal s on, and Pr. 113 is valid when the X9 signal is on. Use any of Pr. 180 to Pr.
186 to assign the terminal used to input the X9 signal.
4 .~.

- Use Pr. 19 to set the base voltage (e.g. rated motor voltage).
~

1
p~

Note: 1. Set the base frequency to 60Hz when using a constant-torque motor.
I
2. When the advanced magnetic flux vector control mode has been selected using Pr. 80 and Pr. 81,'
Pr. 3.47,113 and Pr. 19 are made invalid and Pr. 84 and Pr. 83 are made valid.
3. When " 2 (5-point flexible VIF characteristics) is set in Pr. 71. the Pr. 47 and Pr. 113 settings are i
made invalid.
4. When the RT (X9) signal is on, the other second (third) functions such as second (third)
accelerationldeceleratior time are also selected.
5. When terminal assignment is changed using Pr. 180 to 186 during use of the second or third
functions, the other fun,:tions may be affected. Check the functions of the corresponding terminals
before making setting.
Pr. 4 " 3 - s ~ e e dsettina lhish soeed)" ,- - parameters -1
Related
Pr. 5 "3-soeed setting (middle soeed)" Pr 1 "maximum frequency"
Pr 2 "minimum freauencv"
Pr. 6 "3-s~eedsettina (low s ~ e e d ) " Pr. 15 '509 frequency"
Pr. 28 "multi-speed input compensation'
Pr. 24 to Pr. 27 "multi-s~eedsettinq Pr. 29 "accelerationldeceler~tion
[ s ~ e e d s4 to 7)" Pr. 79 "operation mode selection".
Pr. 180 to Pr. 186 (input terminal
Pr. 232 to Pr. 239 "multi-soeed settinq function selection)
lsoeeds 8 to 15)"
~ . .
Used to preset the running speeds in parameters and switch between them using terminals.
Any speed can be selected by switching on-off the external contact signal (RH, RM, RL or REX signal).
- .
By using these functions with jog frequency (Pr. 15), maximum frequency (Pr. 1) and minimum frequency
(Pr. 2), up to 18 speeds can be set.
Valid in the external operation mode or in the PUlexternal combined mode ( " 3 or " 4 set in Pr. 79).
Parameter
Factory Setting Setting Range Remarks
Number
4 6OHz 0 to 400Hz
5 3OHz 0 to 400Hz
6 lOHz 0 to 400Hz
24 to 27 9999 0 to 400Hz, 9999 9999: Not selected
232 to 239 9999 0 to 400Hz, 9999 9999: Not selected ,

REX

Set the running frequencies in the corresponding parameters.

Each speed (frequency) can be set as desired between 0 and 400Hz during inverter operation.
After the required multi-speed setting parameter has been read, the setting can be changed by pressing the
[UPIDOWN] key. (In this case, when you release the [UPIDOWN] key, press the [SET] key to store the set
frequency. When using the FR-PU04 (option), press the [WRITE] key.)
Use any of Pr. 180 to Pr. 186 to assign the terminal used to input the REX signal.

Note: 1. The multi-speed settings override the main speeds (across terminals 2-5, 4-5).
2. The multi-speeds can also be set in the PU or external operation mode.
3. For 3-speed setting, if two or three speeds are simultaneously selected, priority is given to the
frequency setting of the lower signal.
4. Pr. 24 to Pr. 27 and Pr. 232 to Pr. 2% settings have no priority between them.
5. The parameter values can be changed during operation.
6. When terminal assignment is changed using Pr. 180 to 186, the other functions may be affected.
Check the functions of the corresponding terminals before making setting.
pr. 7 "acceleration time" 7Related parameters -
1
Pr. 8 "deceleration time" Pr. 3 "base frequency
Pr 29 "acceleratlonldecelerat~on
Pr. 20 "accelerationldeceleration reference
freauencv"
Pr. 21 "acceleration/deceleretion time increments"
Pr. 44 "second accelerationldeceleration time"
Pr. 45 "second deceleration=
.:
Pr. 110 "third accelerationldeceleration time"
, ,. . . .
Pr. 111 "third deceleration time" , .....
~ .

Used to set motor acceleration/dec~?leration

time.
Set a larger value for a slower speed increaseldecrease or a smaller value. for a faster speed
increaseldecrease.

. . .,
e

. . ., ' .
.
Acmbnfim P r . 7 oarabm1'kn Pra
ma ~ ~ time4 4 Pr.45
. . , Pl.ll0 P,.tll

., .
.
<Setting> . .

- Use Pr. 21 to set the acceleration/deckleratibntime 2nd minimum setting increments:

. . 0 to 3600 seconds (minimum setting increments: 0.1 seconds)
Set value "0"(factory setting) . .
. .. . ... ..... 0 to 360 seconds (minimum setting increments: 0.01 seconds)
set value "1" . . .. . .
. Use Pr. 7, Pr. 44 and Pr. 110 to set the acceleration time required to reach the frequency set in Pr. 20 from O M .
Use Pr. 8, Pr. 45 and Pr. 111 to set the deceleration time required to reach OHz from the frequency set in Pr.
20.
Pr. 44 and Pr. 45 are valid when the RT signal is on, and Pr. 110 and Pr. 111 are valid when the X9 signal is
on. When both RT and X9 are on. Pr. 110 and Pr. 111 are valid.
- Use any of Pr. 180 to Pr. 186 to assign the terminal used to input the X9 signal.
. Set "9999 in Pr. 45 and Pr. 111 to make the deceleration time equal to the acceleration time (Pr. 44, Pr. 110).
. When "9999 is set in Pr. 110, the function is made invalid.
 Note: 1. In S-shaped accelerationldecelerationpattern A (refer to page 70), the set time is a period required
to reach the base frequency set in Pr. 3.
Accelerationldeceleration time calculation expression when the set frequency is the base
frequency or higher
5
' = 3 X(Pr.3)' X ? + ~ T
T: Accelerationldeceleration time setting (seconds)
f: Set frequency (Hz)
Guideline for accelerationldeceleration time at the base frequency of 60Hz (OHz to set frequency)

Acceleration1 60 120 200 400

5 5 12 27 102
15 15 35 82 305
2. If the Pr. 20 setting is changed, the settings of calibration functions Pr. 903 and Pr. 905 (frequency
setting signal gains) remain unchanged. To adjust the gains, adjust calibration functions Pr. 903
and Pr. 905.
3. When the setting of Pr. 7, 8, 44, 45, 110 or 111 is " 0 , the accelerationldeceleration time is 0.04
seconds. At this time, set 120Hz or less in Pr. 20.
4. When the RT (X9) signal is on, the other second (third) functions such as second (third) torque
boost are also selected.
5. If the shortest accelerationldeceleration time is set, the actual motor accelerationldecelerationtime
cannot be made shorter than the shortest accelerationldeceleration time determined by the
mechanical system's G D and ~ motor torque.

Pr. 9 "electronic overcurrent ~rotection" Related parameter

Set the current of the electronid overcurrent protection t'b protect the motor from overheat. This feature provides
the optimum protective characteristics, including reduced motor cooling capability, at low speed.

cI
Parameter
Factory Setting Setting Range
Number
9 I Rated output current'
( 0 to 500A
'0.4K and 0.75K are set to 85% of the rated inverter current.

Set the rated current [A] of the motor.

(Normally set the rated current of the motor at base frequency operation.)
Setting of "0" makes the electronic overcurrent protection (motor protective function) invalid. (The inverter's
output transistor protective function is valid.)
When Mitsubishi's constant-torque motor is used, set "1" or any of "13" to "18" in Pr. 71 to select the 100%
continuous torque characteristic in the low speed range. Then, set the rated motor current in Pr. 9.

Note: 1: When two or more motors are connected to the inverter, they cannot be protected by the electronic
overcurrent protection. Install an external thermal relay to each motor.
2. When a difference between the inverter and motor capacities is large and the setting is small, the
protective characteristics of the electronic overcurrent protection will be deteriorated. in this case,
use an external thermal relay.
3. A special motor cannot be protected by the electronic overcurrent protection. Use an external
thermal relay.
 Pr. 10 "DC dvnamic brake q~erationfreauencv" 7Related parameters
Pr. 13 "starting frequency"
pr. 11 "DC dvnamic brake olperation time"
Pr. 12 "DC dvnamic brake vc~ltaae"

By setting the stopping DC dynamic brake voltage (torque), operation time and operation starting frequency, the
stopping accuracy of positioning operation, etc. or the timing of operating the DC dynamic brake to stop the
motor is adjusted according to the load.

Parameter Factory
Setting
Number Setting
I I
I 10 I 3Hz I 0 to 120Hr,9999 1 or below PI 13 ( \
'-I 0.5 sec
1 value.
8888: Operated \ --

l l K or more 2%

Use Pr. 10 to set the frequency at which the DC dynamic brake application is started.
By setting "9999" in Pr. 10, the nlotor is decelerated to the frequency set in Pr. 13 andbrake
- Use Pr. 11 to set the period during when the brake is operated. By setting '8888" in Pr. 11, the DC dynamic
. brake is operated while the X13 signal is on.
I

Use any of Pr. 180 to Pr. 186 to assign the terminal used to input the X I 3 signal.
Use Pr. 12 to set the of the power supply voltage. , ,

When using the inverter dedicated motor (constant-torque motor), change the Pr. 12 setting as follows: 3.7K
.. .~ .
or less...4%, 5.5K or more...2%
. , . . , .. ...

. . values for 5.5K and 7.5K, it is automatically

Note: 1. When the Pr. 12 setting is either of the following .. .
><
'
.

changed when the Pr.71 setting is changed:

(1) When Pr. 12 setting is 4% (factory setting) . ,
The Pr. 12 setting is changed to 2% automatically when the Pr. 71 setting is changed from
[general-purpose Totor selection value (0, 2 to 8, 20, 23. 24)] to [constant-torque motor
selection value ( I , 13 to 18)).
(2) When Pr. 12 setting1 is 2% . , . ~.
The Pr. 12 setting is changed to 4% (factory setting) automatically when the Pr. 71 'setting is
changed from [constant-torque motor selection value (1, 13 to la)] to [general-purpose motor
selection value (0, 2 to 8.20, 23. 24)l.
2. When Pr. 1I= "0 or 8€;88"or Pr. 12 = 0, DC dynamic brake operation cannot be performed.

ACAUTION
option) mode, do n o t set "8888" i n Pr. 11.
The motor may n o t be stopped in the correct position.
N o holding torque is provided.
64
Pr. 13 "startinu freauencv"

You can set the starting frequency between 0 and 60Hz

Set the startlng frequency at wh~chthe start signal is sw~tchedon.

Parameter Factory
Number Setting
Setting Range
13 I 0.5Hz 1 0.01 to 60Hz

Note: The inverter will not start if the frequency setting signal is less than the value set in Pr. 13 "starting
frequency".
For example, when 5Hz is set in Pr. 13, the motor will start running when the frequency setting signal
reaches 5Hz.

f-- Related parameters

------,

I
Pr. 0 "torque boos?
Pr. 80 "motor capacity"
Pr. 14 "load wattern selection" Pr. 81 "number of motor poles"
Pr 180 to Pr 186
,' f i n ~ uterminal
t function selection) A

You can select the optimum output characteristic (VIF character~st~c)for the applicat~on and load
characterist~cs

Parameter Factory
Setting Range
Number Setting
14 1 0 I 0 lo 5

For constant-lowus lbadr For vanablMorque toads For IB F w Im

(e g conveyor, can) (Fan. ~ u m p l Boor, for fornarc mtatlonP r . 0 setting B m r l f a f m a r d rotallon OX
BOOI~ for reverse matton0 % B m s l for revwe rotation PC 0 rsltlng

Base frequency
Output trequency (Hi)
I .
Barehequeno,
outprn Peouency (HZ)
 ignored when Pr. 80 and Pr. 81 have been set to select the advanced 1
magnetic flux vector ccntrol mode.
2. When the RT signal is on, the other second functions such as second acceleration/deceleration
time and second torque boost are also selected.
3. When the setting is 4 c.r.5, X I 7 signal may be used instead of the RT signal. Use any of Pr. 180 to
Pr. 186 to assign the tenninal used to input the X I 7 signal.
4i..
Related parameters
Pr. 15 "ioa freauencv"
reference frequency"
Pr. 16 "ioa accelerationldeceleration time"
. . Pr. 21 "acceleration/deceleration
~ . time
. . .~...
.,. . .
Pr. 79 "operation mode selection"
, ~.
Pr. 180 to Pr. 186
(input terminal function selection)

In the extemal operation mode, jog operation can be started and stopped with the start signal (STF, STR) after
selection of the jog mode (JOG signal ON). In the PU operation mode, jog operation can also be performed
:using the PU (FR-DU04lFR-PUO.4:'.
Set the frequency and accelerationldeceleration time for jog operation

Settlng Range
0 to 400Hz
0 to 3600 sec
0 5 sec
0 to 360 sec When Pr 21 = 1

F w - d r o l e t m STF

R a e r r mallon STR

Note: 1. In S-shaped acceleration/deceleration pattern A, the set time is a period of time required to reach
Pr. 3 "base frequency".
2. The acceleration time and deceleration time cannot be set separately for jog operation.
 Pr. 17 "MRS i n ~ uselection"
t

Used to select the logic of the MRS signal.

When the MRS signal switches on, the inverter shuts off the output

Parameter Factory
Setting Range
Number Setting
17 I 0 1 0,2

Pr. 17 Setting 1 SpeciRcations of MRS Signal

0 I Normally open input
2 I Normally closed lnput (NIC contact lnput specifications)

<Wiring example>
C . For sink logic
 Related parameters
Pr. 22 "stall prevention operation level"
r 48 "second stall prevenhon
Pr. 23 "stall prevention operation level
at double speed"
Pr. 73 "0-5VlO-10V selection"
Pr. 66 "stall orevention opelation level Pr. 114 "third stall prevention operation
re
reduction startina freauencv
Pr. 115 "third stall prevention operation
Pr. 148 "stall wevention operation level
at OV inout"

Pr. 149 "stall prevention operation level

at 10V inout"
Pr. 154 "voltaae reduction selection durina stall
prevention operaticg
, . 4[(
You can set the stall prevention operation levels.
For high-speed operation at or c~ver60Hz, acceleration may not be made because the motor current does
not increase. To improve the operation characteristics of the motor in such a case, the stall prevention level
in the high-frequency range can be reduced. This is effective for operation of a centrifugal separator up to
the high-speed range. Normally, set 60Hz in Pr. 66 and 100% in Pr. 23.
For operation in the high-frequency range, the current in the locked motor state is smaller than the rated
output current of the inverter anc the inverter does not result in an alarm (protective function is not activated)
if the motor is at a stop. To improve this and activate the alarm, the stall prevention level can be reduced.
In order to provide torque during stall prevention, Pr. 154 is factory-set not to reduce the output voltage. The
setting of reducing the output voltage further decreases the probability of overcurrent trip occurrence.
The stall prevention operation level can be varied by entering the analog signal into terminal 1.

Setting Range Remarks

. . ~ .
0 to 200%. 9999 9999: Analog variable
0 to 200%. 9999 9999: Constant according to Pr. 22
0 to 400HZ
0 to 200% (Bias)
0 to 200% (Gain)
0: Output voltage reduced
4..
154 0, 1 1: Output voltage not reduced

Setting exampla (Pr22=iM%. Pr23=1W%, Pr.M;60Hr)

4WHz Output Irequamy (Hz) Output frequency (HZ)

 In Pr. 22, set the stall prevention operation level. Normally set it to 150% (factory setting). Set "O" in Pr. 22to
disable the stall prevention operation.
To reduce the stall prevention operation level in the high-frequency range, set the reduction starting frequency
in Pr. 66 and the reduction ratio compensation factor in Pr. 23.

Calculation expression for stall prevention operation level

Pr.22-A Pr.23-100
Stall prevention operation level (%) = [ M x [ 1
Pr.66 (Hz) x Pr.22 (%) = Pr.66 (Hz) x Pr.22(%1
where, A = output frequency. .(Hz). ' 400Hz
- By setting "9999 (factory setting) in Pr. 23, the stall prevention operation level is constant at the Pr. 22 setting
up to 400Hz.
Set "9999" in Pr. 22 to vary the stall prevention operation level using the analog signal (0-5VIO-10V) entered to
the frequency setting auxiliary input terminal [I]. (Use Pr. 73 to select between 10V and 5V.)
C . Use Pr. 148 and Pr. 149 to adjust the gain and bias of the analog signal.
Set " 0 in Pr. 154 to reduce the output voltage during stall prevention operation.

Note: 1. When Pr. 22 = "9999, terminal 1 is exclusively used for setting the stall prevention operation level.
The auxiliary input and override functions are not activated.

A CAUTION
D o n o t s e t a t o o small value as the stall prevention operation current. Otherwise, torque
generated will reduce.
Test operation must be performed. Stall prevention operation during acceleration may
increase t h e acceleration time.
Stall prevention operation during constant speed may change the speed suddenly.
Stall prevention operation during deceleration may increase the deceleration time,
increasing t h e deceleration distance.
.
Pr. 24 to Pr. 27 *Refer to Pr. 4 to Pr, 6. Related parameters
Pr. 59 "remote setting function"
Pr. 73 "0-5VIO-10V selection"
Pr. 28 "multi-soeed i n ~ ucompensation"
t

By entering a compensation signal into the frequency setting auxiliary input terminal 1 (Note 2), the speeds
(frequencies) of multi-speed settings or the speed setting made by remote setting function can be compensated
for.
Parameter Factoly
Setting Range Remarks
Number Setting
0 Not compensated,
28 0 0.1 1 - Compensated

Note: 1. Use Pr. 73 to select the compensation input voltage between 0-i5V and 0-?1OV.
2. When any of "4, 5 , 14 and 15" is set in Pr. 73, the compensation signal is entered into terminal 2.
(Override functions)
 Related parameters
Pr. 29 "accelerationldecele~ationpattern"
Pr. 140 "backlash acceleration stoooina freauencv"
Pr. 141 "backlash acceleratiion sto~oinatime"
reference frequency"
Pr. 142 "backlash deceleration stoo~inafrequencv"
Pr. 45 "second deceleration time"
Pr. 143 "backlash deceleration stoooina timk" Pr. 110 "third acceleration1
deceleration time"

Set the accelerationldeceleration pattern.

Also, you can suspend accelerationldeceleration at set frequencies and for the time period set in the
parameters.

SelUng Range

0 to 400Hz Val~dwhen Pr 29 = 3
0 5 sec 0 to 360 sec Val~dwhen Pr 29 = 3
I OOHz 0 to 400Hz Valld when Pr 29 = 3.
0 sec 0 to 360 sec Val~dwhen Pr 29 = 3

<Setting>
Description
Settin
Linear
erationldeceleration is made upldown to the preset frequency (factory setting).

S-shaped

(Note 1 )

from f2 (current frequency) to f l (targe!

pattern has an effect on the prevention 0:

Backlash

Note: 1. For the acceleration/deceleration time, set the time required to reach the "base frequency" in Pr. 3,
not the "acceleration/dec:eleration reference frequency" in Pr. 20. For details, refer to Pr. 7 and Pr. 8.
2. Pr. 140 to Pr. 143 is accessible when " 3 is set in Pr. 29.
3. The accelerationldecelsration time is increased by the stopping time.
 Pr. 30 "reaenerative function selection"
,--
Related parameters -1
Pr. 70 " s ~ e c i aregenerative
l brake duty" Pr. 180 "RL terminal function selection
Pr. 181 "RM terminal function selection"
Pr. 182 "RH terminal function selection"
Pr. 183 "RT terminal function selection"
Pr. 184 "AU terminal function selection"
r. 185 "JOG terminal function selection"
r. 186 "CS terminal function selection

When making frequent startslstops with a 7.5K or less inverter, use the optional "high-duty brake resistor"
(FR-ABR) to increase the regenerative brake duty.

0 Use the opt~onal"high power factor converter (FR-HC)" to reduce harmon~cs,improve the power factor, or
continue the regenerative mode
Parameter Factorj
Setting Range Remarks
Number Setting
30 0 0 to 2
0 to 15% . 0 4K to 1.5K
70 0% 0 to 30% 2.2K to 7.5K
0% 11K or more

{I)
When usina the built-in brake resistor. brake unit, Dower return converter
Set " 0 in Pr. 30.
The Pr. 70 setting is made invalid.
At this time, the regenerative brake duty is as follows:
'FR-A520-0.4K to 3.7K ........ 3%
'FR4520-5.5K to 7.5K ........
2%
'FR-A540-0.4K to7.5K.. .......
2%
12) When usina the hiahdutv brake resistor (FR-ABR)
Set "1" In Pr 30
Set "10%" In Pr 70
C ,3) When usina the hiah Dower factor converter /FR-HC)
1) Set " 2 in Pr. 30.
2) Use any of Pr. 180 to Pr. 186 to assign the following signals to the contact input terminals.
X10: FR-HC connection (inverter operation enable signal) (Note 3)
To make protective coordination with the high power factor converter (FR-HC), use the inverter
operation enable signal to shut off the inverter output. Enter the RDY signal of the high power factor
converter.
X I 1: FR-HC connection (instantaneous power failure detection signal)
When the computer link inboard option (FR-A5NR) is used and the setting is made to hold the pre-
instantaneous power failure mode, use this signal to hold that mode. Enter the instantaneous power
failure detection signal of the high power factor converter.
3) The Pr. 70 setting is made invalid.
Set "10" and "11" in any of Pr. 180 to Pr. 186 to allocate the terminals used to input the X I 0 and X11
signals.
 for the inverter of 1IK or more.
2. Pr. 70 "regenerative brake duty" indicates the %ED of the built-in brake transistor operation.
The setting should not be higher than the permissible value of the brake resistor used. Otherwise,
the resistor can overheat.
3. The X I 0 signal may be replaced by the MRS signal.
4. When terminal assignment is changed using Pr. 180 to 186, the other functions may be affected.
Check the functions of the corresponding terminals before making setting.

t AWARNING
The value set in Pr. 70 must not exceed the permissible value o f t h e brake resistor
used. Otherwise, the resistor can overheat.

Pr. 32 "freauencv iumo 1B"

Pr. 33 "frequencv iumo 2A"
Pr. 34 "frequencv iumo 28"
. : '.
. . .I.' .

, ., .. .. , .
.. .
Pr. 35 "frequencv iumo 3A" - .. , . :~.. ,
" ~.

Pr. 36 "frequencv iumo 3B" .

. ,
,
,
...~, .
. - ., . r - ' ;

When it is desired to avoid resonance attributable to the natural frequency of a mechanical system, these
parameters allow resonant frequencies to be jumped. Up to three areas may be set, with the jump
frequencies set to either the top or bottom point of each area. . .
The value set to I A , 2A or 3A is a jump point and op'kration is performed at thiifrequency.

To fix the frequency at 30Hz b e t ~ e e nPr. 33 and Pr. 34 (30Hz and 35Hz), set 35Hz Pr.x:35Hz
Pr.33.30Hz .-.
2'
-------
in Pr. 34 and 30Hz in Pr. 33. . . .I+

.- -
To jump to 35Hz between 30 and 35Hz, set 35Hz in Pr. 33 and 30Hz in Pr. 34. Pr33:JSHz
Pr34:30Hz --. J-"
~ p~

Note: 1. During acceleration/deceleration, the running frequency within the set area is valid.
 Pr. 37 " w e e d dis~lav" 7Related parameters ------y
Pr. 144 " s ~ e e dsettina switch-over" Pr. 52 "PU main display data selection"
Pr. 53 "PU level display data selection"
Pr. 80 "motor capacity
Pr. 81 "number of motor poles"

The units of the running speed monitor display of the PU (FR-DUOUFR-PUO4), the running speed setting in the
PU operation mode, and the parameter setting used for frequency setting can be changed from the frequency to
the motor speed or machine speed.
Parameter Factory
Setting Range Remarks
Number Setting
37 0 0.1 to 9998 0 Frequency settlng added
0,2, 4 , 6 , 8, 10, 102,
144 4
104. 106, 108.110

-
&, . To dlsplay the mach~nespeed, set in Pr. 37 the machlne speed for 60Hz operation.
To d~splaythe motor speed, set the number of motor poles (2,4,6, 8, 10) or the number of motor poles plus
100 (102, 104, 106, 108, 110) in Pr. 144.
When values have been set in both Pr. 37 and Pr. 144, priority is as follows
Pr. 144 = 102 to 110 > Pr. 37 = 1 to 9998 > Pr 144 = 2 to 10
Hence, the half-tone screened settings in the following list become valid.
When the running speed monitoring has been selected, the parameter setting unit and the running speed
setting unit in the PU operation mode depend on the combination of the Pr 37 and Pr. 144 settings as
indicated below
Running Speed Parameter Setting Unit
Pr. 37 Setting Pr. 144 Setting
Monitor Display Running Speed Setting Unit
Speed of 4-pole motor (rlmin) 0 0
'~p~<ij~*~t':i<;~@~@$&>~3:~w~$:;:,4.~.
Hz 0 : : ; . .,. ex,:.:. *.:?@:.:
Motor speed (rlmin) 1 to 9998
*m#m<$@.&&
; -rfj.x-4:-r.*.*.$**<
. . . . .: A . . . :. . ..: :. d:?:.::~?::~::.:
dmin 0 k;;%@;~g$m
. . . . . ....@;:$??@:@;3~~?~
, . ... .. . ..>..... 2:..:..,.-

Machine speed
Hz ~:..~gwv.:;:;;& g $ ; ~ .~. . .:.g: g
.~ri..........
>..,. f $ ~ * ~ ; 0
~~
rlmin [-.~y23,?,t~~g~t('$q;;$@~$:f
.. .. . 2 to 10

Note: 1. In the V/F control mode, the motor speed is converted from the output frequency and does not
match the actual speed. When the advanced magnetic flux vector control mode has been selected
in Pr. 80 and 81, this display shows the aspeed (estimated value found by motor slippage
calculation).
2. During PLG feedback control, the data displayed is the same as in advanced magnetic flux vector
control. Note that the speed displayed is the actual speed from the PLG.
3. When the running speed display has been selected with "0" set in Pr. 37 and "0" in Pr. 144, the
monitor display shows the speed reference for a 4-pole motor (1800rlmin is displayed at 60Hz).
4. To change the PU main monitor (PU main display) or PU level meter (PU level display), refer to Pr.
52 and Pr. 53.
5. As the operation panel display is 4 digits, "-" is displayed when the monitored value exceeds
"9999.

ACAUTION
Make sure that the running speed and number of poles set are correct.
Otherwise, the motor might run at extremely high speed, damaging the machine.
Pr. 41 "up-to-freauencv sensi- Related parameters
"RUN terminal function
Pr. 190 selection" -)
Pr. 191 "SU terminal function selection"
Pr. 192 "IPF terminal function selection"
, . Pr. 193 "OL terminal function selection"
. . Pr. 194 "FU terminal function selection"

The ON range of the up-to-frequency signal (SU) output when the output frequency reaches the running
frequency can be adjusted between 0 and 1100% of the running frequency.
This parameter can be used to ensure that the running frequency has been reached or used as the operatlon
start signal etc. for related equipment. - - . .. .

Setting Range
0 to 100%

~ ~- - . .~.
. , .. . . -. . . .
,, .. . .,, .
.
Pr. 42 "output freauencv detc:cti'on" ..:~ . .
- -- -
Pr. 43 "output freauencv detection for reverse rotation"
Pr. 50 "second output freauenncv detection"
Pr. 116 "third output freauencv detection"
. .~. ,
, ,.
.
. . ~.
. .
,, .

A signal is output when the output frequency reaches or exceeds the setting. This function can be used
for electromagnetic brake operatioi, open signal, etc.
t.. ..
e You can also set the d e t e c t i o ~ the
~ f frequency usedexclusively for reverse rotation. This function is
effective for switching the timing of electromagnetic brake operation between forward rotation (rise) and
reverse rotation (fall) during vertic:al lift operation.-etc.
~.

0 to 400Hz.9999
 Refer to the figure below and set the corresponding parameters:
When Pr. 43 + 9999, the Pr.42 setting applies to foiward rotation and the Pr.43 setting applies to reverse
rotation.
t n ( P142

Output Signal

e Use Pr 190 to Pr. 195 to assign the terminals used to output the FU2 and FU3 signals

Note: 1. When the inboard option unit is used to exercise PLG feedback control, use the RUN (running)
signal. (If the F U l , FU2 or FU3 signal is used, the brake may not be opened.)
2. When terminal assignment is changed using Pr. 190 to 195, the other functions may be affected.
Check the functions of the corresponding terminals before making setting.

d,.*3p , * A

Pr. 44, Pr.45 =? Refer fo Ppr. 7:

/ Related parameters 7
Pr. 48 "second stall prevention operation current" Pr 22 "stall prevent~onoperation leve

& Pr. 49 "second stall wrevention oweration

freauencv"
f'
1
Pr 23 "stall prevent~onoperation level
at double weed"
Pr. 66 "stall pre;ention operation level
reduction starting frequency"
Pr. 114 "third stall prevention ooeration Pr. 154 "voltage reduction selection
current" during stall prevention operation"

Pr. 115 "third stall reve en ti on oweration

freauencv"
a The stall prevention operation level can be changed within the range from OHz to the frequency set in Pr. 49
or115.
a The stall prevention operation level can be changed by switching the external input signal on-off.
Parameter Factory
Setting Range
Number Setting
150% 0 to 200%
0 to 400Hz. 9999
114 150% 0 to 200%
115 0 to 400Hz
. Set the stall prevention operatior1 level in Pr. 48 and Pr. 114.
; Refer to the following list to set va!ues in Pr. 49 and Pr. 115.
Pr. 114 and Pr. 115 are made valid by switching on the X9 signal. Set " 9 in any of Pr. 180 to Pr. 186 to allocate
the terminal used to input the XC :;ignal.

Pr. 49 Setting I Pr. 115 Setting 1

- Operation
-
n - --- . .- >lthirdl
I S,ecnnd . ...- , stall prevention function is not activated.
Iiecond (third) stall prevention function is activated according to the
0.01Hzto 400Hz
1
hm,,anP" c . E hown above.

1 9999
~~ - - 1 Cannot be set.
I
Second stall prevention function is activated according to the RT signal.
- ON
FIT sianal
FIT signal OFF
.. . .
....
Stall level Pr 48
Stall level Pr 22

Note: 1. When Pr. 49 = "9999, setting " 0 in Pr. 48 disables the stall prevention function when the RT signal
switches on. When Pr. 49 t "9999 and Pr. 48 = " 0 , the stall prevention operation level is 0% when
.
the frequency is equal to or less than the value set in Pr. 49. .

2. When the stall prevention operatjon level signal input function is selected (Pr. 22 = 9999), setting
4%
"9999 in Pr. 49 changes; the stall prevention operation level from the value of the stall prevention
operation level signal (teminal 1 input) to the value set in Pr. 48 when the RT signal switches on; 1
3. When both the RT and >:9signals are on; the third stall prevention function is selected.
4. When the RT (X9) signal i s on, the second (third) functions such as second (third)
accelerationldeceleratiorl time are also selected. . .
5 . When terminal assignment is changed using Pr. 180 to 186, the other functions may be affected.
Check the funct~onsof the corresponding terminals before making setting.

ACAUTION
D o n o t set a too small value t o the second (third) stall prevention operation c u r r e n t
Otherwise, torque generated will decrease.
I
Pr. 52 "DUIPU main d i s ~ l a vscreen data selection" /_ Related Carameters

Pr. 53 "PU level d i s ~ l a vdata selection" Pr. 37 "speed display"

Pr. 55 "frequency monitoring reference"
Pr. 54 "FM terminal function selection" Pr. 56 "current monitoring reference"
Pr. 170 ',watt-hour meter cleaf
Pr. 158 "AM terminal function selection" Pr. 171 "actual operation hour meter

Pr. 900 "FM terminal calibration"

You can select the signals shown on the operation panel (FR-DU04)lparameter unit (FR-PU04) main display
screen and on the parameter unit (FR-PU04) level meter andsignals output to the FM and AM terminals.
There are two different signal outputs: FM pulse train output terminal and AM analog output terminal. Select
the signals using Pr. 54 and Pr. 158.
Parameter Factory
Setting Range
Number Setting
52 0 0 to 20. 22 to 25, 100
53 1 0 1 0 3 , 5 t 0 1 4 , 1 7 , 18
54 1 1103; 5 to 14. 17. 18, 21
158 1 1 to 3, 5 to 14. 17, 18. 21

<Setting>
Set Pr. 52 to Pr. 54 and Pr. 158 in accordance with the following table:

Full-Scale Value of
FM, AM, Level Meter

pu curren pea
When 100 is set in Pr.52, the monkcred values during stop and during operation differ as indicated below:
(The LED on the left of Hz flickers during a stop and is lit during running.)
- Pr. 52
0 I I00
During
During stop During operation
Set frequency I Output frequency
Output current
Output voltage
Alarm display

.Note: 1. During an error, the output frequency at error occurrence is displayed. . ,

2. During MRS, the values are the same as during a stop. During offline auto tuning, the tuning status
monitor has priority.

Note: 1. The monitoring of items marked x cannot be selected.

2. By setting "0"in Pr. 52, the monitoring of "output frequency to alarm display" can be selected in 1
1 J.

sequence by the SHIFT Itey. , I i

3. "'Frequency setting to output terminal status" on the PU main monitor are selected by "other
monitor selection" of the parameter unit (FR-PUO4).
4. "The load meter is displayed in %, with the current set in Pr. 56 regarded as 100%.
5. The motor torque display is valid only in the advanced magnetic flux vector control mode. . ,
6. The actual operation time displayed by setting "23" in Pr. 52 is calculated using the inverter
operation time. (Inverter stop time is not included.) Set " 0 in Pr. 171 to clear it.
7. When Pr. 53 = " 0 , the level meter display of the parameter unit can be erased.
8. By setting "1, 2, 5, 6, 11, 17 or 18" in Pr. 53, the full-scale value can be set in Pr. 55 or Pr.56.
9. The cumulative operation time and actual operation time are calculated from 0 to 65535 hours, then
cleared, and recalculated from 0.
When the operation panel (FR-DU04) is used, the display shows "--" seer9999 or more hours
have elapsed.
Whether 9999 or more hours have elapsed or not can be confirmed on the parameter unit
(FR-PU04).
10. When the operation par~el( F R - ~ ~ 0is4 k) e d , the display unit is Hz,V or A only.
11. The orientation status fi~nctionswhen the FR-A5AP option is used. If the option is not used, " 2 2

L may be set in Pr. 52 and the value displayed remains " 0 and the function is invalid.
Pr. 55 "freauencv rnonitorinq reference" Related parameters
Pr. 56 "current rnonitorina reference" Pr. 37 "speed display"
Pr. 53 "PU level display data selection"
Pr. 54 "FM terminal function selection"
Pr. 158 "AM terminal function selection"
Pr. 900 "FM terminal calibration"

Set the frequency or current which is referenced for display when the frequency or current is selected for the FM
and AM terminals and PU level meter display.

Parameter Factory Setting Range

Number Settin
0 to 400Hz
Rated output
0 to 500A
current
1440 W ~ ~ YIUrmna
Y FMI 1440~8~Us@ c
tlamnd FMI
l O M C [I-NIAM. 1 W D C (<-ma AM)
F*. P" ~d rnonlor)

<Setting>
Referring to the above figures and following table, set Pr. 55 and Pr. 56:

requency monr onng

Setting using Pr. 55, Pr. 56

Note: 1. The maximum pulse train output of terminal FM is 2400 pulseslsec. If Pr. 55 is not adjusted, the
output of terminal FM will be filled to capacity Therefore, adjust Pr. 55.
2. The maximum output voltage of terminal AM is IOVDC.
-
Pr. 57 "coastina time for automatic restart after instantaneous Dower
failurelcommercial i3ower su~plv-inverterswitch-over"
Pr. 58 "cushion time for a~rtomaticrestart after instantaneous Dower
failure/commercial i3ower SUDD~V-inverter switch-over"
Pr.162 "Automatic restart ,after instantaneous Dower failure selection"
Pr.163 "First cushion time for restart"
Pr.164 "First cushion volG~aefor restart"
Pr.165 "Restart stall reve en ti on o~erationlevel"
You can restart the inverter without stopping the motor (with the motor coasting) when the commercial power
supply is switched to the inverter operation or when the power is restored after an instantaneous power
failure. (When automatic restart operation is set to be enabled, UVT and IPF among the alarm output signals
will not be output at occurrence of an instantaneous power failure.)
4f :
~.

Setting Range Remarks

0. 0.1 to 5 sec, 9999 9999 No restart
0 to 60 sec
0.Frequency search, 1. No frequency
0,1 search
163 0 to 20 sec
o t o lW%
0 to 200%

c m w c5-s~
rot use of only
(P1.163) P1.511 nme m a 0 RSM after ~nrtsmanms
p ~ hhna
a
voltage n r m ,i,,,n
 <Setting>
Refer to the above figures and following table, and set the parameters:

dependently of the motor coasting speed, the output voltage is gradually increased

aiting time for inverter-triggered restart afler power is restored from an instantaneous
ower failure. (Set this time between 0.1 sec and 5 sec according to the inertia moment

Normally the motor may be run with the factoly settings. These values are adjustable to
the load (inertia moment, torque).

Note 1 When restart operation is selected, UVT and IPF among the alarm output signals are not output at
occurrence of an Instantaneous power fa~lure
. 1 2. If the inverter capacity is more than one rank higher than the motor capacity, an overcurrent (OCT)
alarm may take place, disabling the motor from starting.
3. When Pr. 57 # 9999, the inverter will not run if the CS signal remain off.
4. When Pr. 162 = "OM, connection of two or more motors to one inverter will make the inverter functior
improperly. (The inverter will not start properly.)
5. When Pr. 162 = "0", the DC dynamic brake is operated instantly on detection of restarting speed.
Therefore, if the inertia moment (GD') of the load is small, the speed may reduce.
6. When Pr. 163 ="I", the output frequency before an instantaneous power failure is stored and output
at the time of restart. If the power of the inverter control circuit is lost, the frequency before ar
instantaneous power failure cannot be stored and the inverter will start at OHz.
7. The SU and FU signals are not output during restart but are output after the restart cushion time has
elapsed.

ACAUTION
A Provide mechanical interlocks for MC1 and MC2.
The inverter will be damaged if power is entered into the inverter output section.
When automatic restart after instantaneous power failure has been selected, the motor
and machine will start suddenly (after the reset time has elapsed) after occurrence o f an
instantaneous power failure. Stay away from the motor and machine.
When you have selected automatic restart after instantaneous power failure, apply the
supplied CAUTION seals i n easily visible places.
Pr. 59 "remote settina func:tion selection" - Related parameters?-.
Pr. 1 "maximum frequency"
Pr. 7 "acceleration time"
Pr. 8 "deceleration time"
Pr. 18 "high-speed maximum frequen
Pr. 28 "multi-speed input compensatio
Pr. 44 "second accelerationldeceleratio
. .

. ~

If the operator panel is located away from,

~
the
...
control
variable-speed operation, without using analog signals.
By merely setting this' parameter, you can use the acceleration, deceleration and setting clear functions of
the motorized speed setter (FF!-FK).
when the remote function is used, the output frequency of the inverter can be compensated for as follok:
External operation mode Frequency set by RHIRM operation plus external running frequency other
. ~.
than multi-speeds 3.::
(Set "1" in Pr. 28 to select the compensation input (terminal I).)
PU operation mode Frequency set by RHlRM operation plus PU running frequency

Refer to the followina table and set the parameter:

Frequency setting

Yes
Use Pr. 59 to select whether the remote setting function is ,used or not and whether the frequency setting
storage function in the remote setting mode is used or not. When "remote setting function -yes" is selected.
the functions of terminals RH. RM and RL are changed to acceleration (RH), deceleration (RM) and clear
(RL). .,

varied by RH (acceleration) and RM (deceleration) between 0 and the

maximum frequency (Pr. 1 or Pr. 18 setting).
2. When the acceleration or deceleration signal switches on, the set frequency varies according to the
slope set in Pr. 44 or Fr. 45. The output frequency accelerationldecelerationtimes are as set in Fr.
7 and Pr. 8, respect~vely.Therefore, the longer preset times are used to vary the actual output
frequency.
3. The frequency setting storage function stores in memory the remotely-set frequency (frequency set
by RHIRM operation) when the acceleration and deceleration signals remain off for more than 1
minute or as soon as the start signal
- (STF or STR) switches off. When power is switched off, then
on, operation is resumed with that value.
82
 ACAUTION

Pr. 60 "intelliaent mode selection" -

When selecting this function, re-set the maximum frequency according t o the machine.

Related parameters
Pr. 0 "torque boos?
Pr. 7 "acceleration time"
Pr. 8 "deceleration time"
Pr. 13 "starting frequency"
7

Pr. 19 "base frequency voltage"

(advanced magnetic flux vector control

Pr. 278 to Pr. 285

The inverter automatically sets appropriate parameters for operation.

If you do not set the acceleration and deceleration times and VIF pattern, you can run the inverter as if
appropriate values had been set in the corresponding parameters. This operation mode is useful to start
operation immediately without making fine parameter settings.

Parameter Factory
Sening Range
Number Setting
60 I 0 I 0 to 8

<Setting>

Pr. 0. Pr. 7, Pr. 8

eceleration mode

utput voltage during constant-speed operation.

Elevator mode
Pr. 0. Pr. 13. Pr. 19

7 completion signal This function causes the inveder to output the mechanical
Brake sequence input brake operation timing signal for elevating application.
mode Mechanical For function details and related parameter seiting, refer to
-
brake opening Pr. 278 to Pr. 285 (brake sequence functions).
8 completion
signal not input
 Note: 1. When more accurate control is required for your application, set the other parameters as /
appropriate.
i
2. Because of the leam.ng system, this control is not valid at the first time in the optimum '
accelerationldeceleratior~mode. Also, this mode is only 'valid for frequency setting of 30.01Hi or ,
more.
3. When the advanced magnetic flux vector control has been selected using Pr. 80 andPr. 81, the i
settings of the energy-saving mode and elevator mode are ignored. (Advanced magnetic flux vector j
j
control has higher priority.)
4. If an overvoltage (OV3) trip has occurred during operation in the optimum accelerationldeceleration 1
mode (setting "3), re-set Pr. 8 "deceleration time" to a larger value and restart operation in this !
mode.
,. 5. When the "energy-saving mode" (setting " 4 ) is used to decelerate the motor to a stop, the
deceleration time may be longer than the preset value. Also, overvoltage is likely to occur in this
mode as compared to the constant-torque load characteristics, set the deceleration time to a longer
value.
-
 Pr. 61 "reference current" Related parameter
Pr. 62 "reference current for acceleration"

Pr. 63 "reference current for deceleration"

Pr. 64 "startina freauencv for elevator mode"

Set these parameters to improve performance in the intelligent mode.

- Parameter Factory
Setting Range Remarks
Number Setting
61 9999 0-500A. 9999 9999:Referenced from rated lnverter current.
62 9999 0-ZOO%, 9999
63 9999 0-200%. 9999
64 9999 0-200%. 9999

' <Setting>
(1) Pr. 54 "reference current settina"
Setting
9999 (factory setting)
I Reference Current
I Referenced from rated inverter current
0 to SODA I Referenced from setting (rated motor current)

. . . ~

12) Pr. 62 "reference current for acceleration"

(The reference value differs between the shortest accelerationldeceleration mod
accelerationideceleration m o d e . ) . . . ~

The r e f e r e n c e current setting can be changed. . .- ~. . ..

-
Setting
I

- & (3) Pr. 63 "reference current for deceleration" ..

(The reference value differs between the shortest accelerationldeceleration mode and optimum
~. ~.
accelerationldeceleration m o d e . )
The reference current s e t t i n g can be changed.
Setting Reference Current Remarks
150% (180%) is the limit value. Shortest acceleration/decelerationmode
9999 (factory setting)
100% is the optimum value. Optimum acceieration/deceierationmode
The setting of 0 to 200% is the limit value. Shortest acceleration/decelerationmode
0 to 200% The setting of 0 to 200% is the optimum Optimum acceleration/decelerationmode
I value I
(4) Pr. 64 "startina freauencv for elevator mode"
I
Setting
9999 (factory senlng)
0 to lOHz
1 2Hz 1s the startlng frequency
Reference Current

I The settlng of 0 to 1OHz 1s the startlng frequency 1

Note: Pr. 61 to Pr. 64 are only valid when any of "1 to 6 is selected for Pr. 60.
Pr. 65 "retrv selection"
Pr. 67 "number of retries at alarm occurrence"
Pr. 68 "retw waitina time"
Pr. 69 "retw count disolav$rasurem

When an alarm occurs, the retry fi~r~ction

causes the inverter to automatically reset itself to make a restart and
continue operation. You can select whether retry is made or not, alarms reset for retry, number of retries made,
. .
and waiting time. . . . . .. ~ ... .. . . . . .
~ . .
Setting Range . .
. . . . . .
. ....
0 to 10. 101 to 110
~

1 sec 0 to 10 sec
69 , .~

Note ~nd~cates
the errors selected for retry
 -- -

Use Pr. 67 to set the number of retries at alarm occurrence

Pr. 67 Semng Number of Retries Alarm Signal Output
0 Retry is not made. -
1 to 10 1 to 10 times Not output.
101 to 110 1 to 10 times Output.
Use Pr. 68 to set the waiting time from when an inverter alarm occurs until a restart in the range 0 to 10
seconds.
- Reading the Pr. 69 value provides the cumulative number of successful restart times made by retry. The
setting of " 0 erases the cumulative number of times.

Note: 1. The cumulative number in Pr. 69 is incremented by "1" when retry operation is regarded as
successful, i.e. when normal operation is continued without any alarm occurring during a period four
times longer than the time set in Pr. 68.
2. If alarms occur consecutively within a period four times longer than the above waiting time, the
operation panel (FR-DU04) may show data different from the most recent data or the parameter
unit (FR-PU04) may show data different from the first retry data. The data stored as the error reset
for retry is only that of the alarm which occurred the first time.
3. When an inverter alarm is reset at the restart time, the stored data of the electronic overcurrent
protection, regenerative brake duty, etc. are not cleared. (Different from the power-on reset.)

ACAUTION
When you have selected the retry function, stay away from the motor and machine
unless required. They will start suddenly (after the reset time has elapsed) after
occurrence of an alarm.
When you have selected the retry function, apply the supplied CAUTION seals in easily
visible places.
Pr. 71 " a ~ o l i e dmotor" Related parameters
Pr 0 "torque boost"
Pr. 12 "DC dynamic brake voltage"
Pr 19 "base frequency voltage"
Pr 60 "lntell~gentmode"
Pr. 80 "motor capacity"
Set the motor used Pr 81 "number of motor poles"
Pr. 96 "auto tuning settinglstatus"
Pr. 100 to Pr. 109"
Setting Range

- Refer to the following list and set this parameter according to the motor used. %

Select "oftline autd tunins setting".

Constant-torque motor

o or cons an s can
e entered directly.

. For the 5.5K and 7.5K, the PI.. 0 and Pr. 12 settings are automatically changed depending on the Pr. 71
setting.

19, "2" cannot be set in Pr. 71. To set "2" in Pr. 71, set the appropriate
value (other than "9999') in Pr. 19.
2. When "2" is set in Pr. 71, Pr. 100 to Pr. 109 are displayed on the parameter unit (FR-PU04). In other
settings, if any of Pr. 100 to Pr. 109 settings is changed, the new setting is not displayed in the
"INITIAL VALUE LIST" and "CHANGE LIST".
3. Refer to Pr. 96 for offline auto tuning.
and 18" to perform offline auto tuning. -

Incorrect setting may cause the motor t o overheat and burn.

88
 Pr. 72 "PWM freauencv selection"
Pr. 240 "Soft-PWMsettina"

You can change the motor tone.

By parameter setting, you can select Soft-PWM control whlch changes the motor tone.
Soft-PWM control changes motor noise from a rnetalllc tone into an unoffending complex tone
Parameter Factory
Setting Range Remarks
Number Setting
72 2 Oto15 0: 0.7kHz. 15: 14.5kHz
,. 240 1 0. 1 1, SoR-PWM valid

.~?.:c
<Setting>
Refer to the fillowing list and set the parameters:
~ ..
Parameter ~esciption
~ a c t o r ySetting
Number
PWM carrier frequency can be changed.
72 O to l5 The setting displayed is in [Hz]. Note that 0 indicates O.7kHz and 15 indicates 14.5kHz.
0 SoR-PWM invalid
240 1 When any of "0 to 5" is set in Pr.72. Soft-PWM is made valid.
-

Note: 1. A reduced PWM carrier frequency will decrease. inverter-generated noise and leakage current but
increase motor noise.
Pr. 73 "0-5VIO-10V selection? Related parameters -
Pr. 22 "stall prevention operation level"
Pr. 903 "frequency setting voltage bias"

You can select the analog input terminal specifications, the override function and the function to switch betweer:
forward and reverse rotation depending on the input signal polarity.

Setting Ranse
otos, lot015

-
Note: 1. The value of terminal 1 (frequency setting auxiliary input) is added to the main speed setting signal
of terminal 2 or 4.
2. When override has been selected, terminal 1 or 4 is for the main speed setting and terminal 2 is for
the override signal (50 to 150% at 0-5V or 0-10V).
3. Indicates that a negative-polarity frequency command signal is not accepted.
4. To change the maxim~~m output frequency at the input of the maximum frequency commanc
voltage (current), use the frequency setting voltage (current) gain, Pr. 903 (Pr. 905). At this time, the
command voltage (curr2nt) need not be input. Also, the accelerationldeceleration time, which is a
slope upldown to the ac;celerationldeceleration reference frequency, is not affected by the change

I 6.
in Pr. 73 setting.
5. When the Pr. 22 setting is "9999, the value of terminal 1 is for the stall prevention operation level
setting.
* indicates the main soeed setting.
 Pr. 74 "filter time constant"

You can set the input section's internal filter constant of an external voltage or current frequency setting signal.

Effective for eliminating noise in the frequency setting circuit.

Increase the filter time constant if steady operation cannot be performed due to noise. A larger setting
results in lower response. (The time constant can be set between approx. I m s and approx. 1 sec. with the
setting of 0 to 8. A larger setting results in a larger filter time constant.)
Parameter Factory
Setting Range
Number Setting
74 I 1 I 0 to 8

75 "reset selectionlPU disconnection detectionlPU stoo selection"

"'C You can select the reset input acceptance, PU (FR-DUO4FR-PUO4) connector disconnection detection
function and PU stop function.
Reset selection : You can select the reset function input timing.
PU disconnection detection : When it is detected that the PU (FR-DUOUFR-PUO4) connector is
disconnected from the inverter for more than 1 second, the inverter outputs
- an alarm code (E.PUE) and comes to an alarm stop.
PU stop selection : When an alarm occurs in any operation mode, you can stop the motor from
the PU by pressing the [STOP] key.
Parameter Factory
Setting Range
Number Setting
75 I 14 I 0 to 3, 14 to 17

nmm
[SET] **I
e
Oparat~mpanel
[STOP] key
STF ON
(STR) OFF
I
stop axample far anamal cpeiatron

<Setting>

Pressing the [STOP] key decelerates

the motor to a stop only in the PU

ssing the [STOP] key decelerates

motor to a stop in any of the PU.

inverter output is shut off.

 How to make a qrestart
-1- ret fa
external o~eration
(1) Operation panel (FR-DU04)
1) After completion of deceleration to a stop, sw~tchoff the STF or STR signal.
2) Call the operation mode select screen and press the [SET] key.
3) Switch on the STF or STR signal.
. . ..
., .
(2) Parameter unit (FR-PUO4) ~...
1) After completion of deceleratim to a stop, switch off the STF orSTR signal.'^
. . ,. . ~.
2) Press the [EXTI key.
3) Switch on the STF or STR signal.

Note 1 By entering the reset s~gnal(RES) dunng operation, the inverter shuts off output while it is reset, the
data of the electronic ovevcurrentprotection and regenerative brake duty are reset, and the motor
coasts.
2. The PU disconnection cetection function judges that the PU connector is disconnected when itis
removed from the inverter for more than 1 second. If the PU had been disconnected before
.. . ,
power-on, it is not judged asan alarm. ~

'~
3. To resume operation, reset the inverter after confirming that the PU is connected securely:':
4. When PU disconnection detection is set and the PU is then disconnected during PU jog operation,
the motor decelerates to a stop. The motor will not stop if a PU disconnection alarm occurs.
5. The Pr. 75 value can be :jet any time. Also, if parameter (all) clear is executed, this setting willnot
. :.
return to the initial value.
6. When the motor is stopped by the PU stop function, PS is displayed but an alarm is not output. .:
When the PU connector is used for RS-485 communication operation, the reset selectionand PU
stop selection functions are valid but the PU disconnection detection function is invalid. . .

7. The reset key of the PU is only valid when the protective function is activated, independent of the
Pr. 75 setting.

--t ACAUTION
A Do n o t reset the inverter with the start signal on.
Otherwise, the motor will start instantly after resetting, which may lead t o hazardous
conditions. 1
 Pr. 76 "alarm code out~utselection" 7Related parameters -
1
Pr 79 "operation mode selection"
Pr. 190 to Pr. 195
(multi-function outputs)

When an alarm occurs, its code can be output as a 4-bit d~gitalsignal from the open collector output temlinals.
When programmed operation has been selected, this parameter also serves to output a group operation signal
The alarm code can read by a programmable controller etc to show its remedy on a display. Also you canlook
at the progress of programmed operation.

Parameter Factory
Setting Range
Number Setting
76 1 0 1 0 to 3 , .
. .
~. .- .. .

C.<Setting>
I , '. :. .
.. , .. ..
,
,~
, ...
..
Alarm code output ~ . . .. . .

Output Terminals
Pr. 76 Setting
SU 1 IPF 1
OL . FU 1
0 Alarm code is not output. (Depends on Pr. 190 to Pr. 195).
1 Alarm code bit 3 . 1
Alarm code bit 2 I
Alarm code bit 1 I
Alarm code bit 0
When an alarm occurs, an alarm code signal is output. (Output signal is the same as in 1.) ..
2
When operation is nomlal, an operation status signal is output. (Output signal is the same as in 0.)
. 3
(during programmed Output at time-out During group 3 operation During group 2 operation During group 1 operation
-

Note: 1. Foralarm code definitions, refer to page 170.

I .
2. The Pr. 76 setting overrides the Pr. 190 to Pr. 195 settings.
, ..
- Therefore, if you assign
- other siqnals
-
output terminals SU, IPF, OL and FU using Pr. 190 to Pr. 195. theseterminals provide the output
to

signals as 1isted:above when any of "1 to 9 is set in Pr. 76. This should be noted when using the
I functions which use the output signals to exercise control. - 1
Example: When using the brake sequence functions (Pr. 278 to Pr. 285), assign the brake openlng
request signal (BOF) to the RUN termlnal by settlng " 2 0 in Pr. 190
Pr. 77 "parameter write disi3ble selection"

You can select between writeenat~leand disable for parameters. This function is used to prevent parameter
values from being rewritten by accident.

1 I EF I SeUlng Range
0,1,2 1
. . ~.
p - ~ ~

. . ;. ~. .
~ ,

... ..~ .'. , . . .

<Setting> . . . . .. . . -
, ... . . . .. . .. ..

.. -. . .. .
~ ~~

- .,.: ..,. .

. (Pr. 72
Note: 1. The values of the parameters half-tone screened in the parameter list can be set at any time.
. .,.
and Pr. 240 values cannot be set during external operation.)

. ~.~
. . . .

3. By setting "1" in Pr. 77, the following clear operations can be inhibited:
- Parameter clear
All clear
- User clear
Pr. 78 "reverse rotation ~reventionselection"

This function can prevent any reverse rotation fault resulting from the misoperation of the start signal.

Used for a machine which runs only in one direction, e.g. fan, pump.
(The setting of this function is valid for the PU, external and communication operations.)

Parameter Factory
Setting Range
Number Setting
78 1 0 1 0,1,2

Pr. 78 Setting Function

0 Both fomard and reverse rotations allowed
1 Reverse rotation disallowed
L. 2 Forward rotation disallowed
pr. 79 "o~erationmode selection" Related parameters
Pr. 15 "jog frequency"
Pr. 4 to 6, Pr. 24 to 27, Pr.232 to Pr.239
"multi-speed operation"
.. Pr. 76 "alarm code output selection'!
Pr. 180 to Pr. 186
(input terminal function selection)
~.

Used to select the operation mode of the inverter.

You can choose any of the operation modes: operation using external signals (external operation), operation
from the PU (FR-DUO~IFR-PU~~:I (PU operation), combination of PU operation and external. operation
(externallPU combined operation), and computer link operation (when the FR-ASNR option is used). . . .

-
-TI Setting Range

Pr. 79 Settin Function

ExternaVPU combined oneration mode

.....
Running frequency

............
Set from the PU (FR-DUMIFR-PUM) (direct setting. [UPIDOWN] key) or external
.
sianal i n.~ u(multi-s~eed
t -
settino onlv)
..
Extemai signal input (terminal STF, STR)
I
Running frequency .....External signal input (terminal 2. 4, 1, jog, multi-speed selection)
Input from the PU (FR-DU04lFR-PU04) ([FWD]
key, [REV key)

1 5 1 You can set 10 different operation starting times, rotation directions and running frequencies for each of three
groups:
Operation start. ......
STF, timer reset. .....
STR
1 Group selection.. 1.. RH, RM, RL
I Switch-over mode
Switch-over betweer PU operation, external operation and computer link operation (when the communication
be done while running.

XI2
.~ sional
- - < - ON
- ......... Mav
~, be switched to PU ooeration mode (. o u .t ~ ust t o during
~ external operation)
(
(
X I 2 s gnal OFF ........ Srv.tcnfng to PU operatton mode ennioaea
Swtching to otner tnan externa, operailon moae (d;sallowed dJnng operat#on)
........
1
I 8 X I 6 signal ON Switched to external operation mode
..
X I 6 signal OFF .. L.. Switched to PU operation mode

set to select the PUlexternal combined operation. These settings differ ir

starting method.

11) Proqrammed o ~ e r a t i o n
With this function, you can set 10 different operation starting times, rotation directions and runnirg
frequencies individually for eac:h of selected three groups to perform automatic operation under the contrsl
of the internal elapsed time counting timer. For full information of this function, refer to the explanations sf
Pr. 200 to Pr. 231.
(2) Switch-over mode
You can select between PU operation, external operation and computer link operation (when FR-A5NR option
is used).

(3) PU o ~ e r a t i o ninterlock
When the PU operation interlock signal is switched off, the operation mode is forcibly changed to the external
operation mode. This function prevents the inverter from being inoperative by the external command if the
mode is accidentally left unswitched from the PU operation mode.

1) Preparation
Set "7" in Pr. 79 (PU operation interlock).
Using any of Pr. 180 to Pr 186 (multi-function input terminal assignment), allocate the terminal used to
input X I 2 (PU external interlock signal).
When the X I 2 signal is not assigned, Nle function of the MRS signal changes from MRS (output stop) to
PU external interlock.

X I 2 (MRS)
FunctionlOperation
Signal
Output stopped during external operation,
Operation mode can be switched to PU operation mode.
ON Parameter values can be rewritten in PU operation mode.
PU operation allowed.
Forcibly switched to external operation mode.
OFF External operation allowed.
 functionl lope ration changed by switching on-off the X I 2 (MRS)signal>
-
1( Operiurn rvonunuvnn
1 OczF1 I
Switching

w-
Operation
Status
X,(MRs)
algnal
(Note 4)
-
Ooeratina Status Parameter Write
~

OPeration
I I

Dur~ngstop
- .. - ,
Dunng stop
-
Mode
Allowed + d~sailowed Disallowed
If external operatlon
PU
UN -+ U T r . .
( signal are entered, Allowed + disallowed Disallowed
I operation (Note 3)
operation is performed in
that status.
.
OFF -+ ON Disallowed -+
+ disallowed
During stop

During
operation
OFF + O K
ON + OFF
External -
During stop
Disallowed disallowed
During operation -r
Disallowed -+ disallowed
Disallowed -+ disallowed
Allowed
Disallowed
Disallowed
Disallowed
output stop

Note: 1. When the Pr. 79 setting is 7 and the PU operation interlock signal is OFF, network operation such
as computer link cannot be used.
2. If the X I 2 (MRS) signal is, on, the operation mode cannot be switched to the PU operation mode
when the start signal (STF:, STR) is on.
3. The operation mode switches to the external operation mode independently of whether the start
signal (STF, STR) is on or off. Therefore, the motor is run in the external operation modewhen the
XI2 (MRS) signal is switched off with either of STF and STR on.
4. When an alarm occurs, the inverter can be reset by pressing the [RESET] key of the operation
panel.
5. When the MRS signal is used as the PU interlock signal, switching the MRS signal on and rewriting
the Pr. 79 value to other than 7 in the PU operation mode causes the MRS signal to provide the
ordinary MRS function (output stop). Also, as soon as 7 is set in Pr. 79, the MRS signal acts as a PU
interlock signal.
6. When the MRS signal is used as the PU external interlock signal, the signal logic conforms to the
PR. 17 setting. When Pr. ' 7 = 2, read ON for OFF and OFF for ON in the above explanation.

(4) Operation mode external sianal switchina function

4
1) Preparation
Set "8" (switching to other than external operation mode) in Pr. 79. Using any of ~ r180 . to Pr. 186 (input
terminal function selection), allocate the terminal used to input the X I 6 (PU-external operation switching)
signal.
2) Function
When the XI6 signal is switched or1 in the PU operation mode, the operation mode is forcibly changed to the
external operation mode. When the XI6 signal is switched off in the external operation mode, the operation
mode is changed to the PU operat on mode. When the X I 6 signal is switched off during network operation
such as computer link, the operation mode is changed to the PU operation mode as soon as the switch-over
command to the external operation mode is sent from the computer. Note that this switch-over may only be
made while the inverter is at a stcp and cannot be made during operation.

X46 Si nal Operation Mode

External operation mode (cannot be changed to the PU operation mode)
OFF PU operalion mode (cannot be changed to the external operation mode)

Note: When terminal assignment is changed using Pr. 180 to 186, the other functions may be affected. Check
the functions of the corres~ontlinaterminals before making settinq.
 Pr. 80 "motor capacity"
Related parameters
Pr. 81 "number of motor ~ o l e s " Pr. 71 "applied motor"
Pr. 83 "rated motor voltageN
Pr. 89 "speed control aain" Pr. 84 "rated motor freauencv"
Pr. 89 "speed control gain"
Pr. 90 to Pr. 94 (motor constants)
Pr. 95 "online auto tuning selection"
Pr. 96 "auto tuning settlnglstatus"
You can set the advanced magnetic flux vector control. Pr. 180 to 186
Advanced magnetic flux vector control
Provides large starting torque and sufficient low-speed torque.
Effective for great load fluctuation.
Parameter Factory
Setting Range Remarks
Number Setting
80 9999 0.4K to 55kW. 9999 9999: V/F control
81 9999 2. 4, 6, 12. 14, 16, 9999 9999: VIF control
89 100% 0 to 200 0%
-L If any of the following conditions is not satisfied, faults such as torque shortage and speed fluctuation may occur.
In this case, select VIF control.

The motor capacity is equal to or one rank lower than the inverter capacity.
The motor type is the Mitsubishi standard motor (SF-JR 0.4kW or more) or Mitsubishi constant-torque motor
(SF-JRCA 200V class 4-pole motor of 0.4kW to 45kW. When any other motor IS used, offline auto tuning
must be performed.)
The number of motor poles is any of 2, 4, and 6. (4 poles only for the constant-torque motor)
Single-motor operation (one motor for one inverter) is performed.
- The wiring length between the inverter and motor is within 30m. (If the length is over 30m, perform offline auto
tuning with the cables wired.)

C 11) Advanced maanetic flux vector control

- By setting the capacity, number of poles and type of the motor used in Pr. 80 and Pr. 81, the advanced
magnetic flux vector control can be selected.

Parameter Description
Sening
Number
9999 V/F control
80
0.4 to 55 Set the motor capacity applied. I Advanced magnetic flux vector control
9999 VIF control
2, 4. 6 Set the number of motor poles. Advanced magnetic flux vector control -
V/F control is selected when the X I 8 (magnetic flux-VIF
switch-over) signal switches on.
(This selection is not made during operation.)
81
Use any of Pr. 180 to Pr. 186 to assign the terminal
12'14"6 used forX18 signal input.
12: For 2-pole motor
14: For 4-pole motor
16: For 6-pole motor
When using Mitsubishi's constant-torque motor (SF-JRCA), set "1" in Pr. 71. (When using the SF-JRC,
perform the offline auto tuning .)
When using Mitsubishi's standard motor (SF-JR, 4P. 1.5kW or less), set " 2 0 in Pr. 71.
 ~~-

I Note: 1. - . greater
S ~ e e dfluctuation is slightly - than in the V/F control. (Advanced magnetic flux vector (
control is not suitable for machines which attaches importance to little speed fluctuation at low
speed, e.g. grindsrs, lapping machines.)
2. When the surge \roltage suppression filter (FR-ASF-H) is used between the inverter and
motor, output torque may reduce.
3. When the terminal functions are changed using Pr. 180 to 186, the other functions may be
functions of the corresponding terminals before making setting.

For adjustment of motor speed fluctuation due to load variation

Pr. 89 can be used to adjust motor speed fluctuation when the load varies. (When you have changed the
conventional model FR-A200E series for the FR-A500 series, advanced magnetic flux vector control is
effective when motor speed does not match.)
I

Pr. 82 "motor excitina current"

Pr. 83 "rated motor voltaq&' Related parameters
Pr. 84 "rated motor f r e a u e w Pr 7 "acceleration time"
Pr. 9 "electronic overcurrent protection"
Pr. 90 "motor constant I R 1 r Pr 71 "applied motor"
Pr. 91 "motor constant I R 2 r I Pr. 80 "motor capacity"
Pr. 81 "number of motor ~oles"
Pr. 95 "online auto tuntng' selection"
Pr. 92 "motor constant fL1
Pr. 156 "stall prevention operation
Pr. 93 "motor constant f L 2 r
Pr. 94 "motor constant IX)':
Pr. 96 "auto tunina settinalstatus" 3
When you use the advanced magnetic flux vector control, you can perform the offline auto tuning operation to
calculate motor constants automatically.
Offline auto tuning is made valic only when other values than "9999 are set in Pr. 80 and Pr. 81 to select the
advanced magnetic flux vector ,control.
Tuning data (motor constants! can be copied to another inverter with the PU (FR-DU041FR-PU04).
If the motor used is not Mitsut'ishi's standard motor or Mitsubishi's constant-torque motor (e.g. motor cf
another company make) or the wiring distance is long, the motor can b e run with the optimum operating
characteristics by using the offline auto tuning function.
Offline auto tuning
Automatically measures the motor constants used for advanced magnetic flux vector control.
. Offine auto tuning can be pelformed with the load connected. (As the load is smaller, tuning accuracy is
higher. Tuning accuracy does not change if inertia is large.)
For the offline auto tuning, you can select either the motor non-rotation mode or rotation mode.
. Note that when making selection for the online auto tuning, the motor-only rotation mode should be
selected.
You can read, write and copy the motor constants tuned by the offline auto tuning.
. The offline auto tuning status can be monitored with the PU (FR-DU04lFR-PU04).
 Rated motor voltage

The motor is connected.

- The motor capacity is equal to or one rank lower than the inverter capacity. (0.4kW or more)
The maximum frequency is 120Hz.
Special motors such as high-slip motor and high-speed motor cannot be tuned.
' C . When "101" (offline auto tuning with motor running) is set in Pr. 96, note the following:-
1) Torque may not be enough during tuning.
2) The motor may be run at nearly its rated frequency (PL 84 setting) without problem.
3) The brake is open.
4) No external force is applied to rotate the motor.
If "1" (tuning without motor running) is set in Pr. 96, the motor mayrun slightly. m here fore, fix the motor
securely with a mechanical brake, or before tuning, makesure that there will be no problem in safety if the
~ ~

motor runs. . .
'This instruction must be followed e s ~ e c i a l l vfor vertical lift a ~ ~ l i c a i o n s . - - . . . .

Note that if the motor runs slightly, tuning performance is unaffected. , . . . . . . . .

Note: Offline auto tuning will not be performed properly if it is performed when the reactor or surge
voltage suppression filter (FR-ASF-H) is connected between the inverter and motor.
Remove it before starting tuning.

' <Setting>
(11 Parameter setting
Using Pr. 80 and Pr. 81, select the advanced magnetic flux vector control.
Refer to the parameter details list and set the following parameters:
1) Set " I or 101" in Pr. 96.
. F~~setting of "1". ................................. Tuning without motor running.
. For setting of "101". ............................... Tuning'with motor running.
2) Set the rated motor current (A) in Pr. 9.
,
3) Set the rated motor voltage (V) in Pr. 83.
4) Set the rated motor frequency (Hz) in Pr. 84.
5) Select the motor using Pr. 71
. Standardmotor ................................... Pr. 71 = "3"
. constant-torque motor ............................ Pr. 71 = "13"
Mitsubishi standard motor SF-JR 4 poles (1.5kW or less) Pr. 71 = "23"

Note: Pr. 83 and Pr. 84 are only displayed when the advanced magnetic
. flux vector control is selected I
(Pr. 80, Pr. 81).
In these parameters, set the values given on the motor plate. When the standard motor has
more than one rated value, set 200VI60Hz or 400Vf60Hz.
 Parameter details
Parameter
Setting Description - ..
Number
9 0 to 500A
-- Set the rated motor current (A).
Electronic overcurrent protection thelmal characteristics suitable for general-purpose
0 . .
motor
Electronic overcurrent protection thermal characteristics suitable for MBsubishi's
1 . . . .
constant-toque motor
~

Electronic overcurrent protection thermal characteristics suitable for general-purpose

. .. ..
2 motor ,
. .
. . . . . . .
..

. 6point flexible VIF characteristics

Mitsubishi's SF-JR4P general-purpose motor (1.5kW or less), Electronic overcurrent
20
- protection thermal characteristics for advanced magnetic flux vector control
3 Standard motor
13 Constant-torque motor - Select "offline auto tuning setting"
Mitsubishi's SF-JR4P standard motor . ~

23
71 (Note 1) (1.5kW or less)

Auto tuning read or change setting

.
(Values measured by offline auto tuning are set automatically.)

protection characteristics are also selected simultaneously.

. ,,
d.~

12) Tunina execution

For PU operation, press the [Fb'D] or [REV] key. , ,

For external operation, switch on !he run command. ~ . ~ .

96, guard against hazards because the motor rotates. . :',. , ,.

RES signal or press the [STOP] key to end.

command or make a forced stop.
following 110 signals are only valid:
Input signals

Output signals

a sequence has been designed to open the 1

102
 (3) Monitorins the offline tuninq status
When the parameter unit (FR-PU04) is used, the Pr. 96 value is displayed during tuning on the main monitor
as shown below. When the operation panel (FR-DU04) is used, only the same numerical value as on the PU
is displayed:

Parameter un~t(FR-PU04) main monitor

(For Inverter trip)
1. Setting 2. Tuning in progress 3. Completion 4. Erroractivated end

Dlsplay .
111i11111 111111111

--- COMPLETION

Operat~onpanel (FR-DU04) d~splay

(For inverter trip)
1. Setting 2. Tuning in progress 3. Completion 4. Error-activatedend
Dlsplayed 1
- 2
- 3
value
101
- 102
- 103
9

- Reference: Offline auto tuning time (factory setting)

OfflineAuto Tuning Setting Time
1: No-rotation mode Approx. 25 sec
Approx. 40 sec
(Offline auto tuning time varies with acceleration and deceleration time settings as
2: Rotation mode
indicated below:
Offline auto tuning time = acceleration time + deceleration time + approx. 30 see)

(4) Endina the offline auto tuning

1) Confirm the Pr. 96 value.
Normal end: "3" or "103" is displayed.
:
- Error-activated end: "9".'91".'9T or '93" is displayed.
2) When tuning ended normally
For PU operation, press the [STOP] key. For external operation, switch off the start signal (STF or STR).
This operation resets the offline auto tuning and the PU's monitor display returns to the ordinary indication.
(Without this operation, next operation cannot be done.)
3) When tuning was ended due to an error
Offline auto tuning did not end normally. (Motor constants have not been set.) Reset the inverter and start
tuning all over again.
4) Error display definitions
Error Display Error Cause Remedy
9 Inverter trip Re-set.
91
Current limit (stall prevention) function was Increase acceieration/decelerationtime.
activated. Set "1" in Pr. 156.
92
Inverter output voltage reached 75% of rated Check for fluctuation of power supply voltage.
value.
93 Calculation error Check the motor wiring and re-set.
No connection with motor will result in 93 error.
 Note: 1. The motor constants measured once in the offline auto tuning are stored as parameters and their
data is held until the offlini? auto tuning is performed again.
2. An instantaneous power failure occurring during tuning will result in a tuning error. After power is
restored, the inverter goes into the ordinary operation mode. Therefore, when STF (STR) is on, the
motor runs in forward (reberse) rotation.
3. When "8888" is set in Pr. 11, the tuning is forced to end and the DC dynamic brake is started upon
. , input of the MRS signal. . . .. .

'.- 4. Any alarm occurring during tuning is handled as in the ordinary mode.
Note that if an error retry has been set, retry is ignored.
5. The set frequency monitor displayed during the offline auto tuning is OH.?.
-

/?\CAUTION
start running suddenly.

..
aWhen the offline auto tuning is used in vertical lift application, e.g. a lifter, it may drop . .
-.
~. -due t o insufficient torque.
~
, ,
. ~ . ~ , .
I
<Setting the motor constan1.s as desired>
The motor constants (Pr. 90 to Pr. 94) may be set as desired in either of two ways; the data measured in
the offline auto tuning is read and utilized or changed, or the motor constants are
. . auto tuning data being used. . .
. .
. . . . . . ,

. .

m To utilize or change the offline auto tuning data

, .. : coperating procedure>
1. Set "801" in Pr. 77. Only when the Pr. 80 and Pr. 81 settings areother than " 9 G 9 , t h e parameter
values of the motor constants (Pr. 90 to Pr. 94) can be displayed. Though the parameter values of
other than the motor con:jtants (Pr. 90 to Pr. 94) can also be displayed, they are parameters for
.
manufacturer setting and :should be handled carefully without misuse. '~

> ..
2. Set any of the following values in Pr. 71: . .I 3 ~~
.
standard motor ........................................ Pr. 71 = "4" ,. ~

. constant-torque motor ..................................Pr. 71,= "14" . , , '

.
. '*
, " .. ,

. Mitsubishi standard motor SF-JR 4 poles ( 1 . 5 k or~ less) ... Pr. 71 = "24"
3. In the parameter setting mode, read the following parameters and set desired values. (Note 1)
Parameter Setting Factory
Setting Range
Number ~ncrements setting
Motor excltlng CuTent
Motor constant 51
Motor constant R2
0 to
0 to
.....
0 to -*.. 9999

..... 9999
9999
1
1
1
9999
9999
9999
0 to -..,9999

94
Motor constant L1
Motor constant L!
Motor constant X
0 to ..... 9999
0 to ****. 9999
1
1
1
9999
9999
9999

4 Return the Pr 77 sett~ngto the orlginal value

 Note: 1. Pr.90 to Pr. 94 values may only be read when the Pr. 80 and Pr. 81 settings are other than "9999
(advanced magnetic flux vector control selected).
2. Set "9999 in Pr. 90 to Pr. 94 to use the standard motor constants (including those for the
constant-torque motor).
3. Set "3" (standard motor), "13" (constant-torque motor) or "23" (Mitsubishi standard motor SF-JR 4P
(1.5kW or less)) in Pr. 71 to use the constants measured in the offline auto tuning. Set "4 or 14 or
24" in Pr. 71 and change the motor constants to change the values measured in the offline auto
tuning.
4. As the motor constants measured in the offline auto tuning have been converted into internal data
('***), refer to the following setting example when making setting:
Setting example: To slightly increase Pr. 90 value
When Pr. 90 is displayed "2516, set 2642, i.e. 2516X 1.05=2641.8, in Pr. 90.
(The value displayed has been converted into a value for internal use. Hence, simple addition of a
given value to the displayed value has no significance.)

, . & To set the motor constants without using the offline auto tuning data
The Pr. 92 and Pr. 93 motor constants may either be entered in [a]or in [mH].Before starting operation,
confirm which motor constant unit is used.
To enter the Pr. 92 and Pr. 93 motor constants in [ n ]
coperating procedures
1. Set "801" in Pr. 77. Only when the Pr. 80 and Pr. 81 settings are other than "9999, the parameter
values of the motor constants (Pr. 90 to Pr. 94) can be displayed. Though the parameter values of
other than the motor constants (Pr. 90 to Pr. 94) can also be displayed, they are parameters for
manufacturer setting and should be handled carefully without misuse.

- 2. Set anv of the followinq- values in Star

Pr. 71:

\ Connection
Motor
Delta Connection Motor

Sett'ng I Standard motor

constant-torque motor
5
15
6
16

3. In the parameter setting mode, read the following parameters and set desired valt
Parameter Setting Factory
Name Setting Range
Number Setting
90 Motor constant R1 0 to lOR, 9999 0.001R . 9999
91 Motor constant R2 0 to 1on. 9999 0.001f2 9999
92 Motor constant X I 0 to 1On, 9999 0.001R 9999
93 Motor constant X2 0 to 10R, 9999 0.001R 9999
94 Motor constant X 0 to 500n, 9999 0.01R 9999

4. Refer to the following table and set Pr. 84:

Parameter Name Setting Range
Setting Factory
Number Increments Setting
84 1 Rated motor frequency I 50 to 120Hz I O.01Hz 1 60Hz

5. Return the Pr. 77 setting to the original value

-

Note: 1. Pr.90 to Pr. 94 values may only be read when the Pr. 80 and Pr. 81 settings are other than
"9999 (advanced magnetic flux vector control selected).
2. Set "9999" in Pr. 90 to Pr. 94 to use the standard motor constants (including those for the
constant-torque motor).
3. If "star connection" is mistaken for "delta connection" or vice versa during setting of Pr. 71,
advanced magnetic flux vector control cannot be exercised normally.
 To enter the Pr. 92 and Pr. !33 motor constants in [mH]
<Operating procedure>
1. Set "801" in Pr. 77. Only when the Pr. 80 and Pr. 81 settings are other than "9999, the parameter
values of the motor constants (Pr. 90 to Pr. 94) can be displayed. Though the parameter (Pr. 82 to Pr.
99) values of other than the motor constants (Pr. 90 to Pr. 94) can also be displayed, they are
parameters for manufacturer setting and should be handled carefully without misuse.
2. Set any of the following values in Pr. 71:
. Standardmotor .......................................Pr. 71 = "0"
.~
. constant-torque motor ................................. Pr. 71 = "1" .
. Mitsubishi standard motor SF-JR 4 poles (1.5kW or less) .... Pr. 71="20" . ,
. ,. ,
3. In the parameter setting mode, read the following parameterr and set desired values:
Parameter Setting Range Settlng Factory
Number lncremenk Senlng
Motor constant R1 0 to 50n. 9999 0 00ln 9999
Motor constant R2 0 to 50n. 9999 0 00ln 9999
Motor constant L1 - 0 to 1WOmH. 9999 0 lmH 9999
Motor constant U 0 to 1MMmH. 9999 0 1mH 9999
94 Motor constant X - 0 to 100%. 9999 0 1% 9999

4. Refer to the follow~ngtable and set Pr. 84:

,.. ,
. .
Setting Factory . . . . . . ,.,
Sening Range Increments Setting , . . . ,

50 to 120Hz I O.01Hz I 60Hz . ~

...

5. Return the Pr. 77 setting to the original value.

Note: I . Pr.90 to Pr. 94 values may only be read when the Pr. 80 ,and Pr. 81 settings are other than
. .. .
"9999 (advanced magnetic flux vector control selected). ..

2. Set "9999 in Pr. 90 to Pr. 94 to use the standard motor constants (including those for the
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
constant-torque motor). , . . . ,~.. . ~

Pr. 95 "online auto tunina sttlection"

4
. ,
Pr. 83 "rated motor voltage"
Pr. 84 "rated motor frequency"
Pr. 89 "speed control gain" - -;
Pr. 90 to Pr. 94 (motor constants)
.........

By online auto tuning, the motor conditions are tuned rapidly at thestart. This enables precise operation
unaffected by motor temperatures and steady high-torque operation down to super-low speed. After setting the
Pr. 80 and Pr. 81 values, select on!ine auto tuning with Pr. 95.
Online auto tuning
Use this function when steady high-torque operation is required for low-speed operation under advanced
magnetic flux vector control.
.
Before starting the online aut3 tuning, perform the offline auto tuning. Data must be calculated.
 Parameter Factory
Setting Range Remarks
Number Setting
95 I 0 1 0, 1 I 1: Online auto tuning

a Data required for online auto tuning is calculated in offline auto tuning. Before starting the operation of this
function, always execute the offline auto tuning once more. The offline auto tuning is also required for use
of the Mitsubishi standard motor (SF-JR) or constant-torque motor (SF-JRCA).
Offline auto tuning should be carried out with 101 (motor running) set in Pr. 96 and with the motor
disconnected from the load. (The motor may be connected with inertia load.)

1) Read the Pr. 96 value and make sure that its setting is "3 or 103" (offline auto tuning complete).
2) Set " I " in Pr. 95 to select the online auto tuning.
3) Before starting operation, make sure that the following parameter values have been set:
Parameter
Description
Number
9 (Used as either the rated motor current or electronic overcurrent protection parameter)
71 Applied motor
80 Motor capacity (down to one rank lower, between 0.4kW and 55kW)
81 Number of motor poles

4) Give the run command in the PU or external operation mode

Note: 1. If any of the inverter starting conditions are not satisfied, e.g. when MRS is input, if the set
frequency is lower than the starting frequency (Pr. 13) value, or during an inverter error, the
online auto tuning is not activated.
2. For a restart during deceleration or DC dynamic brake operation, the online auto tuning is not
activated.
3. The online auto tuning is invalid for programmed operation or jog operation.
4. When automatic restart after instantaneous power failure is selected, it overrides the online
auto tuning.
5. For use in vertical lift application, examine the use of a brake sequence for brake opening
timing at the start. Though the tuning ends in about a maximum of 500ms after a start, enough
torque is not provided during that period. Therefore, note that the load may drop with gravity.
6. Zero current detection and output current detection are also valid during the online auto tuning.
7. The RUN signal is not output during the online auto tuning. The RUN signal switches on at a
start.
8. When programmed operation is selected (Pr. 79=5), the online auto tuning is invalid and is not
executed.
9. If the period between inverter stop and restart is within 4 seconds, the online auto tuning is
executed but operation will not reflect the tuning results.

Pr- 96 =O Refer to Pr. 82.

 Pr. 100 "VIFI (first freauencyr ,,--
Related parameters --\
Pr. 101 "VIFI (first freauency voltaae!" Pr. 19 "base frequency voltage"
Pr. 47 "second VIF (base frequency)"
Pr. 102 "VIF2 (second f r e a u e w
Pr. 103 "VIF2 [second freauencv voltaael"
Pr. 104 "VIF3 (third freauencyll!
Pr. 105 "VlF3 (third freauencv vcltaael"
Pr. 106 "VIF4 (fourth f r e a u e n a
Pr. 107 "VIF4 (fourth freauer~cvvoltaae)"
Pr. 108 "VIF5 (fifth freauenqc
Pr. 109 "VlF5 (fifth freauenc~rvoltaae)"
,& . ~

You can make a dedicated VIF pr3ttern by using VIF (frequency VoltagelFrequency) control to. set VIF
characteristics from the start to the basic frequency and basic voltage as desired.

Des~redVIF characteristics can be set by presetting VIFI (first frequency voltagelfirst frequency), VIF2, VIF3,
VIF4 and VlF5 in the corresponding parameters.

Setting Range

.. .---. .
0 to 400Hz. 9999
Set 2 in PI. 71 and a value
other than 9999 in Pr. 19.

Bar.

A-1
lrsquensy wllags
(PC 19)
....-.-...--.-.--
.--.-.-------

(1) Confirm the settings of Pr. 19. PI.. 60 and Pr. 71

Parameter Number Description
Set the rated motor voltage.
This function is not activated if its value is "9999" (factory setting).
Set "0" (cclinary operation mode). I
.
Set "2" (VII- 5-point flexible characteristic).
 (2) Set the desired frequencies and voltages in Pr. 100 to Pr. 109.
- The setting must satisfy the following relationship: F1# F2# F3;t F4# F5# Pr. 19 "base frequency"
If the set frequencies are the same, a write error occurs.
If any frequency setting is "9999, its point is ignored.

Note: 1. The VIF 5-point flexible characteristic functions for VIF control only. It does not function for
advanced magnetic flux vector control.
2. The VIF 5-point flexible characteristic does not function when Pr. 60 is selected.
3. The frequency voltage setting should be equal to or less than the Pr. 3 and Pr. 19 settings.
4. Pr. 19 must be set. (When Pr. 19 = "9999, Pr. 71 cannot be set to " 2 (5-point flexible VIF
characteristic).)
5. If " 2 is set in Pr. 71, Pr. 47 and Pr. 113 do not function.
6. When " 2 is set in Pr. 71, the electronic overcurrent protection is calculated for a standard motor.

w-r. - .
Pr. 170, Pr. t l t *'~iafeyfo
Pr. 7.

-"*.,
r Pr. i):
Pr. 173 =;r ~ e f kto
~ 0 .

P;. ?f4, t?5 ~ e f e&r Pr. 48."

kt. 716"=?~ e f etor Pr. 42.
Pr. 117 "station number"
Pr. 118 "communication speed"
Pr. 119 "stop bit lenathldata lenath"
Pr. 120 " ~ a r i t vcheck ~resencelabsence"
Pr. 121 "number of communication retries"
Pr. 122 "communication check time interval"
4" Pr. 123 "waitina time settina"
Pr. 124 "CR. LF presencelabsence selection"
Used to make the required settlngs for communrcatlon between the inverter and personal computer
Uslng the inverter setup software (FR-SWO-SETUP-WJ), parameter setting, rnonltonng, etc can be done
efficiently
The motor can be run from the PU connector of the inverter through RS-485 cornmunlcation
Commun~cationspecificatrons
Conforming standard RS485
Number of inverters connected l:N (max 32 inverters)
Communication speed Selected between 19200, 9600 and 4800bps
Control protocol Asynchronous
Communicalion method Half-duplex
2 g Character system
r ASCII (7 bits18 bits) selectable
Selectable between 1 bi! and 2 bits.
.=
.z Stop bit length
m Terminator CRiLF (presencelabsence selectable)
>g

k 'z
Parity check Selected between presence (evenlodd) or absence
Check system
Sumcheck Present
Waiting time setting Selectable between presence or absence
 For the data codes of the parameters, refer to the data code list in the appendices.
I I I
p~
~

Parameter Factory ----

. ~.
To make communication between the personal computer and inverter,.the communication specifications must
be set to the inverter initially. If initial setting is not made or there is a setting fault, data transfer cannot be made.
Note: After making the initial setting of the parameters, always reset the inverter. After you have changed the
communication-related parameters, communication cannot be made if the inverter is not reset. . .
Parameter Description
Name Setting
Number - Station number specified for communication from the PU connector.
Station Set the inverter station numbers when two or more inverters are wnnected to one
117 0 to 3'1
number
personal computer.
Communi- 48 - 4800 baud

3
118 cation 96 9600 baud
speed 19200 baud
0 Stop bit iength 1 bit
Stop bit ~ ~

1 Stop bit length 2 bits

iengthldata
length 10 Stop bit length 1 bit
11 Stop bit length 2 bits
Parity check 0 - Absent
presence1 1 Odd parity present
absence 2 Even parity present
Set the permissible number of retries at occurrence of data receive error. If the
Oto10 number of consecutive errors exceeds the permissible value, the inverter will come
to an alarm stop. i
121
Number of
communica-
if a communication error occurs, the inverter will not come to an alarm stop. At this '
time, the inverter can be wasted to a slop by MRS or RESET input.
tion retries
During an error, the light fault signal (LF) is given to the open collector Output.
~
"r
(65535) Allocate the used terminal with any of Pr. 190 to Pr. 195 (output terminal function

1 123
I 1 2;"" 1I
check time
interval
9 c 8
----
No communication
Set the communication check time [set] interval.
I If a nocommunication state persists for longer than the permissible time, the
I inverter will come to an alarm stop.
1
i
Waiting 0 to 150ms ( Set the waiting time between data transmission to the inverter and response. 1
time selling 9999- ( Set wnn
. .. . .
. . cornrnunlcarron oara.
CR, LF - I w~tnoutCWLF 1
presencel I 1 I With CR
abselIce I - With CWLF
selection I 4
-
 (1) Communication ~ r o t o c o l
Data communication between the computer and inverter is performed using the following procedure:

' 1 If a data error is detected and a retry must be made, execute retry operation from the user program. The
inverter comes to an alarm stop if the number of consecutive retries exceeds the parameter setting.
'2. On receipt of a data error occurrence, the inverter returns "retry data 3" to the computer again. The
:.&
..
inverter comes to an alarm stop if the number of consecutive data errors reaches or exceeds the
parameter setting.

(2) Communication o~eration~resencelabsenceand data format t v ~ e s

Communication operation presencelabsence and data format types are as follows:

a 3 is checkedfor

13) Data format

Hexadec~maldata IS used. Data is automatically transferred in ASCII between the computer and inverter
1) Data format types
(1) Communlcat~onrequest data from computer to ~nverter

Fcrmal A'
EN(I

1
lnrenar
stauon
numte

2 3
hm'on

4
- 5
Wa"'ng

6 7
Data

6 9
l h ~ k

10
.4

11 tNurnterofcharacleo

,nvRter
FmatB I~rmd8anWa~tlng Sum
.4
EN0 mde time rheck
numb
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 9 +Numberofcharaderr
 Note: 1. The inverter station numbers may be set between HOO and H I F (stations 0 and 31) in
hexadecimal.
2. '3 indicates the corltrol code.
3. '4 indicates the CF: or LF code.
When data is transmitted from the computer to the inverter, codes CR (carriage return) and
LF (line feed) are automatically set at the end of a data group on some computers. In this
case, setting must also be made from the inverter according to the computer.
Also, the presence and absence of the CR and LF codes can be selected using Pr. 124.

2) Reply data from inverter to computer during data write

[NOdata am a d M d [Data ermr de~saed]

Formal C Format D
nmber nmb,
1 2 3 4 cN~unWdChiuaSten 1 2 3 4 5 ~NmberdSh~aam

3) Reply data from inverter to computer durlng data read

[NOdata snn dstenedl [Data m d e t e 3 d j

. .-

....
, . . . .
.. -F
Format
n M h
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 2 3 4 :5 6 7 8 9 ~Numblrdchaacten : .:. 1.. 2 3. 4 5

4 ) Reply data from computer to inverter during data read ~

. . . . . . .
[NO data n nd m @ [Dala enw delead]

.... F m aG
number ...
. , 8.:

1 2 3 4 + N m h o f CharaSters 1 2 3 , 4 +Numb of Characters

Control codes

2) Inverter statlon number

Speclfy the statlon number of the Inverter whlch communicates wlth the computer

3) Instruction code
Specify the processing request (e.g. operation, monitoring) given by the computer to the inverter. Hence, the
inverter can be run and monitored in various ways by specifying the instruction code as appropriate.

4) Data
Indicates the data such as freq~ancyand parameters transferred to and from the inverter. The definitions
and ranges of set data are determined in accordance with the instruction codes. (Refer to Appendix 1.)
 5) Waiting time
Specify the waiting time between the receipt of data at the inverter form the computer and the transmission of
reply data. Set the waiting time in accordance with the response time of the computer between 0 and
150msec in 10msec increments (e.g. 1 = IOmsec, 2 = 20msec).

lnvsner data prnurrrlnp tlme

=wa#ms tlma + dsls She* urne
(selualvsxlOm.iec) (12maec)

computer

6) Sum check code

The sum check code is 2-digit ASCll (hexadecimal) representing the lower 1 byte (8 bits) of the sum (binary)
derived from the checked ASCll data.
-
(Dlanviall
compwr+lnvanBr E~~ SUsmn
numb.,
**t~sti~n
amdm
-
$ ; 0.t. Sum s h s k
rod.
j=
O l E 1 1 0 7 A D F 4
ASCll cod- H05 , HM H31 H45 H31 H31 H M H37 H41 Ha4 H46 H Y c8in.w sods

0 1 1 7 1 0 3 0
ASCII code- tW2 K10 H31 H33 K10 tBin.rycod.

H H H H H H
33+3l+31*37+37*30
H
=,z

7) Error code
If any error is found in the data received by the inverter, its definition is sent back to the computer together
t with the NAK code.

Note: 1. When the data from the computer has an error, the inverter will not accept that data.
2. Any data communication, e.g. run command, monitoring, is started when the computer gives
a communication request. Without the computer's command, the inverter does not return'
any data. For monitoring, therefore, design the program to cause the computer to provide a
data read request as required.
3. Data for link parameter expansion setting differs as indicated below between access to
Pr. 0-Pr. 99 values and access to Pr. 100-Pr. 905:
Instruction
Data
Code
Read H7F HOO: Pr. 0 to Pr. 99 values are accessible.
HOO: Pr. 0 to Pr. 99 values are accessible.
Link parameter
H01: Pr. 100lo Pr. 159. Pr. 200 to Pr. 231 and Pr. 900 to
Pr. 905 values are accessible.
expansion setting Write HFF
H02: Pr. 160 lo Pr. 199 and Pr. 232 to Pr. 285 values are

I accesslble
H09 Pr 990 value 1s accesslble
I
Instructions for the Droararr!
(1) When there is an error in data from the computer, the inverter does not accept that data. Therefore, always
insert a data error retry program n the user program.
(2) Since any data communication, such as operation command or monitoring, is always requested by the
computer, the inverter will not return data without the computer's request. Hence, design the program so that
the computer gives a data read r'squest for monitoring, etc. as required.
(3) Program example
When the operation mode is switched to computer link operation
10 OPEN 't:OMl: 9 m . E. 8.2. HD'ASI1
. -
20 COMST1. I, 1: COMST1. 2 1 , . .
: communicaflm n!4 . ~

30 ON COhlLl) GOSUB'REC
40COMllION Opalng
, .
~ ..
SODf.'O1FBlCWV : h i t mnvol ripMl
w s=o (RS. ER) ONlOFF rsllng
70 FOR 1=1 TO LEN IDS) : lnt-1 d e n n ~ msl
BOAI=MIDI (31, I. I! data -re
90 A=ASC 1x9 : ltXarup1amMa
1W S=S*A
11ONrn
120 D W H R S I k M ) +DS+RlGHTS (HEXI 18).2)
1% PRINTII. IDS
140 GOT0 M
IMO'REC
L sum mda calsulatm ]
1010IF LOC l1):OTHEN RENRN :A d d i of conel and
102OPRINT'?ECENE DATA" S M hi
1030PRlNTINFUTS (LOC (1). I t )
1MO RETURN

/!\CAUTION
When the inverter's communication check time interval is not set, interlocks are
provided to disable operation to prevent hazard. Always set the communication check
time interval before starting operation.
Data communication is not started automatically but is made only when the computer
provides a communication request. If communication is disabled during operation due
to signal cable breakage etc, the inverter cannot be stopped. When the communication
check time interval has elapsed, the inverter will come to an alarm stop (E.PUE).
The inverter can be coasted to a stop by switching on its RES signal or by switching
power off.
If communication is halted due to signal cable breakage, computer fault etc., the inverter
does not detect such a fault. This should be fully noted.
<Setting items and set data>
After completion of parameter setting, set the instruction codes and data and start communication from the
computer to allow various types of operation control and monitoring.

Description

red data selected by instruction code

Read data: [Example] H30AO

0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 l 0 1 0 0 0 0 0

Previous alarm Most recent alarm

Alarm definition
 Number
Instruction
No. Item Description o f Data
Code
Digits
HOO to HFF: Run command
b7 bO b0:
. . b l : Forward rotation (STF)
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
b2: Reverse rotation (STR)
(For example 1) b3:
3 Run command HFA 2 digits
[Example I] H02 b4:
... Forward rotation b5:
[Example 21 HOO b6:
., ..
- ..i Stop
HOO to HFF: Inverter status monitor
b7:
. -
~

b7 b ~ Inverter
: running (RUN)'..".,
b l : Forward rotation (STF)
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
b2: Reverse rotation (STR).
(For example 1) b3: Up to frequency (SU) '
Inverter status b4: Overload (OL) '
H7A [Example I]HOZ 2 digits
monitor
... During forward. rotation b5: Instantaneous power 8 .
...~.
. . [Example 2) H8O failure (IPF) '
...Stop due to alarm b6: Frequency detection (FU) '
. b7: A l a n occurrence '

5 1
I R,nnrua
write
(E~ROM)
-
treuuencv
' I
I
HE€
- T h e output data depends on the P i 190 to Pr 195 setllngs
1 HOOOO l o H9C40 0 OlHz ,ncrements (nexaoeclmail
To change the running frequency consecutively, write data to the
inverter RAM. (Instruction code: HED)
1 H9696: Resets the inverter.
I

I
4 digits

6 Inverter reset HFD As the inverter is reset on start of communication by the computer, the 4 digits
inverter cannot send reply data back to the computer.
All parameters return to the factorysetlings.
Any of four different clear operations is performed according to the data.
.. ,
. .. .

7 All clear HFC 4 digits

. .

When all parameter clear is executed for H9696 or H9966,

communication-related parameter setlings also return to the fact0 j
settings. When resuming operation, set the parameters again.
H9669: User clear is made.

I I
Communi- Calibration Other Pr.
4 digits

9 Parameter write . HBO t o i i E 3 Refer to the data list (Appendix 1) and write and/or read parameter
values as required. 4 digits
10 Parameter read HoO to
Note that some parameters may not be accessible.
Read -
H7F HOO to H6C and H80 to HEC parameter values are changed.
Link HOO: Pr. 0 to Pr. 99 values are accessible.
parameter HOI: Pr. 100 to Pr. 159 ,Pr. 200 to Pr. 231 and Pr. 900 to Pr. 905 values
digits
expansion. w r i t e ' HFF are accessible.
setting H02: Pr. 160 to Pr. 199 and Pr. 232 to Pr. 285 values are accessible.
H09: Pr. 990 value is accessible.
Read H6C H3D to H5A
HBD to HAD When code FF = I
. HOO: Running frequency
Second H01: Time
parameter H02: Rotation direction
12 changing 2 digits
Write HEC H5E to H6A
(Code
HDE to HEA When code FF = 1
FF=l) MOO: Offseffgain
H01. Analog
- HOZ: Analog value of terminal
 <Error code List>
The corresponding error code in the following list is displayed if an error is detected in any communication
request data form the computer.
Error Definition Inverter Operation
Item
Code
The number of errors consecutively detected in communication
HO Computer NAK error request data from the computer is greater than allowed number of

Brought to an alarm stop

(E.OPT) if error occurs
continuously more than
the allowable number of

..: g, haracter received is invalid (cther than 0 to 9. A to F,Control

 Operation Location

Computer user program via

Monitorin
PU connector

Computer user program via

inboard option

Control circuit terminal

('1) As set in the operation and speed command write parameters.

('2) At occurrence of RS-485communication fault, the inverter cannot be reset from the computer.
('3) As set in Pr. 75.
('4) As set in Pr. 77.

(7) Communication error

Fault Location
Communication error
(Communication from PU connector)
Communication error
-
(Inboard option)
 Pr. 128 "PID action selection" Related parameters 7
Pr. 129 "PID ~ r o ~ o r t i o nband"
al
Pr. 130 "PID intearal time" Pr. 180 to Pr. 186
(input terminal assignment)
Pr. 131 " u ~ p e limit"
r Pr. 191 to Pr. 194
(output terminal assignment)
Pr. 132 "lower limit" Pr. 902 to Pr. 905
Pr. 133 "PID action set ~ o i nfor
t PU operation"
Pr. 134 "PID differential time"

The inverter can be used to exercise process control, e.g. flow rate, air volume or pressure

The voltageinput signal (0-f5V or 0-k10V) or Pr. 133 setting is used as a set point and the 4-20mA current

-& input signal used as a feedback value to constitute a feedback system for PID control.

(1) Basic PID control confiauration

Manlplblad
Owlabon ranabla
1nvorta
Sel pant

G U
Prcrmrr ralua

(2) PID action overview

1) PI action
A combination of proportional control action (P) and integral control action (I) for providing a manipulated
variable in response to deviation and changes with time.

[Operation example for stepped changes of process value]

Note: PI action is the sum of P and I actions

PI a, * Time
2) PD action
A combination of proportional contr~laction (P) and differential control action (D) for providing a manipulated
variable in response to deviation speed to improve the transient characteristic

[Operation example for proportional changes of process value]

Note: PD action is the sum of P aric D actions. ..

S.lpart.,"~ '

. . . .~ ...~. .. .

3) PID action ~ ~

The PI action and PD action are co,mbinedto

Note: The PID action is the sum of P and i and D a

4) Reverse action
lncreases the manipulated variable
and decreases the manipulated variable if deviation is negative.

IHoatnpl

Sol pant Cold + 6 up

Hn + n d a u n

PTOCBSI Y s W

5 ) Forward action
-
Increases the manipulated variable (output frequency) if deviation X (set point process value) is negative,
and decreases the manipulated variable if deviation is positive.
. -
lCoa6ml
, ~rocessvalue
, . ., ~
.

Set pa --% Too -,6 darn

Hof sold -6up
Sel pal",

Process value

Relationships between deviation and manipulated variable (output frequency)

(3) Wirina example
Sink logic
- Pr.183 = 14
Pr.192 = 16
Pr.193 = 14
- Pr.194 = 15

,, , ,

Note: 1. The power supply must be selected in accordance with the power specifications of the detector
used.
2. The output signal terminals used depends on the Pr. 191 to Pr. 194 settings.
3. The input signal terminals used depends on the Pr. 180 to Pr. 186 settings.
(4) 110 sianals
Description Remarks
Set any of 10, 11,20 and
Switch on X I 4 to select PID control.
21 in Pr. 128.
Enter the set point for PID control.
Enter the deviation signal calculated externally.
Enter the 4-20mA process value signal from the

Itput
detector.
Output to indicate that the process value signal
exceeded the upper limit value.
--=
P
(Pr. 128 = 20.21)
Itput
Output to indicate that the process value signal
exceeded the lower limit value. -s
0
"Hi" is output to indicate that the output indication of -
0
0
the parameter unit is forward rotation (FWD) or (Pr. 128 = 10. 11,
" L o d to indicate that is reverse rotation (REV) or 20,21) a
stop (STOP). 8
Common to terminais FUP, FDN and RL

To start PID control, switch on the X14 signal. When thls signal is off, ordinaly inverter operation is
performed w~thoutthe PID acticn being performed
Enter the set point across inverter terminals 2-5 or into Pr 133 and enter the process value slgnal across
inverter terminals 4-5
When entering the externally calculated deviation signal, enter it across terminals 1-5. At this time, set "10
or "1I"in Pr. 128.
Description
When "1. 3. 5, 11. 13 or 1 5 is set in Pr. 73
Set OV as OX and 5V as 100%.
(5V selected for terminal 2).
When "0. 2, 4. 10. 12 or 14" is set in Pr. 73
Set OV as 0% and 10V as 100%.
(10V selected for terminal 2).
Pr.133 Set the set point (%) in Pr. 133.
Set -5V as -100%. OV as 0% and +5V as I When "2.3. 5. 12. 13 or 15" is set in Pr. 73
I (5V selected for terminal 1).
signal OV as 0% and +lOV as When "0.1, 4, 10. 1 1 or 14" is set in Pr. 73
(10V selected for terminal 1).
to 0% and 20mA to 100%.
(6) Parameter setting

Deviation value

(7) Adiustment arocedure

Ad)u11 me PlD mntrol parameters, Pr 128 lo Pr 133

Set me 110 terminals and PID conbol terminals

Terminal senlng Pr 128=10. 11, 20.21
 18) Calibration example
(A detector of 4mA at 0°C and 20mA at 50°C is used to adjust the room temperature to 25°C under PID control.
The set point is given to across inverter terminals 2-5 (0-5V).)

START

~. 1 .. ... .. .....
/ Determine the set point ..-..Set me mom temperature to 2SDC.
..~ ~~ .- Set Pr. 128 and switch on the X14 signal to enable PID control. - -- --.
Determine me set polnt of the
. item to be adjusted.
.......... . . . . . . . .~ . ~ . . . . . - . ...
. .. ., .
. .,
.'-..Detdr spechications : , ,

. When the detector used has the specifications mat O'C is equNalent to
4mA and 50% to SOmA, the set point of 25% is 50% because 4n-A.is . -,
equivalent to 0% and 20n-A to 100%.
-. ~
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . , .
. . ,. : .

..
....
Make calibration. .
-. ]::.~f~h&me
' set point input (0 to 5'4 and detector output (4 to
20mA) mvst be calibrated, make the follwnng calibration'.
t .... . . . . . . . .. ...
., .
-..-set point = 50%
. ~

Enter a voltage lo a m s s
. ~
.............

. .
. . . .
Set the proportional band and
integral time to slightly higher

......... . . . . .-
. .

. ~
. . . . .

.. . . . .
,
~

.. -

..
.When calibl.alion is required. use Pr. 902 to Pr. 905 to calibrate the detector output and set point setting
input in me PI1 mode during an inverter stop. . ~ .
 <Set point input calibration>
1. Apply the input voltage of 0% set point setting (e.g. OV) to across terminals 2-5.
2. Make calibration using Pr. 902. At this time, enter the frequency which should be output by the inverter at the
deviation of 0% (e.g. OHz).
3. Apply the voltage of 100% set point setting (e.g. 5V) to across terminals 2-5.
4. Make calibration using Pr. 903. At this time, enter the frequency which should be output by the inverter at the
deviation of 100% (e.g. 60Hz).

<Detector output calibration>

1. Apply the output current of 0% detector setting (e g. 4mA) to across terminals 4-5.
2 Make calibration uslng Pr 904.
3. Apply the output current of 100% detector setting (e.g. 20mA) to across terminals 4-5.
4. Make calibrationusing Pr. 905.
Note: The frequencies set in Pr. 904 and Pr. 905 should be the same as set in Pr. 902 and Pr. 903. The results

G of the above cal~brat~on are as shown below

[set rnntrenmgl [ D ~ ~value]
~ , o ~ tYI,PY,ald lhlenn~ulatdvanablel
vanlbls (Hz)

-- --

or jog operation (jog) signal is entered with the X14 signal on,
PID control is stopped and multi-speed or jog operation is started.
that the input across inverter terminals 1-5 is added to the
set point across terminals 2-5. - .
3. When "5" (programmed operation mode) is selected for Pr. 79, PID control operation cannot be
performed. In this setting, programmed operation is performed.
C 4.
5.
When "6" (switch-over mode) is selected for Pr. 79, PID is made invalid.
When "9999 is set in Pr. 22, the stall prevention level is the value entered from terminal 1. When
using terminal 1 as the edit input terminal for PID, therefore, set a value other than "9999 in Pr. 22.
6. When " I " (online auto tuning) is selected for Pr. 95, PID control is made invalid.
7. When the terminal functions are changed using Pr. 180 to 186 andlor Pr. 190 to 195, the other
functions may be affected. Confirm the functions of the corresponding terminals before making
I settings. I
 Pr. 135 "commercial ~ o w e r ~ i u ~ p l v - i n v e r t e r Related parameters
switch-over sequence output terminal selection"
Pr 11 "DC dvnamic brake o~eration
Pr. 136 "MC switch-over interlock time"
Pr. 137 "start waitina time"
/ time"
Pr. I 7 'MRSin~utselection'
Pr. 57 "restart coasting time"
Pr. 58 "restartcushion time"
Pr. 138 "commercial ~ o w e ~UDD~V-inverter
r Pr. 180 to Pr. 186 , . .

switch-over selection at alarm occurrence"

Pr. 139 "automatic inverter-c:ommercial Power
s u o ~ l vswitch-over freauencv"

The inverter contains a complicated sequence circuit for commercial power supply-inverter operation switch-
over. Hence, the magnetic contactor:; for switch-over can be interlocked easily by merely entering the start, stop
or automatic switchaver select signal. d
Setting Range

0.1 sec. 0 to 100.0 sec.

0.5 sec. 0 to 100.0 sec.
138
9999: No automatic
139 9999 O to 60.OHz. 9999 switch-over

(1) Wirina examole

.Sinklogic, Pr. 185=7, Pr. 186=6, Pr. 192=17, Pr. 193=18, Pr. 194= 19 -. . ~ ..

mode. Always connect terminals R1; S1 to a different power

supply (power supply different from the one for MC1) to

'I.Note Vle sequence output termlnal capacities. me terminals used

'

. depend on the Pr. 190 to Pr. 194 settings.

.*T
.I, llYI
(me1-
Invertasommedal
PU supply
IWIWYel
Dpe,slrn " I d
&i-3 mama1 n l a
Rerm
and use the wntact output.
When connect in^ a DC Dower SUDPIY, install the following pratedive
dlode
~r-w YUKW rlgnsl '3 The terminals used depend on the Pr 180 to Pr 186 settings

DC
SE-T
24V
 Roles of the magnetic contactors (MCI. MC2, MC3)
Magnetic Role
Place of Installation
Contactor
Normally shorted with the following exception:
MC1 Between power supply and inverter
Opened only when an inverter fault occurs (shorted again by resetting)
Shorted for commercial power supply operation, opened for inverter
operation
MC2 and motor
power supply
Shorted when an inverter fault occurs (selected with parameter, except for
external thermal relay operation)
Shorted for inverter operation, opened for commercial power supply
MC3 Between inverter output and motor operation
Opened when an inverter fault occurs

el10 signals>
1) When this function is used (Pr. 135 = "A"), the input signals are switched on-off as indicated below:

Note: . In the above MC Operation field, [-] indicates that MC1 is on, MC2 is off and MC3 is on in inverter
operation and MC1 is on, MC2 is off and MC3 is off in commercial power supply operation.
[Unchanged] indicates that the status before signal-on or -off is held.
The CS signal only functions when the MRS signal is on. STF (STR) only functions when MRS and CS
are on.
G MC1 switches off when an inverter fault occurs
If the MRS signal is not switched on, neither commercial power supply nor inverter operation can be
performed.

2) The output signals are output as follows:

Signal Terminal Used Description
MCl's operation signal is output
Depending on Pr. 190
MC2 MCTs operation signal is output
to Pr. 195
MC3 MC3's operation signal is output
(2) Parameter settinq

TI0
Parameter
Setting Description
Number
Sequence output is not provided. (Pr. 136. 137. 138 and 139 settings are
Commercial power
ignored.)
supply-inverter
Sequence output is provided.
switch-over
When MC1 to MC3 are assigned with Pr. 190 to Pr. 195 (output terminal
sequence output 1
function selection), open collector outputs are provided. When they are not
terminal selection
assigned, relay outputs are provided from the FR-A5AR (option).
a== MC switch-over CI to 100.0 Sets the MC2 and MC3 operation interlock time. 1
interlock time sec
CI to 100.0 Set a slightly longer (about 0.3 to 0.5 sec.) value than the time from when the
Start waiting time
sec ON signal enters inverter operation MC3 to when 1actually switches on.
Stops inverter operation and coasts the motor.
0 The inverter stops when an inverter fault occurs (both MC2 and MC3 switch
Commercial power
supply-inverter off).
Stops inverter operation and automatically switches inverter operation to
switch-over selection
commercial power supply operation.
at alarm occurrence 1
When an inverter fault occurs, inverter operation is automatically switched to
I
commercial power sdpp~yoperat on iMC2 ON. MC3 OFF)
I The motor IS startea and run bv the inverter UP tothe set frea~enol.
. .. and when Id
I 119
I Automatic inverter-
commercial power
supply swnch-over
I 0 to 60.OHz . I
the output frequency reaches or exceeds theset frequency, inverter operation
.
.IS automat~callvswltched to commercial Dower SUDPIY
. . . o~eration.Start and
-p ;..

frequency
( stop are controlled by the inverter operation command (STF or STR).
- 9999 1 Automatic switch-aver is not done.
Note: 1. Pr. 139 functions when Pr. 135 setting is other than " 0 .
2. When the motor started by the inverter reaches the automatic switch-over frequency, inverter
operation is switched to c:ommercial power supply operation. If the invertel's run command value is
then lowered to or below the switch-over frequency, commercial power supply . . operation is nct

automatically switched to inverter operation.

Switch off the inverter operation command signal (STF or STR) to switch commercial power supply
operation to inverter operation and decelerate the motor to a stop.

<Operation sequences
ON

-o
.r i m k ON ' ON: bmmti.Mbl.
IMRS) OFF , , OFF: Oprstion dim*
Inv.ns~mmmmm.nd Mi : W: F o m d rowm
( S r OFF& OFF: S b p
( 8
m:M"wap.raUm
panr supply nnfh-aer 011
I I
8
I ~ ~ ~ - P &
ICS) OFF-- 1 I OCF C r m m r r i d pDvr S W omUm
,, ,, m

, , ,
m

commnodp w e r supply-iwmnm w w e r ON

: ---op.,smmmm"d..
cmmaosl prwcr supp4y-imnsr mfcn-mar ON
IMC3) OFF , ,
i1 I
, -*dual -1Noq

commasul p m r ~ u ~ y . i m ~ ~ s ON
n t ~ ~ r : : ' 'm ,, r
s
0
8
,

(MC2) OFF--
, 8 ,
8
< 8 0 0

,, ,, , ,8 4 ,, ,, , 8 , 8 , 1
1 NOn: 1IMU1.1 a delay m U I MC % r i m son
,, ,, , , 8 8 , 8 8 8

iv
m m $
1 ,
1 8
8 < e, ,
t
m
8
8
,
,
I
8

E M urn,.
,
\-j *,,*.B ic.,
:
Esch M I W
,, >, , , ID:
I

: 8
,
,
8
, : A. PI. 138 (MC m - v e r m t e ern=)
s , < , ,, , I 8' Pr 137 (MC sYnws8bln me1
,, :
8 8 ,
t
m , C. R. 57 (,.rst Urn*)
D. PC 58 (nnsh+ver svrhon bmaj

operamp St.NI
-- ; ,r
h/
, ,
(MotorrpeW , ,
,
,, , 8 tnVenr ; coasrsng ; : ~ ~ , ~ imnaboo
n r. a w~ ~SLOP;
:, ~ , rper.bon
n vj c n n
, : ,
:
cmmr ,ma,
S"DPh
3

;too
pmer
op.rabon

camena pme'
luppb oDera"on
m
 Power on
At start
(Inverter)

Constant speed
(Commercial
power supply)
-
I ) Operation procedure for running
Operation pattern
I

E&I

MRS
OFF
(OFF)
OFF-ON

ON
S M C ~ power on.

Set parameters.

Start. lnverter operatloo

IDeceleration lrtopl, inverter owratla- I

2) Signal on-off afler parameter setting

CS
OFF
(OFF)
OFF-ON

ON-OFF
I

STF
OFF
(OFF)
OFF-ON

ON
Pr. 135 = "1" (inverter's open collector output terminals)
. Pr. 136 = "2.0 sec"
. Pr. 137 = "1.0 sec" (Set the value equal to or longer than the time
.
from when MC3 switches on actually until the inverter and
motor are connected. If it is shorter, restart may not functionproperly.
Pr. 57 = "0.5 sec"
Pr. 58 = "0.5 sec" (Always set this parameter when commercial power
supply operation is switched to inverter operation.)

MC1
OFF-ON
(OFF-ON)
ON

ON
MC2
OFF
(OFF)
OFF

OFF-ON
MC3
OFF-ON
(OFF-ON)
ON

ON-OFF
Remarks
External operation mode
(PU operation mode)

After MC3 swltches off.

MC2 switches on.
(Motor coasts during this
perlod )
Waltlng tlme 2 sec
Swltched to I I I I I I I After MC2 sw~tchesoff.
inverter MC3 switches on.
operation for ON OFF-ON ON ON ON-OFF OFF-ON (Motor coasts during this
deceleration period.)
(Inverter) Waiting time 4 sec.
Stop ON ON ON-OFF ON OFF ON

Note: 1. This function is only activated when R1 and S1 are connected to a different power supply (power
supply which is not connected to MCI).
2 This function is only valid in the external operation or PU (speed command) + external (run
command) ooerat~onmode when the Pr. 135 value is other than " 0 . When the Pr. 135 value is other
than " 0 iith'e operation mode other than the above, MC1 and MC3 switch on.
3. MC3 is on when the MRS and CS signals are on and STR.is off, but when the motor run by the
commerc~alpower supply was coasted to a stop at the last t~me,it restarts afler the time set in Pr.
137 has elapsed.
4. lnverter operation is enabled when the MRS, STF and CS signals switch on. In other cases (MRS is
on), commercial power supply operation is performed.
5. When the CS signal is switched off, the motor is switched over to commercial power supply
operation. Note that when the STF (STR) signal is switched off, the motor is decelerated to a stop
by the inverter.
6. When both MC2 and MC3 are off and MC2 or MC3 is then switched on, the motor restarts afler the
/ 7.
waiting time set in Pr. 136 has elapsed.
-
if the Pr. 135 settina is other than 0. the Pr. 136 and Pr. 137 settinas areianored in the PU o~eration
mode.
- I
Also, the inverter's input terminals (STF, CS, MRS, OH) return to their ordinary functions.
8. When the commercial power supply-inverter switchdver sequence is selected, the PU operation
interlock function (Pr. 79 = 7) is not activated if it has been set.
9. When the terminal functions are changed using Pr. 180 to 186 andlor Pr. 190 to 195, the other
functions may be affected. Confirm the functions of the corresponding terminals before making
settinos

Pr. 140 io Pr, 143 Refer to Pr. 29.

Pr. 744 Refer to Pr. 37.
Pr, 148, Pr. 149 * Refer to Pr. 22.
 Pr. 150 " o u t ~ u current
t detection level" Related parameters
Pr. 190 to Pr. 195
Pr. 151 " o u t ~ u current
t dekction time"

If the output current remains higher than the Pr. 150 setting during inverter operation for longer than the time
set in Pr. 151, the output current detection signal (Y12) is output from the inverter's open collector outpu:
terminal.
(Use any of Pr. 190 to Pr. 195 tcl assign the terminal used for Y12 signal output.)

Factory Setting j Sefflng Range

0 to 10 sec
MI,, 3-.

Refer to the following list and set !he parameters:

Parameter Number Description
Set the output current detection level.
100% is the rated inverter current.
Set the output wrrent detection time. Set a period of time from when the output wrrent rises to or above the
- , Pr. 150 settin t.3'~henthe output current detection signal (Y12) is output.

current detection signal is held on for at least 100ms.

2. This function is also valid during execution of the online or offline auto tuning.
3. When the terminal functions are changed using Pr. 190 to 195, the other functions may be affected.
Confirm the functions of the corresponding terminals before making settings:
Pr. 152 "zero current detection level" /-- Related parameters
Pr. 190 to Pr. 1
Pr. 153 "zero current detection time"

When the inverter's output current falls to " 0 , torque will not be generated. This may cause a gravity drop when
the inverter is used in vertical lift application.
..
To prevent this, the output current "zero" signal can be output from the inverter to close the mechanical brake
when the output current has fallen to "zero".
If the output current remains lower than the Pr. 152 setting during inverter operation for longer than the time
set in Pr. 153, the zero current detection (Y13) signal is output from the inverter's open collector output
terminal.
(Use any of Pr. 190 to Pr. 195 to assign the terminal used for Y13 signal output.)
Parameter
Factory Setting Setting Range
Number
152 5.0% 0 to 200.0%
153 0.5 sec 0 to 1 sec
OFF ON
Stan rlpnal

zero cunmt dslman

rlgnal wtpu OFF
-
pI 153 ,,,jatedbn
OFF
-
P i 153 "deleclan tms"

<Setting>
.Refer to the following list and set the parameters:
Parameter
Description
Number
Set the zero current detection level.

Set the zero current detection time.

153 Set a period of time from when the output current drops to or below the Pr. 152 setting to when the zero current
detection signal (Y13) is output.

Note: 1. If the current falls below the preset detection level but the timing condition is not satisfied, the zero
current detection signal is held on for about 100ms.
2. This function is also valid during execution of the online or offline auto tuning.
3. When the terminal functions are changed using Pr. 190 to 195, the other functions may be affected.
Confirm the functions of the corresponding terminals before making settings.

ACAUTION
A The zero current detection level setting should not be t o o high, and the zero current
detection time setting not be too long. Otherwise, the detection signal may n o t be
output when torque is not generated at a low output current.
A To prevent the machine and equipment from resulting i n hazardous conditions b y use
of the zero current detection signal, install a safety backup such as an emergency
brake.

Pr. 754 Refer to Pr. 22.

 Related parameters
Pr. 155 "RT sianal activated condition selection"
r.. 14 "load pattern sele

(second function selection)

Pr. 81 "number of motor poles"
Pr.'180 to r. 186
. .

, .. . . .-.
.. , . ., ,
.,

Set the condition of activating tlie RT terminal to select thesecond control functions by switching on-off the
RT signal.
. . .
. .
:Setting Range .. ~. ~

. . .~. .. . .
. .

. .
Refer to the following table and set the parameter:
Pr. 155 Setting I
"" I Made valid
I on-off.
I Made valid only when U!e RT signal is on at constant
10 speed
(Invalld durlng accele~a'~on/decelerat~on)

Related parameters
Pr. 156 "stall orevention ooeration selection" / 7.
22 "sta~lprevention operation level"
Pr. 23 "stall prevention operation level at

Pr. 47 "second stall prevention operation..

current" ' ''

Pr. 115 "third stall prevention operation -

8 ,

Pr. 154 "voltage reduction selection

: . ,

. .

. , . , . ,.. . ,, . . . . .. ~~

Stall prevention and fast-response current limit can be disabled and the OL signal output delayed
~ - G Oto 31. 100
z q
Refer to the following table and set the parameter as required:

....Opeation not

30 0 • • • •
31 • 0 • • •
"O0 / Orivin
Regenerztive
0
•
0
•
0
•
0
•
0
0

Note 1: When "Operation not continued for 0 L signal output" is selected, the "E.OLT" alarm code (stopped
by stall prevention) is displayed and operation stopped.
(Alarm stop display "E.OLT")
Note 2 : if the load is heavy, the lift is predetermined, or the accelerationldeceleration time is short, the stall
prevention may be activated and the motor not stopped in the preset accelerationldeceleration time.
Therefore, set optimum values to the Pr. 156 stall prevention operation level.
(When the output voltage reduces during stall prevention operation, an overcurrent trip will be less
liable to occur but the torque decreases. Set "0" in Pr. 154 when the torque may be reduced.)

A~AUTION

Always perform test operation.

Stall prevention operation performed during acceleration may increase the acceleration
time.
Stall prevention operation performed during constant speed may cause sudden speed
changes.
Stall prevention operation performed during deceleration may increase the
deceleration time, increasing the deceleration distance.
 Pr. 157 "OL sianal o u t ~ uwaitina
t time" Related parameters
Pr. 190 "RUN terminal function
selection"

. ,

. . .

~. . .
. . .
.......
~. .

-
~

use this parameterto

of time after occurrence of an overload status.
Factory . . . .
Setting Range Remarks
Number Settin . . . .
1
~

02025 sec, 9999 9999: No signal output . . . . . . ...

.... . . . .. , . ~

Ovslosd stabs (DL wl . ...

.... .. .... ,

OL ovtpvl ripnd

Sal tma t ( ~ s m d s ) . ~. .
~. . . . . . . . . . .
 Pr. 160 "user arour, read selection"

Pr. 173 "user arouD 1 reaistration"

Pr. 174 "user arouD 1 deletion"

Pr. 175 "user arour, 2 reaistration"

Pr. 176 "user aroua 2 deletion"

Among all parameters, a total of 32 parameters can be registered to two different user groups. The registered
parameters may only be accessed. The other parameters cannot be read.
Parameter Factory
Number Setting
Sening Range Remarks
160 00 0.1.10, 11
173 0 0 to 999
174 0 0 t0 999,9999
175 0 0 to 999
176 0 0 10 999.9999

Pr. 160 Setlin

Ail parameters read

~~. .
Parameter registration to user group
Write the parameter numbers to be registered to Pr. 173 (user group 1registration) or Pr. 175 (user group
2 registration). Write the parameter numbers one by one.
Parameter deletion from user group
Write the parameter numbers to be deleted to Pr. 174 (user group 1 deletion) or Pr. 176 (user group 2
deletion). Write the parameter numbers one by one.
.~
Writing 9999 rneansbatch deletion of the registered parameters in each group.
Using Pr. 160, make user group1 andlor 2
::C Pr. I 8 0
, L-----Urerm6upl
User gmup 2
. . . . .
. ~ ~ ~

. ,

Note: 1. Pr. 70, Pr. 160 and Pr. 991 values can always be read independently of the user group setting.
2. The Pr. 173 or Pr. 174 value read is the number of parameters registered to group 1, and the
Pr. 175 or Pr. 176 value read is the number of parameters registered to group 2.
3. "0" set in the second digit of the 2digit Pr. 160 setting is not displayed. However, it is displayed
when " 0 is set in the first digit only.
Pr. 170 "watt-hour meter clear" 7Related parameter ---,
Pr. 171 "actual ooeration hour meter clear" ! Pr. 52 "DUIPU main display data
selection"

You can clear the watt-hour value arid actual operation hour monitoring function.
,. .
..
Setting Range
,. ~~

.. .>
, .. ,.. .

... . . . ... .~~.

Write " 0 in the parameters to clear the watt-hour value and actual operation hour. ,
.,.,,
, . . . ..

.~. .. . . .
Pr. 180 "RL terminal functio'n selection" -,.
.
,
.
. .~ '
.. . , . ... . ..... . 3
i-.

Pr. 181 "RM terminal function selection"

Pr. 182 "RH terminal f u n c t b selection"
. .. ..
Pr. 183 "RT terminal functign selection"
Pr. 184 "AU terminal functkjn selection"
Pr. 185 "JOG terminal function selection"; . -.- .~ .: .. , .. , . :. .., , , ,

. . ,.. ,.. - ., ,. .
Pr. 186 "CS terminal function selection" . .
. . . .
Use these to selecffcllange theinput terminal functions.
 <Setting>
Refer to the following list and set the parameters:

When Pr. 59 = "1 or 2 , Pr. 79 = " 5 , and Pr. 270 = "1 or 3". the functions of the RL, RM, RH and RT signals
change as listed above.

Note: 1. One function can be assigned to two or more terminals. In this case, the terminal inputs are ORed.
2. The speed command priorities are higher in order of jog, multi-speed setting (RH, RM, RL) and AU.
3. When HC connection (inverter operation enable signal) is not selected, the MRS terminal shares
this function.
4. When advanced magnetic flux vector-VIF switch-over and load pattern selection forwardlreverse
6" rotation boost are not selected, the second functions (RT) share these functions.
5. Use common terminals to assign programmed operation group selection, multi-speeds (7 speeds)
and remote setting. They cannot be set individually.
(Common terminals are used since these functions are designed for speed setting and need not be
set at the same time.)
6. Stop-on-contact control selection, Pr. 270 = "1 or 3 , shares RT with multi-speed setting (low
speed), and its allocation cannot be changed.
7. When FR-HC connection inverter operation enable (X10) signal is not assigned, the MRS terminal
shares this function.
8. When "7" is set in Pr. 79 and the PU operation external interlock (X12) signal is not assigned, the
MRS signal acts as this function.
9. When the load pattern selection forwardlreverse rotation boost (X17) signal is not assigned, the RT
signal shares this function.
10.When advanced magnetic flux vector-VIF switch-over (X18) signal is not assigned, the RT signal
shares this function.
 Related parameter
Pr. 190 "RUN terminal function selection"
Pr. 191 "SU terminal function selection"
Pr. 192 "IPF terminal function selection"
Pr. 193 "OL terminal function selection"

Pr. 194 "FU terminal function selection"

Pr. 195 "ABC terminal function selection"

1 11 1 1 1
You can change the functions of the open collector and contact output terminals. .

Parameter Terminal
Setting Range
Terminal Function
Inverter runnln 0 to 199.9999
U to frequen 0 10 199,9999
Instantaneous power

193
O
l;;s
OL
E- r fa~lurelunde~oita
Fxt:Il
Overlaad alarm
e
to 199, 9999
0 to 199. 9999
194 FU 4 Frequenc detection 0 to 199, 9999
195 A. B. C % Alam~out ut 0 to 199.9999
. .
<Setting>
' ..
Refer to the following table and se: the parameters: .. .
 0 to 99: Positive logic
100 to 199: Negative logic

Note: 1. Under PLG feedback control (when the FR-A5AP option is loaded), the operations of the up-to-
frequency SU and frequency detection FU, FU2, FU3 are as follows:
SU, FU: The actual speed (frequency) provided by the PLG feedback signal is output at or above
the frequency specified for detection.
FU, FU3: The inverter output frequency is output at or above the frequency specified for detection.
2. When the frequency setting is varied with the analog signal or the [UPIDOWN] key of the operation
panel, note that the output of the SU (up-to-frequency) signal may alternate between ON and OFF
due to that varying speed and the timing of the varying speed dependent on the
accelerationldecelerationtime setting.
3. This signal is output when "5" is set in Pr. 79 "operation mode selection" and the external operation
mode is selected (the inverter goes into the programmed mode).
4. The same function may be set to more than one terminal.
5. When the function is activated, the terminal conducts with the settings of 0 to 99 and does not
conduct with the settings of 100 to 199.
6. Pr. 190 to Pr. 195 do not function if the values set are other than the above.
7. When Pr. 76 = 1 or 3, the output signals of the SU, IPF, OL and FU output terminals conform to
Pr. 76. When an inverter alarm occurs, the signal outputs are switched over to alarm code outputs.
8. The output assignment of the RUN terminal and alarm output relay conforms to the above setting
independently of Pr. 76.
Pr. 199 "user's initial value settina" Related parameter
Pr. 77 "parameter write disable

Among the parameters, you car set user-only parameter initial values. These values may be set to 1E
parameters.
By performing user clear operatiort from the operation panel or parameter unit, you can initialize the parameters
to the user-set initial values. Note that the parameters of which inlt~alvalues have not been set are initialized to
the factory settlngs by user clear operation.
You can read the user's initial value list in the help mode of the parameter unit (FR-PU04).

Setting Range
0 to 999.9999
The read Pr 199 value is d~splayedas the number of parameters registered.

, ..~
J!:: . ...
, , To set "1" in Pr. 7 and " 2 in.P<. 8 as user's initial values. (Operation from the FR-DUO41
(1)
-
1) Set '1' (target In'tlal value) !tl l'r 7
1
e- 2) Set "2' (target lnttial valde) In I'r. 8.

. , ~,
5 ) Select Pr. 7 and Pr. 8 with tlle [UPIDOWN] key and

. . . ,
6) Through the above steps. the initial values of Pr. 7 and
1 Pr. 8 are registered.

The settings of the parameters whose numbers are set in Pr. 199 (i.e. Pr. 7 = 1, ~ r 8. = 2 in the above
example) are user's initial values. 3.;.
.
(2) Deletion of user's initial values
By writing "9999 to Pr. 199 (and pressing the [SET] key for 1.5 seconds), the useis initial values registered
are batch-deleted.
Note: 1. When user's initial va'ues for Pr. 902 to Pr. 905 are set, one parameter uses the area of two
parameters for registration.
2. As this setting is concerned with user-cleared initial values, the parameter numbers which cannot
be cleared cannot be set.
3. The operation panel (FF:-DU04) cannot be used to refer to user's initial values.
4. Values cannot be registered to Pr. 201 to Pr. 231
- 4- >/i-&
~~~~4 Y/'- ~ F R E Q R O L - 'r!~ 590-7:
0~ .-
FR-A500
r-E R f l 4 2/i-9FREQROL-A500Y 9 --;7
- PI.
/i7#-9%=+
.PUZG
PU(FR-DU04/FR-PU04) %@!#IL 7 0 Z %
. %SS&
#I@E!%E=+QER~f u5Z6
. t#RSG
PU(FR-DU04/FR-PU04) 2 %3%#0t#R :1 6S G
FR-A200E
-
;ZRR 4 2)'- 9 FREQR01.-A200< EXCELLENT > 9 9 -
g ~ h / i - ~ I r t T L T D Z & l b 6 b C L \ Tt?$L\.< GZED3%F#SkUEZ%$h%* L T l \ b b C
TFZZUlE€!3lZeY Z T o
OFF @ T t R % # R . Slglb@lll4.~I;ta(~h/i-~l;td$tiL\T < t<tL\.
4 2/~-9P33lIrtRT%&;hTbjYE F 2 0 R H t GL) bb.
&Bi+%+,6Blb, E l O ~ U + E ~ L t z 0T X~ 9~%~E T. B B % % 3 L T h 1 G E ~ T
< t?$L\.
4- I %-3f~lll:l+Uliaii?IS?a'i3T < tZ$L\.
E s # % + b e l r t k r ? D ~ R * h ~ ~ ' i - <> t:T $l\.
L C<1 %=, I'ZS~EB~ZGLJbb.
% h t = + T X 4 .:,???E#L;k'L\T < t:$L\. %%DRi3lZG LJbbo
I tLJ J kI t l t #b'+&/vt2LJL t i l \ T < t<$
L\. E!Ea)R€E'lZ% LJ ST.
4>1i-9D*hOl.lll=lrt, i g R z >1/T'>Y+V-5R4X. 7 5 $ / 4 ; T 7 4 / L 9 ( $ 3 5 3 >
< f?;?-L\,
FR-BIF) ?j$nII{+lffdL\T
 SF386
MlTSUBlSHl
ma' FR-A520-0.4K ~ > I ( - ~ M J
sOml orm am+-9st
,ww, L
L
",
 -
FR-A520-0.4K-15K, FR-A540-0.4K-15K

I
1 0 2 aT$~ F I - BL T < r:sil\o
~ ~ ~ a / ~ - - k s 0 f i l ~ lee5,
a - T i 5 4 l r i i i ~ 5 i b > T rYx PI. L-c < r5=.b\.
(PU(FR-DU04/FR-PU04) 2 M : f k b b T b & 9 fib- 2 75T%bb. )
1TOlEtPr7 b
tit-atrnzmism mmm
eBlftjLlh5f
!"'?ix~-x£a
FLL+<t:tl\.

4>,<-91:
PlBOlrnie
,:.--.
2:L:. ,
 ns%m
4 > , < - 9 @ ~ B @ ~ d ; m R ~ X ? l d ~ # k ~tf .:E:. 5 t I c i Z e S . %
3. AC2OOV 0.3. K30V 0. 3A. A x % : ~<bl'Fg% (A-cma%).
E x % : 8 - C b l B S (A-CbliF*B)
4 >,<-9 ~ f i r n ~ ~ f i ~ k f i r n s (s I a x m s o . SIIZ, a.r.r)u.t
T L r - d z b . W l t ~ % J . ~ F P W ~ f i ~ l t I I bfLd 7~ I b tt * z,
ifsfificczrv o. IA
X ? l l E i ~ R ~ ~ E ~ i d i E Z r ~ (It%%??%. iID% EBq) EIhi-BL sn;s+aBsw ;
f:tt. L r - 4 b . I ~ u @ B ~ f i b t F R k ~ i t H b ~I~f~*'. t f L r (Pr.
) 190-Pr. 195)
RsfiTirDC24V 0. l A i:a-rs+oa'
x b - ~ b f f i l t a % i : ~ . r) A i . - , b ~ ~ t d ; m t % t 6 t L ~ A J ~r. F - I ~ z6;E+,r) ;
Wltd;%IR.$h.JtHL.d~btfLL")bt.~.
A?3fiRDCZ4V 0. l A I
S ~ R S 'FSSZER?Sd;fiRf
, 6 2 L b d l b k fL 9 i%*20
W S f i l r r K Z l V 0. I A
f i i : L : X u I f I , t L b d I b , LiTT
~ r - d ~ b t f ~ ? b t * z .
ifsfimwzrv 0. lli 1
I
i
IOXR%mX?lQR :WIBifBfiR'&ZImA
X?llEi$Bf8?lBmSDF=9
: 1 --CSBd~5-9%BVXfiL;f 60Ha%l4-IO~~lbA/€J
t. X ~ B ~ I ~ ~ F = m
~ S B ~ A a : ~~~EB~I%~HBKI D-O
IV K S ~
$ $ I:KB LIT. $ifitZImA

& E , < + * R = + ~ 9 ~ 9 ~ s - s s 5 r : m c a e n - j z ta:~e$+.

: ElASiBAS-485
Ei%%B:~/k4Fn71!J>!J?i6
S f E B S : M A X 19200fi-
. : 500.

* 1 #?PR, PlltFR-A520-0.4K-7.5K. FR-AS40-0.4K-7. SKI:%% LTL,it.

*Z L b d ~ b k l t ,&-I>=b 9 9 X f l f f l L 5 b f 2 9 7 . 9 2 ' O N L 5 i B g B ) t f t t , Z t % , f ; L i t .
H v d ~ b t l i .OFF ( ' F 4 i M B ) t f L 6 lt k F E L 2 Z t
@Esm;ggl=3L~T
4- 9 A (fB%) i:ii&E7B@Afr$.,L?;h- 9 , 4 >/'-9OiE< TEH S h 5 i 2 i S E % (AM7 ?*ti
F) i:ZB@Sfr4%6%+li;h Y Gf. :D%$i:liki'i/s ;I07 5 $ / 4x74 lb9FR-BIF (Af31Wlieffl) 2
f:ib54 Y / ~ ~ < ~ ~ I L ~ F R - B SFR-BLFfrRY{3Iif5:2i:L~TW%2/I\$
FOI. <$-5Zk?);TP%?.
4 - 9 D ! I i : l ~ >T>+f?Y-?=??-, 7 9&/ 4 X 7 4 1 L 9 ((;Sly3>FR-BIF) g l b 9 Hif
fiL>T< fSL\*
9 5 , a L ~ ~ s f i r ~ \ . a ? s $ i <t:s ia~fi~r
L.. ( ~ ? ; S / ~ ; ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ F R - B I F I ~ A ~ ~ (f:?Sb>,
W ~ I ~) : @ ~ L T <
- L 6 t- I POWER? >lo)%%li:Yfi,%T L7:Z t- e6$52~ LZEEE@lOWU
k L 9 L T 5 T <7 SZiE??EEL7:@ Llf h <D1%71;t2>~>Yfii
&ETkE&hTL~?Ef%Tii
@FR-A~~O-IIKD$I~@EHZ~E%+R~, s~a~~%it%a~%+e a ~~ f~~6 !L2~T %<~~~5L-s\o z
g+llR
.5, i k . 7. 5 k l 3. 5 3. 5

18. 3-:llkl 22 I4
35 22
P S E I i B T R . S. T I Z 3 f i F 6 T . 5-9lZU, V . W l Z 3 t i t b T .
u, v, wlz3tx C t 4 i ~ i - 9 h i P B e.
+mma i l z 3 f i i \ t : t ~57.47 ' ~
t:s~\.
L O T ~ - C ~ ? I I Z (B I ~ ~ ( ~ 5E )A ~ tQ% - S m W i Z m i i B
(SkRF%htt&&~SIddi'J Oe/v) GI2 Y R T E R Z t Z k (%mEFl)

IYST$~-C~EMlbBfR.SiZ3
tiF6T. 1 'JOT.
e@@FR-A520-0.4K-3. 7K, FR-A540-0.4K-3.7K
<t%sz;&>

@kSL9hCe@&hQ.
a ~ f f i ocea
b 1Jn.r.
ea LJ 6.r.
~ ~ m s ~ % ~ ~ ~ a e ~ ~ ~ c r n % z
cRl.sl)--t*fft&. (124)

-
(G)1. ZDLk5ZB (R. S.7) fiTON03 Z T # l 8 % E (#?RI, S1) % o F F L ~ L ~ 7<Sb\.
\ T < 4 >/<-9fi:?&E-b6 Z
kfi'W9 zt.
2. I 1 S - S l r e 7 D E % K t 2 E l Y 91. L7:.ik%T&R L T < f<Sb\. 4 Y / < - P
h%+9.*6%&fi:h 9 %*<
3. m c 1! 26 I m S l i +EI%Zif t F l - S E t L r < 755
L ',
F R - A S . I C I - ~ . ~ K - - S ~ K D % ~ zEaeTED>%+[:%%F6
4. FR-,4520-5. SK-5SR, . k -f 9 ) : -gh;@?f,8?6??
+L5<&6m:s*::EzL%,. :>; ; :<
<: \

-
- c STR
o rcs~~ + o E L > ~ ; .
@!+B$b@I?SRtJlB%&&fi
< B l : R W B ~ ~ @ I ~t >
t i:Em?a%+~T.
;i k
k
-
9E 1
Z E ~ ~ Y ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
%+CS-SDM%E% L, Pr. 57 r B $ k % 7 !J -7 ' G ~ J # 199991 !:zz+ao
STR

@
@ ~PCJ%?Ul'$L\z
(5%)
%+PCii. x€)I%+C.SDk L T , DC24L'O=?R%hk LTfSRj-5: kh;7+zTs
: DC!8v--26V, %%'&,% ; 0. 1A
 3+3 9 , ? - - Y I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ R E :L~, ~
T <E tR
5;Tb>e
. = + 3 9 ; RJ45=+3+'
. .
@I : B B z - I A Y:: ( R ) 5-554720-3 -
3 q-ylb : ~ 1 ~ 5 6 8 i LIC-?-;'
Z 9 ~ ,L (~L@ASE-T?~.?IL~$ F )
~..
I:,
1 :1 %R ) SCLPEV O.5mX4P
*I:Y 3 :'1/OSlE*- b d~RS-232CttEfiO%~ik, <
8KORS-485, RS-232C$?&%2@t@L T E $ k > o
$Es2%@%&J :
E% : RC-55A
Ri%t'g?i7--11., I- . ;/ZFAZ.S$ (03) 3341-7471
 P/+
NFE FP-BAL WLl S/L2 TIL3
T
I
gjp+-,
e & D @ ~ T @ % D R P b % ~ I t f i ~ ~ . ~ f d % 8 1 : i A 4 O 1 EI;I$Ili:ZB@W%$,%L5 t- t. 6 I:, tb@iE++il:
jts;/-.f->xi:
ONL~L& \~ Lr<rc'sc\.
B P B Xs l):wisiLf=aa?-bst:, E S T ~
Y / ~ - ~ I ~ B ~ H I :L FZ *+ ~P ~
Q&%%R33%%0%@8f POOZkP
rgfig=tr;t, T O6I L~:ZST& v ) , 8 s ~ Y :ge~
f+?tI,i$t3 DI~EEEB%@~~%~~zWTOTHETC.RB~~~%W%?~&.$~~):~
Ld?, $ ~ @ O Y St.

@*W%%%Oa%
R a I
177 b,LSB! 9 7 9 k , b ( ~ c L ) . Z ? : l i X Z ~ l : 9 7 9 blL(E€L) &'Em, &&b'li?uJm% I
.f;,,<-Vv~g&~&!l:
eo~tt3:t [:a r,, n ; o l i m ~ = s e ~ n s ~ ~ - ,tidj :; ~ % a * .
S*$ai,<-9 =;,.,;-9m&'14 -/f > V L T h l l P % $ % ~ E E r $ l : T f L M . ;A~BBR&'lCCEIZ#D*l Lf
b, i%fi$zY,'-V (I:R-IICIIS, GOPtR.D.t£@.Jr4bWC%M L*t.
i ~ ~ * Y~ 7 ~9 ~ z , p~ ~t ~~ ~ ~ e i t ~I:L ~9 .~ ,i?,nti~~,2sa-r r n ~ - a =

3i~~@@fi;:lOEZtr3f@.%t>~T
EiEIS2+2ER L. Y-A, A-AU>$@.%ixL#JL k ,E R
I2 - i ~ &
I'E~C?JBW!LSG / < , b , x ~ g u ) n + h i $ , 9 jiSmli)*%~PE.i(iSig,-ii5: t fiiTliTt,
sS5.17 4jL.9 ~ ; ~ r J ~ ~ g ~ h 3 . h l : f t L ? 4 2 ~ ' - Y 2< Xf rI.,5~i iti I
: z~i~f i * t ?79 i.,LkiQ;+%
;,u)T;. ~~t;rnm~a%s1aaa5:t~ia-i.s
i,>t;.: ??-.
SM74~1.9 m & ~ ~ f i + w + ~ ~ ~ % 7 j ~ % u l ~ % . > ~ ~ ~ ~ E % $ Z % t ~ ' ~ ~ W L i l % % b q*%
iR~~%ktl%
LO>?. f : ~ : # ; ? i s , % % n 3 % ~ : me7t:
R?~
@4 ~/;-9fi~bG%LBs1%&%%I$$@5/ 4xXI:%-ra%%
4 9/:-9fi>5%&Ta = ~ . Y GHS
) 4XIT, 4 ~ / : - 9 s @ f i vY4/ < - ~ ? Z H (~A . & A ) i : % ~ S h a-.&L
h a to. I L f 1 ; f l o I : l : 0 , 5 LT, gaag.&%ee
b6 bDI:?rRllShi,f.
+, Pr.7iT.4r Y7MBB2E< ( I ~ H Z ) E Z L T Z $ R < ~ ~ $ ~ ~ ,
E i r I! :7%l:Ii. €-9S=d:i(lbOLf 43;. Pr. 24O?SuTr-PWM'2

'i?
$17B;R%lmat\I=&.aP%Gji-fPEEo)H

. 4 >,i-9 : FR-A520-3 71:

€-9 : SF-JR 4P 3 7kW
. %flMSPI: 3OHz
60

40

FR-SF01

0 lo 20 30 40 50 * PraE#d(=)
e3%
4 > / ; - 9 0 , 4 s ! J T E 7 6 r $ ( P r . 7 2 ) & ! B < La*,
kt;' L , - 9 0 L Soft-PVM%lJ%@22&? (Pr. 240) ?6 kES??LxS&(:f2 9 Z-Vo
L - 9 (SqkNew Super W>!J -Z-fitr') 2 G R t h t f E % S
o, ( 47 1Z z F m f a : t-fi;~~z-v.
 New Super W Y ' l -A* (SF. CF%) a%+ CV'~-~JL%%EEBUL
Gemgazami-
~~&uarntsoisi~iir
~
-- ~- , -. - A - --
~%@&%Zb% WU)lkWhtzLIU. ~. ~

I A n Z l O X (IgliIgn+Ig2i-::gm) (ZWV 6OHz) , , ,,,,,

lmkw
I

. @jfr%hV.j !J - X (Ch, CS, SS%) 0%4 lm

Z%@EZK tr so
IAn21O.X { I g l + I g n + 3 X ( I g 2 f Igm) 1 a so
P.
1 ~ 1 . -1 ~ :2~ % % D R R & E ~ G G D R ~ ~ S % w
Ipn* : 4 Y / ~ - ~ A A @ ! I4 /. X . 7 - f
/b9D%h%& za
Igm :~U%OERIEBE~DE~~% 2 1 s ~ I ~ Z Z I OIIOIUI
5 5 10 W i W

New Super NVm8% I E%fFASNVO)Ge

5.
CZhPb5lgl 33 x-=O.
1000.
17

BhPEIsn 0 (/417.f,b9ti'L~OSe)
70.
..f i h P b 5 l g Z 33 XP=2.31
1 OOOa

F-9iBllflP%lgn 0. 18
B#BdZ% 2.66 I 7. 64
'. awlrrgaz 30 IW
( 2 1 g X 10)
 P1 B
SZ%
3EBSEBZ %yit%9
PU (FR-DUOUFR-PUO1) %7%4
3 . T 4 1/5' b ~ Z % h V [ U P / W W N I % - - . STF
sa .STR
WFi3'4 ,i5%-9==y b
. 2-~ODCO-5v . [noi+-
.2-iMK0-IOY . [REVIS--
. 4-5MDC4-20..4
.5ESSR(Pr.4-6.21-2iF , .-.
JOCJ3E%(Pr. 15) N
.77-AEE
i!3&4H/n'C)77-Ae[UP/DOW]+-%%T6 Z 2 iJ;T$ ST.
7 - 1. 1 i J
)

U
E. HIS --+ 77--l~li%,T;LST~ (77
A--Q
%
\%
2%
.ii' E.- -0 t r S % L b b . )
-
 3.2.2 %3B'$Z=€- F (%3AAiE%l=k ?5S$Z)
(1) 6 0 H z T ~ $ E ? 6 $ %

+I@ %fFZB 4s-9

1 smeoni: L , EAt%+s%fi;rExrlfi;.si~~a
o,eas~.s.
( s % LfbC\%*Ib%3EG€-- FIZW19 @;iT < t::: C ) >. 1.8SCA-3E+- FWa

2 )$ax4 7 9 (STFS7:liSTR) eONT6. 2. %Dl

fi;aa
Z ~ ; ; ~ ~ S ~ O ~ ZS ~T IF~J ~ S T R JLS?.

(E) iE8;;X-i ~ Y k s k 2 7 . 4?YDFl%fi:ONT5 kPb@ LS+?L.

. C st--,I O N a n LST.

3 7x9 = - A (R&%%Z%) 2*? < J! k?%C'9lfL\ZTHTs

SiTc%fJIB&%iEfii@* I:*?? < fb 9 6Q.OOHz%%%L , ~ ~ % & E % % L D
FWD2 tIiREVfi;.KkT L3-F.

4 8!J= - A (J?$!&%k%Z%) 299 < 9 t & C \ 7 l f C \ S T B T O 4. sa

%%%-3OB%%Efi;@* I/;/lrS< t2 9 O.OOHz&-S?KLST,
€-9iiZG%Rlt LST*

.-.
::.. ;& sr

5 4 b @ ~ Y~ F
4 (STFS7:IZSTR) Z~OFFILT~. .

OFF

(2) ~ ~ ~ J O G ~ S E
fib504 7~ gn '~~ L Z ~ .
( S T F Z ~ I A S T R )li-ONtTc\ar.$a+iz$z L, O F F I : ~t.
OPr. 15 ~JOGEI&BI.Pr. 16 rJOGf10@S%h71 2 S Z L T < f:::~>~
O%3iEBf;+- b+i:Sb L T < t:;:~>.
O J O G I Z ~ % O N L 2T 9~ ~
(S~ Z ~~: I ~ S T R ) *ON t ~ ~ \ a b ~
T FX 78, ;;efi~)s+~
[ F ~ ] S ~ ~ ~ ; ~ [ R E V I + - - ~ @ L T L ~ ~ B ~ %TL-F5lt
~ D & Z C ;L-i?.
;L,
OPr. 15 rJOGi38&~, Pr. 16 rJM;lJURS@Be'li 2 E S L T < F $ b>.
QPU JoCiZ%€- Fl:S.SLT< I?&c\.
@[F~)I~~~~[REV]~-%FBLTI.\~B.~~~~E~LST.
- 5 ' L : Pr. 13 r$$YlMiE&j %6$3L T < ~ ? S C \ .PbWrngBa 9 f i c q ~ & sL ~- c L ' ~ ~
ei2*-9fim%La+?A,n )
 rn
U.""
L
, r-
.
d
7 4 ( S T F Z ~ Z ~ ~ S TZ
R?)ONL:TS.
( ) 6 , 22Gx-f .i.4o)fiSidcONT? isbtisfi Lb-tfh. b t , Z & 9 l Z
i"i?S6ON$-SL- (l'r. 2502. 19999~0%4), R l t LbT.
( W 1 . 7 F/'>X bBZ43 b/L@I%+- FPBR Lfz%+?, S B . i 5 % E S h t , ~ i 7 Z - 9 . f - % L a b ,
. 9 ST,
2. FR-A540 (400VB) 9 J! - ; C f ~ I C % i t i R % S B d ~ 4 0 0 V t fi
3. Pr. 80.81 f 9999, Pr. 6D=7,8T'S%T%
4. Pr. 80,81*9999, Pr. 7%=801i:73% L , SiA&.TS
5. Pr.270=1.3. Pr.B0,81+9999I:T&tHL, Si&&.T%
6. 4 >A-9 O@%l:k 9 3?ZiSfiG%f2 9 % T o
7. Pr. 29=31:78&tH L t 8 P 2 4 . % i E t

8. =o)/if Z - ~ t i ~ r77. r ~ : : i Z - P S ~ A C L ~ B2R rJo ~ ( I ~ ~ W E B + S E:IE )L T & ~ T ~ , ZG ,

I t.T (tit' L , %l.SBE+fbPr. 72, Pr. 240OW+Z$F1):TP Btt&. )
9. 4 - 9 f 9 , (0.4K;O. 75K)/(1.5K-3. 7K)/(5.5K, 7. SK)/(llKUk)OEZiZ%k fi
9 a+.
lo. 4 - 9 9 9 , (0.4K-l.5K)/(2.2K-7.5K)/(llKWk)0S&@Bkf2 9 ST.
 p1.3 ~ & E B S B J
Pr. 19 r$SEB@i%EEJ
Pr.71 T ~ R € - - ~ J
Pr. 80 ~ € - ~ S S J
Pr.81 I € - ~ @ % J

-
Pi. 0
P r . 46 SZEH
Pr.112

- ~ & B i f f @ ~ E % ~ O o %L,% Ok H z 6 D Z E % % T S ~ L a P P
. ~ E ~ E <~ sA zS ~ ~ ~ a a ~ : - ~ f i i a+.
=rL-
~ ~ %AT&,
~ ~ i cI tO s% ~v E)~ B E I : L T <E S L \ -
Pr. 4612,RTiE%ljiONT 3 Pr. l ' i 2 1 & ~ 9 { ~ 4 i 5 0 ~kt ~,'d%v) d-?-X9iE%AhiZi%m-?6%Ti3Pr.
: 'a
.. -Pr. 186T%IiififT< i?$L\.
180

(W1. Z b/b?€-9eER%izit, , , z D , ~ 7 9 - 9 D s z e T 2 a L 5i:EELT<7"sL\o

0. 4K, 0. 75K...6% 1. 5K-3. 7KUT..-4% 5. 5KWI...2%
2. p1.80, p r . 8 1 ~ F/;>z
7 i.gz-z.9i . ~ b a ~ @ + -F ~ B ~ R L ~ E:a/:?+
B , - 9 ~ s s 1 d s ~ i : f i9 2
-d-.
3. 5. SK, 7. SKi2S$K~:UTD@D%e, Pr. 71DsZ$EFl:k 9 ID/:? 9-9DsZ@ai BBfiiEgz sh
b -b.
( 1 ) 0 3 ° 1 %
PI. 7iDSZfE%IRR€-9%BR+5~@(0. 2-8.20.23.24)1?i~5[Z k / b ? + - 9 ??BfRif6fE(1. 13
-I8)l-EF-d-6 2Pr. ODSZfEid. B B f i i ~ 2 ° h l E E F ~ ~ Z T o
(2)Pr. 01);2%m%e
P r . 7 1 a S Z f E e [ Z b~~9€-9%BH-b51B(l.13-18)li)~5[1RR€-9%%tR-b5IE(O,2-
a, 20.23, 2 4 ) 1 - ~ z t at:. PI. o ~ s ~ ~eam1:3%i i , (I~~~EB+sE I E~ EE E) ~ ~ I . % - ~ - ~
4. 4 2 / : - 9 t:+-9mE%?i:EL%&F', ! & % E a ~ - 9 i./b9i):T.Z+aG+~pi:, S Z { E g A $ < L-C
S R L Z T * A S < L ? S 5 t : S Z % b !J ~ ? i : + ~ 3 % 3 ? i : h 9b T O
5. RT(X9j{Z%iFOZlDk$I$, 242 ( % 3 ) AO@SU+B~7%o7ifi0%2 ( g 3 j E?6Li%?XSt~b?f~
6. 2 %3%6Ef??fflB+I:Pr. 180-Pr. 186::7%+g~If?C9EE2?7 i k . ffiDt&%{:E%V4%6 1 k f i y h 2
T, %%+~RZ26EE3L7A~b~~237q7<
 T+RH;$%J
Pr. 1
P r . 2 ~-FB.H~%J
Pr. 18 W ~ ~ + R R ; $ % J
&hEl&$2DfFEf;L37;PEe!r 7 >YLi,b. 2 , I ~ O H ~ U ~ D ~ ~ P % & L2%,
T~~~IZ
- 9 -FPE23 5~;lrf-62 3i:EM-c323'-.

Pr. I I /
Pr. 1 8 :

Pi-. ~ P ~ A R & R ~ ) L $ B % ~EWE&ULo)R&&E+;Oihh.3hT

~ ~ L % ~ ~ ~ L~71%B~lilliEWi$%trl:3 f
Y7+&h.Z-Ve
2 0 zL Pr. 18l:?AtlfB@&OkPE%3;E^ L3T.
(Pr.18%?2;E^-V3k , Pr. I i i e % p L ; I P r . 1 8 o ) H E & I : ~ ! , ~ b ! , S T . )
Pr. 2 t ? A t i f M & & O , T P E % S S L % - F ,

(E)@,&%%XTf-P 9'g%%fSRl L, 6OHz%BkTE%T6%sl;t, Pr.903, Pr. 9 0 5 2 E F L T < f;'Sb\. Pi-. I ,

-
Pi-. 1 8 % $ F L f z O J + t l i , 6 0 H z ~ B R t B G I i T $ S t r / Y .

I L& T & , OhWE%$ ON

P r . 2 5 P r . 13 U k D @ l Z Z Z C r , % + @ S % h ( h A $ ; h . ~ l \ G < 1
 Pr. 3 ~&BBZ%J
Pr.71 ~ B H € - ~ J
P r . 19 ~$E%RZ%%.EJ Pr. 8 0 r€- 9 $ 2 ~
P r . 47 r%2V/F ($!iEHz%!)
I Pr. 81 i€-5'M%J
Pr. 83 i€-9 Z # Z E E J
P r . 113 r%3V/F (g!iEMz%!)
J Pr84 ~ = ~ - ~ Z + & B ~ E B J
\ Pr. 180-Pr. 186 (h?l?%~@%igfR) 1

A
=
E ~ ~ l . 1
L
y I
a..,,.
I Pr. 3

Pr. 3, Pr. 47, P r 1 1 3 f 2- 9 O 2 L 3 O & $ , $7lY@

2TERT$bT0
Pr. 47i2RT4E4i$ONT, Pr. 11312X94Z4d:ONT6Bi:f2 Y b?. X94Z4A?lCZER?5%+f2, Pr. 180-Pr. 186tsl
8

"143ifT<f:sb\o .-.
. Pr. 19i2, &BZR ( € - 9 OZ+&ZR& 23s L b T .

( B 3 1 . jEc ~ I I , ? € - ~ E R ~ I : ~ ~ & E B & & ~ ~ O H~~ZSZLT<

f<SL\.
2. Pr.80, r . 8 7 F 4 9 l - F L l 2 Pr. 3 , 4 7 , 1 1 3 % b V P r . 1 9 1 i % m
t fb 9 , Pr. 84, Pr. 8 3 6 6 % t +L 9 b-b-.
3. Pr. 71= 121 ( V / F 5 , & 7 9 7 Z 5'7'lI,R#) k 3 S ? 6 2 , h.4 7 H b U P r . 113OkrrZi&%?Zhi:f2 9 b?.
4. RT(X9)W4i5'ONOt $12, % 2 ( % 3 ) ~ o @ & Q $ ~ ~ % O &2O (% % 3 ) @%LBfR$hb?n
5. 2 , %3@%ERRi:Pr. 180--186lZT%+Bl~02ZF52?7 5 it.. {&O@%iL%@%-+;is : t A ; h Y b?.
%%=FD&%eB$z
LTtJ.53Zefi9T< 7
s
: L>o
 ~ig/CS~-9
Pr. 4 r 3 S S f i B (SBJ
Pr. 1 TkFEASBj
($23 J
Pr. 5 r 3 S S f i B Pr. 2 rTFEl?iliB33~
Pr. 6 r 3 S S . Z (E23J Pr. 15 rJLXm@?2iJ
Pr. 28 r%&iZ8nf3tiBiE~
Pr. 24-Pr. 27 r S E 3 3 Z ( 4 g - 7 3 ) J Pr. 29 rhO&?%/c9->~
Pr. 232-Pr. 239 rSE3SZ- ( 8 3 - 1 5 s ) J \ Pr. 180-Pr. 186 (hf3%7%?&BtP,) 1

z i & i g ~ f : h b f i l ~ a~/ .-' ~f . T ; s z L , - ~ - D ~ E @ % T&T~~ aY% e l z ~m~s-,~.

0 4 3 L 9 Dfg&fZ% (RH,RM, RL. REXE*) ??ON, OFF?.SO&T, iSgE??BfRT%
@Pr.15 ~ J O G ~ $ $ % J, Pr. l r k F @ M & & i , Pr. 2 r l k ? m i $ & ~ k%&*b>+?a Z k l-hk 9 , % k 1 8 g Z
fSZT??b?.
@43S&s- I-3tzl;tpr. 79=4CPU/43E;?r- FC=TGC$T?.

.B,~~Z-BI:IIMB~QSZL%T.
B E A la4 2/.;-%';s&rP I:0--400Hzo)BBTESi:SZT$ a+.
P%Ei%?SZO/q7% -%'2S&E? Lfiik%P, [UP/DOWNl+-&@I$L, SZtrgRa Z 2 i,P$S-$-. (zo)%
~[UP/wHn14-%(-bf' <
Lf-,? Sl:EiifWB?2i2EEf 61C,bt,l:[SET14-??# L 7 E S b). FR-PU04 ($795 2)
@ R ~ I ; ~ [ w R I T E ~~~S- L ? ?.) #
. L~<
REXE'%hfil:ER-66G+l;t. Pr. 180-Pr. 186TaI 9 Mlf T f f S &>.<
(.&) 1.%R3EBSltZSE (G7-2- 4-5B84) 9 tE5k La?,
2. I PU%Fr;LPf5LVflSZ6CeTGT%T+.
3. 3 ~szmise-i;t,2 s~~~;:ianif~:z+~zjt~ 2 i f f ~ . ( z + ~ ~ ! ~ m s z r4nz-d--
~~~:ti
4. PI. 24-Pr. 27, Pr. 232-Pr. 23311)ZiZlEo)PEiiZt%i;t674 t,+t/Y,
5. ZFr;+I: LSZEFq%T-d-o
6. Pr. 180--18611?%~Pl.(lDEF%fi 3 k . f @ O % $ Z ~ Z % %Z%k ~ k 6'7 zTo %%?0#%=??6E%?. L
T2353zefi97<t:zL,o
 Pr. 7 r j R S l W ~ 7 d
Pr. 8 ~%&E%MJ
I P r . 3 rgmsr(~
Pr. 29 r 2 0 E W 9 - 2 J
Pr. 20 ~ A ~ % S ~ % H Z % J Pr. 160-Pr. 186 (Afi%+%%i%?.) 1
P r . 21 r h l l % z @ F d % f i d
P r . 44 ~ % ~ A o $ S @ B B ~ J
Pr. 45 T%Z%S@BB~J
P r . 110 r%3jlU%B@B~qJ
Pr. i l l r%3%2RB~7.1
r-9o;iloBi?EB+B8'1??37L3-F.
2
+,< y;tlo@i?ELI:~~k~~;tE<, ~?E<BD@SL~Z~\~$~~E<SZL~<I<&~\~

Pr. 110 Pr.111

B
= -
Pr. 2lTC.fiO@S~b7BqZSt.B!l~B~~~%ZST~
,-" E $ ro, ( I .............
)
BE(.$ 11, .................................
:,%A
2T.
0-3600@ (S/I~%$$3t?LO. I$$)
0-36OV ( @ J I ~ B S $ ~ ( Z OOl+?L'
. )
Pr. 7, .Pf.44.' PI. I l O i i , OHzdk5Pr. 20BqSSBBBi:fllBT.52Ta2OS@b7%BSLdT.
Pr. 8. Pr.45, P 1 Pr. 20fi~IjOHzl:Pli$?S Z T D @ ~ ~ E B ? ? M ? ~ F LLZ?.
~?
.! Pr. 44, PI. 4513RTEFA;ONBq 2 $; Pr. 110, Pr. 11 X 9 O N I : 9 T o R T XS#i:ONBq 2 P ib,
Pr. 110, Pr. 111&6iT$l:f'CJ ZT-
<
X 9 E 9 A h l Z i 2 R f 6 % F i b . Pr. 180-Pr. 186TBI 9 i3:f 7 f!S k ' ,
Pr. 4 5 , Pr. I l i I - 19999~ ?2FiZ-bat., ai!@V~712AoSn+e.'I(Pr. 44. Pr. 110) k R - i z t ~9
Pr. llO= r9999j t %Sf 6 t , ,%Zfi;%%h~f~ 9 2Ts
 ( ) 1. D - - 9 , 0 1 S 8 i t ~ r3 .i : S l Z b - j I ~ ~ @ p . 9 t f i Y ZT.
. SZME&~~&EM&BWL~D%%~ADSS%BB~Z~SS
t =-4 X-
T xf2+?. .r
9 (Pr. 3)= 9
T : [email protected]% (W)
f : Su"SMEt4 (Hz)
S&M&@=60Hzo)k 3 OI2oi%i@%e7Oat,?T (OHz-SZMS%)

2. Pr. 2 0 0 E Z ? E F L T tEiE@ipi%Pr. 903, Pr. 905 ( R B & E Z { Z % 0 7 4 2) 0EZEItEfLL%-&,&

Y 4 >%BFPTZ5%+:t. P r 9 0 3 Pr. 905?%F2 L T E S b., <
3. Pr. 7,8,44.45.110, i i i 8 : S Z E ~ O Jo % % i t , o. o 4 F J m A o S Z e b t.fh 9 % T o -tot.
$, Pr. 2 0 i i 1 2 0 ~ ~ ~
T T S $ L T < IfSb\.
4. R T ( X 9 ) . ( ~ 4 8 ~ 0 N o$)It t , Z 2 ($53) 1 . 3 - 0 0 %(%3) &%tSRSh£T.
5. bD@S%b7%b>< 5A>EA><EZF L T t , W R 0 € - 9 f l D S H % b 9 I t , &@%QGDZk €-9 t.1L9T.iR2 6
bB-mosseWa r, E < k:B~$ati&.

Pr. 9 ~ZTY-TILJ
r ~f]i&r7%--9
Pr.71 r B H r - 9 1

€-9OZf8r%%E[AI % S EL I T .
i 5OHz0Zf8r%%E?SZLbT. )
- r o ~~ S Z T t.,
Z ~Z = F Y - ~ / L I(+-PRS&%) I ~ { F L ~ - & / (4
v ~Y A - ~ ~ K I W t. 7 > 9 X 9 0 R % & %
It@ItFLd-rO )
. E ~ S Zt-/wr-;4? E R T j % % i ; : I t , , I r atit rl31 - r l e ~o b \ - r n f i + z z z L r , ES
%?.0lOO%S% t . 1 1 . 3 R K ? % B R L T < ESbx. &I:, Pr. 9 I = * - 9 0 $ % S % @ S Z L&To

?f-7/1.%%ELT< f;'Sb\.
2. 4 - 9 - 9 0 %< A < 7 ' Z ? + ~ - ~ I ~ . ~ R W R ~f i YWdF ~ <
T. a 5I %M:~~L--~/L+ER L T < ~:sL>.
 Pr. 13 r$k@ll3i!$%l
Pr.71 ~ B R € - ~ J

. ~

~ . * ~ r . l
<s z>
PI. 1012, E % % l % % f i ~ l ~ % ~ 6 H i E & L %Z%bZ0
r99991s~zba hw~efilijs~~
2 , Pr. 1 3 i : ~ S L f i ~ ~ & $ l a t B ~ L ,

*
PI. Ilii, 8l&@fi~lf T b \ 6 @ B d % S hLab.
r88881 %SET6k. X13E4%0Nl: Lkt & f i v 5 , 0ND7b7E%M'JBfih'7'J7)7)7)?) STir.
- f80-$k'
X 1 3 ~ S % A f i l Z E M b 6 % ~ IPr.id <
1861;7%l Y MCf 7 t ; ' S b \ ,
~. ....
. Pr. 1 2 i f J l Z E l L ~ + S % % t L L t f .
- 9 R - 9 ( i S b / b ? ; ~ - 9 ) ERsfti:l2, Pi-. 12DEZ%&2TDL 3 l : E E L T < jf$b>s
3.7KU7;..,4%, 5.5~!Ak,,.2%

(iT) 1.5.5K. 7. SKIiPr. 12DSgE7'JiUTD%+, Pi-, 7 1 D S Z ~ ~ l : AY :D/<? % -9 D E h { g f i < B @ & l : $

~~
nab,
OPT.12fi;4% 1 % O%$?
Pr. 71DkhE@%flB€-9 %BtRb6iE(O,2-8.20, 23,24) 7'~,5$ i-,I.? €-9 %frR+5iE(1, 13-18)-
E E b . 5 2 , Pr. IzmShEia. $@&l:z%i:EE Shtbd
@PI. 12fi;2%DtB,6?
 P r . 13 ~&%H%%?J

Pr. 14 ~BHB~B#?J

Pr. 80 ~€-P%?%J
- -.
'
rr,

H ~ ~ B R R @ I : b ~ f z & ~ f ( 2V /~F %
~@~ )% %%
#
 SZis X>%*E m 3
,
0 E b1~9%Affl 2 247 .e s t ~
I fir%! b ~ k 7 f i f i R 7 7 2 .% > I
2 $E@+I-X bO% I E E G 7 - r I....Pr. ODSElE
WEB Ria
8 k/"W@m ~ E Q Y - ri.0% I SE!+Y-7. I-...P~.OOSEP
3
ON ...8 b1b9 BAR cnam=ot R-)
4 UTE% -OFF...Z I.~L~WER$EQ.FI-X b0% (SZ1%2 t El-)
RTE41-2 3ZRR7+BlP,V1€+k
ON ...8 b / L ? B A R ( E Z P = O t B - )
5 RTE% OFF...Z b ~ L WRREEQi'-A
9 'PO%(EZ(E3kB-)

( 1 . Pr. 80, Pr. S I T 7 FI.>X i.EZ49 i-/L%48€- F % S R Lt:%81dd ZO/<?> -9DZTZl2%%%$h~

t,
2. RTfS%fi:ONUlkSi;t. ;i52fm@%@8~7. % 2 b l L P ? - X b ~ U l % 2 @ % k ~ ~ & h z ~ o
3. 4 5 % ~~E%o)fi> 9 ~bX
i17E%?&
R
6!t Z ir k t * % t o
X17~E%AfiI:iEMt5%+l2. Pr. 180-PI. 1861:TPI 'IHhifT t5&L'. <
P r . 15 ~JOG~~%?%J
P r . 16 ~ J O G ~ O % ~ % ~ B ~ J Pr. 20 ~ A ~ @ ~ Z S @ H E @ J
Pr. 21 ~ A ~ E ~ @ ~ ~ E & C L J
PI. 180-Pr. 186 ( h h % + & % B R )

I*XREf
/(5>-9#%
%%ti6 zz@a @ f
15 5Hz 0-400Hz
0-3600% Pr. 21 =OD%%
16 0. SF) pr. z i = ~ o % e
0-360%

JOG ON i .
Pr. 17 rMRShh3fR~
P r . 22 r X b - I L E ~ B A L~ILI
Pr. 48 r;ii 2 x b-/bmjitS'~i+ZEj
P r . 23 ~ E B ~ Gt--1~ffikE8i$
x L/~ILI Pr. 49 ra 2 x ~ - I L . E ~ ~ ~ K B & ~ J
P r . 66 T X k-ILffik%6fi%d!kH;$%l Pr. 73 r0-5~, 0-10VBRj
Pr. 114 1% 3 X b-/bEkB{?Z%j
P r . 148 r A h o V % D X b - ~ ~ f f i k ~ r t ) ~ ]
Pr. 149 r A h 1 o VBOXb - ) ~ f f i k t A ) ~ ~
P r . 154 T X t - - ~ L f f i k ~ i $ ~ D % E E % ~ # ? ~

e x i.-/~Ek!il~{Fk 4 k 2 3 f E T 3 %To
a:-
6OHzUkDW~TZ?%:l, F-9Drairr~fi;efiO Lfh~\f~bfiOi$ZTsf2b\Z k d i 6 9 %?,
:oEgor-9 ~3&2%i?k&&g?s t=&i:, g R & & g ~ o i.-,kEk
z k+k&i&@?6 a, t.f i : ~
st?, 2 6 ki ? I , Pr. 661:60Hz, Pr. 231:100%2
s7zLa.r.
@?%B?i%%@TSZ6?5 k + - 9 ~ F J ~ 6 D ~ % f i ~2 1/ ~' - 9 D f E & 8 A S Z l 9 / J ~ <S $2 9 , *-92f$
k ~ ~ b ' - c e 7 7(R%@%rniF)
-~ kt29 -a@&. : h 2 & S L T 7 7 - A 9 i F S i r 5 i : b i : x b-
,rEkkrir2Elr?hrkdiT3df.
O x t--/L.Ek+TL ~ I L . ? - ~ ~ W X 3? ,~ I . L% ~ E ~ l i X B ~ E 2 ~ E @ L f ~ ~ \ S Z i : f L ~ E7 b \ % ? n
~3-aszr:?a:t-i:d:9. s ~ I : G Z Z %Y~YYLI:< < ~ a : k i i l i - e s ? ~
+ I - D T ~ D 9 .rE?a c t: d : t s %-if.
e x ~ . - / L . E ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ F I / - ~ / L . % % r'iz-z-nnrc~

,,. 7

ii
b U Pr. 149

IL
IL (XI 0%
W IO(5IV
4 W Z 37,lbsLI o B im w m "rmflb~a
h h l E (8%W&94i7l-SMI
 L -~$ : b d -S R i i , 150% I
Pr. 221ZX b - / b ~ k L t f E f $ l / ~ l L . % - ~ E l=%aLzt.
Pr. 22= ~ O tJ Z S T 6 t , X I--~bEikSht'Fii L 2 i ? L m
RB&t;e@tf x I.-~bffikF$~t$ l / 4 1 , i i - E i W 5 % 9 ~ l P r . 661:E%R+iii3ift%, Pr. 23i:E%k+%hi%RQSd L
z b.
3 b -1bffikSfJtF k d l b 5 t E S
Pr. 22-A [Pr. 23-100
7.- 1 b k f k l I =t -
Pr. 22-8 100 I
Pr. 66 (Hz) X Pr. - 2:!- (%) Pr. 66 (Hz) X Pr. 22 (%)
t 2 L, A= , B=
8tltiMEtac (H::) 400Hz
Pr. 2311 199991 (I%kP,RQ+S.Z@: Q S Z t 6 2 , x b-11.PikSAiF~~lL.i-d.Pr.2 2 o ) S E T 4 0 0 H z Z t - d t : fb
9 -$:-Po
mi$m~k8$ilnfi%-r[il i z ~ m - 7d f o YE% (0-SV/O--IOV) iza 9 x b - ~ b n l t w n i . . z l ~ e " i m z t
$ripr. 22= 19999~ S Z L b t , (lO(5)VOSRiiPr. 7 3 i z a 9 2-F. )
7 f n 7 l Z % D Y 4 > / : 4 7 X O W i S l i P r . 148. Pi-. 1491:L 9 ' I f 5 ;t.diT-Sat,
Pr. 1 5 4 = r o ~t.ESt.3 2, x b-1r,EfiltBi'Frii:T8hEQd;lR&L-$b.
1
iax b -~bEltLtfEt$ k d / b Z Z @ H t: ft'1 2b. ktiW~Afi,;5-/:5 4 i.'&
J
EliSAt'FLattL*

...,
....~
. .... ,,
%
:' Pr. 28 F%&%Ah@iEj
44
d
Pi-. 73 ro-5v, 0-~OV~ZRJ

(E)1. kBiEAh~Elt0-+5,0-+10V-T.. Pr. 7 3 f 23R L 2 T .

 - Misz/f7%-9
P r . 29 rAn%Z&f9->~ /Pr. 3 r&I&m&@j
J*> ~LADZ@$RHSBJ
P r . 140 r / i ~ ?9 Pr. 7 ~ 3 ~ S m 9 1

7 g*> ~ L A o ~ @ $ R @ ~ B ~ JPr. 8 I @ S 6 8 - 7 ~
P r . 141 r ~ < * >
Pr. 20 ~ A o @ Z & @ J ~ B % J
P r . 142 r / i ~~3. Y . ~ ~ . S ~ G $ E E I S B J Pr. 44 rA 2 AC@
' S%%~J
Pi-. 45 1% 2 @ @ B $ B ~ ~ J
P r . 143 r l i ~ 7
9 s:,51%s@$E@raT~

1
I%&*€--+ szsa a: 4
ii72-9?&%
ssm
29 0 0-3 3 :Ay?t79=~%iE
140 I.OOHz 0-400Hz Pr. 29=31:7A%h
141 0. 5 % 0-360%' Pr. 29=3{:7?6%h
142 I.OOHz 0-400Hz Pr. 29=31:7A%h
143 0% - 0-360%' Pr. 29=31:7A%

@@ ltcsa21 @z
-
Q
Cr(77 ?-l'/=*BBCBl

em em w-7 ~ , , mAt2m*r4

Pr. 29
ZZE t4: tE i3 ?s
o ~ g f i o ~T T L%T.- (r%k'dwwzfra
1 s ?fin@S~I~+%%&&M%?~L
k'
( ~ 1 ) 6OHz!Jl0&S@%3 -r.g~+a~q~np~i.tamw;b.,
a t s i z ~ L
m ~ T .
fb (&Ek%&@)5 S*Og&,6kfL52U@S/<9-?kfL 9, EOHz!Jk0zk'dhZ
@3%%T0+-9b ~ b ?O B @ ~ Z Z & T ~ : ~ ~ U ~ @ S @
Z 2VdiT$%To
~~~SE?~
2 SWJUESB Y 4 7 f Y0E%hEkffl%?f~
3 ~ k'
( % E B E % )8 > 5 f l ( B E M & & ) %T%%l:S F 2 L T f i D E S L % T 8 ~ 5 ,
f2
fiUR28?i093 7 9 2 @ R W 5 ? 2 $ A f ~ : h 9 , EEhElcf~k'i:?2$A~TT~
3 / < 7 9 7 y $ 3 ~ @ f 2 ~ 0 /f~y7Y9l % % f L y
Y =3?% ( & f i U R ~ ~ 1 : ' - 6 ~ ~ ~ f i ~6 Z@k ~
:I 2L+ 9 , ~R T
2B0f~G4++b~DP9~~78i3~
2,3) f&l:~%~t:6i:9~ y ? %@%!$-t?5: k d : T 3 % To
7 , plifiM&Bib, IB%&BgL T P r . 140-Pr. 1 4 3 T S S L T < IfSL\,

(h)
1. 3DBi&E+Bm7S${Ei;tPr. 20 Ih[l@%&%l3B!&j t i i f 2 Pr. 3 ~&EM%%J<
Z T C - ~ ) B * B ~L~Z~bS. SSF23
I i P r . 7 , Pr. 8~3BfltrS% L T 2fZL>. <
2. Prl40-Pr. 143ibPr. 2 9 = 1 3 ~i:73?8 LL.Z5AJ+"l%t. fL YI %To
3. ~ D ~ & S % M I ~ .vm+raw:rf E < fc 9 ZT.
P r . 30 ~B~B%S~RJ
Pr. 180 rRL%?%%i8%
Pr. 70 r % % B 9L/-SERI~SJ
I - Pr. 181 rw%?&%i8kR~
Pr. 182 ~JI%+&%~STRJ
Pr. 183 rRT%i;i-f&%%kRJ
Pr. 164 ~AU%+%%?B~RJ

(1) - 5 7 - , ZElBY3>/<-.PERk%
Pr. 30= ~ O JiZEB L T < tr:$ I,\. Pr. 700?2SBiiK8~iZfLY b*.
: 0 k S , H%7'V-+EHqi:t, R O L 5i:f~!l£T~
*FR-A520-0.4K-3.7K.. . .-3%
*FR-A520-5.5K. 7.5K.. .. ..2%
*FR-A540-0.4K-7.5K.....Z%
(2) 8,%g7'b-+%fii%
(FR-ABR) i!&RilBif~
- PI. 30= (11 i:ZZ L T < t < $ L r . .
. ~ r70=
. r l m ~i:saL-i- <~:,ZL;..
(3) 6 9 (FR-HC)...YHBif:
- ..
<
OPT.30= 121 i:%a L Tw. " , l : '$?f
<
QPr. 180-Pr. 186o)L>Tfi$>i:7:, % , E h f i % F l : R O E g e @ l Y {+if -i- <5$I.'.
.
X0:FRHC 4 - 9 (#3)
f i 7 - R - H C ;'L%s$&SIek .5fi&i:, 4 7/~-5'ZGRW{E%i:L 9 4 2 / < - 9 % f i e E E
L b T . &fiS2>/;-9ojRDYE$??Afi La?.
X ~ ~ : F R - H(eslti$a#Y,m)
CB~
FtS&!J 2 9 & H i t 7 9 3 > (FR-A5NR) EHei:, W R E O € - if&-N#?lfr%SO%~, ZOfZ$i:L Y
#Rwn??fi;il\bdb. :afi+=;~/:-9o)Wslt~2&&%1~ee~fi
L Z ~ .
OPr. 700ESEi2%fhl:fL Y Sf'.
? ? % Z T a c t.i:L
s x i o , xllE%hfiiZER-ba%:fi;tPr. 180-~r. 1860~~Thl).i:~lo~~atFr11~ 9, elM
i f T < f?$C..

( S )I. 1 1 K - I , Pr. iO2BB L 7 t&% L S i r A .

2. Pr. 70 ~ M L ~ ~ I / - + E R iS J h B l V - + b ~ > ~ X ~ % I { + ~ % E D % % L & + .
R - 2s L f ~ b \ 7 <i?SL,, i8FnDEEl):h Y i,?.
3. XlO(E%-~V$iblli;MRSlE%?L%,#T5 Z k LTS Z b .
4. PT. 160-Pr. 1 8 6 i l T % ~ ~ i i ! ~ j -L.
O E%~ ~ ~ ?To
! ~l D f ~ ~ Zi k ~fii;bV ~ ~ %~% +
~ D~
R E.% ~
&
5: LTj9>5Sg-fi9y< : : ; ; ! . \ o
-
 WfB'jt>l
pr, 3s -------I - - - - - - - - -
pr.35 -------I------- -'

3
Pr.34 - - - - + . C - - - :,:
M p,,33 ----- 2 - - -
PP
32-
Pr.
Pr. 31 - ;-:,

<gn
a z>
Pr. 33-Pr. 34(30Hz-35Hz) o)B%30Hzi:B h?!i?6%6?t2, Pr. 341;35Hz,
Pr.33i~30Hz%Z?aL7< f?Zbi,

30-35Hz8~7%35HzlZ9+ 2 I S W 6 % e i d d Pr. 331:35Hz, Pr. 341230Hz

Pr 33:35Hz --
&-%ELT<t : s b ~ ~
Pr34:30Hr --

1 (a)fiui@S+!iSZEBhOSGBS%eS
9 Z+-
 P r . 37 ~H$~ZE~TI;J
Pr. 52 rPti/'-f 2 S % f - 9 B R j
P r . 144 rDExtcSZa&j -
Pr. 53 Wti b d ~ b Z ? % f 9 S R j
Pr. 80 r-F-9SSi;f~

. - BH%E%b%-6..5i%QIi, Pr. 37i:€~OHzZQ8if.DB%%EfrSZL b T .

d
r--9B&iSbtrZ?Xb3%8Id, Pr. 144i:€-9%R (2.4,6.8.10) a,, € - 9 b B 3 + 100 (102. 104. 106, 108, 110)
%Z8L3t0
Pr. 37, Pr. 144a;RlS.k L S S . & ~ ~ ; D % ~ E % I E E I ~ U 3 fL L Y
T i:O a?.
Pr. 144=102-110>Pr.37=1-9998>P:r. 144=2-10
k 3 T , T S D % t % l f O F i Z a i S 2 h t.&! Y b?.
B$Z%E€=9egRLt:%gD, .~ji/'-kn+. &ES~H~;VPUBGGOZE%EZZI;~, TSO b; 3 KPr. 37 2 ,
Pr. 144O%B&%;hi?i:L~7&& Y 23..

if)^. V/F%l@€- ~ m tSib.

. . Y , Z E I G H E t . la-% L g Q h . , Pi-. 80,
r - r r ~ % ~ E i i X f i ~ i $ % @ s t fd
P r . 8 1 T 7 FAyx b&ZXd?i.~:~%IlWlr- F f r S W Lfz%gl:ib, =,~s%i;ta~1&24fg (r-po-fri!J
mi=aa%amL - ~ L Y~ - 6 . ~
2. PLC7-f- F / ~ ~ 3 % l @ % Z E ~ i7 l i F/:>x
. i.@%d? i . / b $ l @ t . i 7 E i ~ f i ' Y 3-6. f;fL , P L C I I , ~ O
%m&BsXl:fL Y £-6.*
3. Pr. 37=101, Pr. 144= ~ O JD 2 $, z E & E s i T ; % B R L t - , % g l a , €=9%%l24% (60HzG1800r/min%
S 2fdYb-F:
4. PU??-€=9 (PUZ -f pZ?%) %?Zkk'-I.'%eTPU bli.Jb% -9 t i X f Pr. 5 2 B
LU;P~.S~~$,RLT<~:$L\.
5. : , 9 19999) e:;i.a%gri r- - - - J ~ . ~ X Y S + .
 rHZ%?ll~~#$~J

i
P r . 41
Pr. 190 ~ R U N % ~ % Z E R J
Pr. 191 ~su%-~@%ERJ
Pr. 192 IIPF%+%%BR!
Pr. 193 rOL%?&%j8R!
Pr. 194 rFU%7%Zi?&8?!
Pr. 195 ~ABC%?-%ZERJ

P r . 42 ~&hm!m%~~
-
P r . 43 r3$~@ehHZB%ttlJ
er. 50 r%2ahHZ&%*~
P r . 116 ~ % ~ X ? I H Z & % % J

,i7%-9S%
ISXW* SZEH E 4
ZZiB
42 6Hz 0-400Hz
43 9999 ' . 0-400Hr. 9999 9999: Pr. 4 2 3 Z a k Fl-
50 30Hz 0-400Hz
116 9999 0-400Hz. 9999 9999 : &R%B
 7 ; B e $ B a L T 6 / ~ 7 $ - 9 & Z ~ L 7 : < i?$b'. . . . .. .. .
'i
&.43#99990- t.3...12,. iEG%fi:R.
.. : . 4:!ZBB, Z&%fi;Pr. ST.~.
g. 0 :.:.
4 3 ~ g f E fi :'
Pr. 42

e
I
a PI. 43
Zii. Pr. 50
Pr.116

' FU. FUZ. FU:I

i..

FU2h'd: VFU31Z%813i:%Rt5%? lb, Pr. 190-Pr. 195TBlHif 7 < 75 S.'C

(a)1. FJ%%%%R%I'/s YZz.;. -

-e%MLTPLC7-4 F/'.;, 3%4@2fi3S4l;tRUN (iSi;t+)E%%%M L
T < i?SL.. (FU, FIJI. FU2E::&%R L I ; % 4 . ?b-+RZ!o5TSfib>Z L-fi:&v S T o )
2. Pr. 190-195l:T%+$ll~D%3?Zt.fi Z k , f&D%Zi:EB%5;i6 Z t:I);& 0 8T. % % + D % % % R Z ~ L

Pr. 48 r % z x t--)LffiltBf$%EE
. . .. ~ r 49. r%z.2;( t - - ~ ~ f f i l t ~ f i & -m
-.
P,, 23 r m e I~- - I L ~ ~ ~ B { + P < I ~ J
:
-
.?
p r . 11 4 e g - 3 b
~-)~ffiik%#tSZ~ Pr. 66 rx ~ - - I L E ~ ~ ~ W F E E R ~ ~ R E % J
3
Pr. 115 r g 3 x b-)~ffiltB#l3;EB~

O H z A > i j P r .49, Pr. 1 1 5 T S ~ & t 7 . l r B i $ @ Z T ~ @ BkT ~- / k ~ l t B t ~ ~ / ~ / t :bf i i&T $ ~a ~ b ~ ~

b.
Y X l.~-/kffiltBfi kd/k2$ET6 C t : f i i T $ Z b .
%%SA~~~%OON/OFF~:L
<%S j">
Pr.48, PI. 114iZ, X b - l L f f i k a { F b d l L 2 S z LZTa
Pr.49. Pr. 1 1 5 i b T W * . B , % L T , i ? i s L T < ? < $ b \ -
. pr. 114, pr. l l j l t X g { Z + O N ~ Z ?2 T9 ~&ToB ~x 9 { Z % A h l Z E H T 6 % + l d P r . 180-PI. 186Db>Thl)ll: 191
--*-Fa
++a- zti:L Y % l Y 9 i f $ T o
Pr. 115
Pr. 4925%
2.E a fF
0 , !%
2 ( 5 5 3 ) 7, b - ~ b F ) j l t & Z l i S h i F L d ~ L ~
0.01Hz-400Hz 2 (% 3 ) 7, b - 1 b E 5 k & Z i i , 1 E I D L 5 l:BS&l:G LTShiF L S T o
% 2 X b - l k i RT{Z%::G L T @ l F L b y .
9999 +C
&.i~iFq . RTiZ? ON ...7, b - / L k 4 l b P r . 48
RT{Z4 OFF-..X i- -IL k 4 1 L P r . 22

(11)1. Pr. -19=19999~o)%e. Pr. 48i:rOj 2SaTa 2 , R T i Z e ONIZTZ. b - l L n k % % i i @ { $ L f S < fiY ST.
PT. 1 9 # 199991 7. Pr. 48= 101 ~%+ai, PT. ~ ~ O E ~ E B S & ! J T ; T , a t---~~ffi)jltBl+ k&ibiio0h t ?s 9 $
-Fs
2. 7, b-lbBkSh{~kd~L{~+AhRSbiSR(P r.
22=9999) S h T b > & % 8 b . Pr. 4 9 2 1 9 9 9 9 ~i:i?iZT.f t,
7, I--/LF/jk@(F k4'Lib, RT{E+ ONiZT, X b-/bffik%# k4lL{Z% (%?lAh) Di$bxbPr. 48D
Su"biPi:a '1%?b'I8-F.
3. RT, X9(Z?#i:OND t - f I t , 55 3 X b-lLffik&%A%%?$b%?o
4. RT (X9) I E % l i ; o ~ ~3ib. k E2 ( E 3 ) I l ~ i % S @ L 7 f d t : D ~ D % 2 ( % 3 ) B % b % % ? $ h i t ,
3. P . 1 0 P r 1 8 6 : l 5 k , f t ! l D % % i Z ! % ~ 2 S k 5 z 2 l);hY ZT. %%+O%Z2b%
Z ~ L T A > b S t ? e f i 9 T < T<SL\o
P r . 52 rDU/PU% 4> % ~ ~ Q ~ Y - ~ B R J
Pr. 37 IBESRS%j
P r . 53 ~ P U L ~ ; I L B % T " - ~--~ ~ R J
Pr. 55 r B E B + = g g @ j
P r . 54
RZ&&#M
%
?Fr j Pr. 56 rZ%%=9 E@J
Pr. 170 r@ifijlsh?t? !J 7J
P r . 158 r A M % T @ % B R j
Pr. 171 ~ R ~ a e b ~!JzT Jt ?

% { ~ / i % / ~ ( F R - D U 0 4 ) / / ~ 79-91:: 7 I- (FR-PU04) ,A 4 2!&7jiaG, 7 j- 9y (FR-pu04) a k d , ~-, ~

96 N, ~ l % + l Z 8 B T 3(g+*gRT$ Z T 0
m % ~ A n : I 2 / ~ / ~ x P l X f i O % + l : ~7t rf o 7 8 2 ~ % + , 4 ~ 0 2 @ g 3 a i &
y 28.
Pr. 54. PI. 158DS,"S@i:L V &'tlf].$-6{Zg&gw ~ - r7<$1,t.
<
 Pr. 52
0 I 100
ZE*/Rlt* I
-
R lt q I Z E +
ildflisisg. xfiBls.8 I ~ a R t i 2/
-m
ZflBBQ
*fizz% 8h8E
%APE ZfiZE
RXfiiT; ZXfiir;

(EE) I. xmm?39D€=9itERTS55i?&s
2. Pr. 52= ~ O tJ . 2 Z i a t- L f i h J 3 E B - Z % S % % l E C x 9 7 b+-T€=9i3RTSZbm
3. *PU%€=9OBEBS$1d-Lfifi%-f&ECi/~?Z - 9 a c y i- (FR-PU04) D r r ; O j & a € = 9 g R j t
BRLdi.
4. * * o - F ~ - 9 1 i P r . 5 6 3 Z L f : ~ R E & i o O %LTS%$h%k-d-.
k
5. €-9 i - / b ? m % + i i , - 7 F/:?x bF3iZd9 b/I.%lI@€- F l : a . s z e ? ; D E % D + R % T T ~
6. Pr. 52= 1231 T % % & h ~ W E @ J R B . ' I l ; t ,4 2/~-9d;i$%LTl.'[email protected]%RL d i . (4 >/<-9F$k
+D@B8'lIbisii L g - t r h . ) Pr. 171= r O 1 O S $ t 3 9 7&b"xb.
7. Pr. 53= roj k S S L r : % - 2 . /:7$-9?= Y b a L - ~ I ~ % - ~ S , % ~ ? H ~~T J=: - F S Z T ~
8. Pr.53211.2.5.6, 11, 17, 18J t S Z L f ~ ? S % . Pr. 55,Pr. ~ ~ T ~ ~ I . X * - J L @ G -:t-tJ;TSt,T.
~$T~
9 ' ~ % @ % k 7 i i 0 - 6 5 5 3 5 ~ r d t % %L, 0 97 i$$0d15%gShZTs
lo. %i$/<itll. (FR-DUO41 @R@O${C%%li, Hz, V, AD+T?o)~i!iitb.f; L Z i ? L o
I .2 - 9 2 (FR-ASAP)%EN L I - - k 3 { Z & Z L L a T . 8793 > % E ; h f ~Tt <
sat
PT.j z = 1221 a E a i i T S a - f t J ; , asst,
roj W~FLZ~?/Y.
Pr. 55 rHm%=+g+~
Pr. 37 rlFiEi&Eh%~
P r . 56 rZ3€=+gq~ Pr. 53 TPu k+b%;r;T'-9i@?j
Pr. 54 ~FM#+%%~RJ
Pr. 158 r~#+%%iglRj
Pr. 900 TFM#+@EJ
r. 901 rAhi%+@iEJ

Pr. 55. Pr. 56i:L 3372

Pr. 57 r$3%%7 I)-? >8ifB~ql
P r . 58 m&%Z+h(LJ %BB~I
P r . 1 6 2 r@GB%?BBRl
P r . 163 rs%B%lClh(LJRBAJ
Pr. 164 r$3%B%151h( LJ ZEJ
P r . 165 c23%?%~
k-lLffi.k%fi bAIL1
 -
1. RbkfJ1ZSG2E8.T t . @Ff;E%e?ilbBSYih{E+D j %WT, IPFiifllR L b + ? L .
(?Z)
2. 4 ~ / : - 9 z S t $ ~ € - 9 S B d : Y I Z ~ Y ~ W I J C P L ~ ~ ~ ~ : I ~ ~kf29$$SrhT$f2~.: S X ( ~ ~ ~ ~ ) ~t. ~ - A
6 6 ?' % T s
3. PI. 57+99991:SZLl~%ei;:. CS{Z+@OFFLl;%&ERl-a t 4 Y / ~ - 9 I b i S E L % + ? L .
4. Pr. 162= ~ O JD % e , 1 - 9 2 - 9 I (5
Z<b*ShLd*/Y.
5. PI. 162= 0 , Wbk@W?D~E&%eii.l:-~EZ~l~il~fixd~61:&, e6?DEB€-> Y b (Gff)?~:~l,
8L\t., ~ ~ ~ : B T l - 6 ~ k . 5 : ~ 9 & ~ ~
6. Pr. 163= rli ib. ~ R m D 3 ! ; 5 B & % & Z ? E L, SbbBe?iI:8hl-5%Zf2DT3 4 9):- 9 6 ~ l ~ B % D ~
EliXfL< f 2 6 tk%#fiDB;iZ2?2EE%ERb5: k d ~ T ; S f L <fL 9 . 4 > / ~ - 9 C d O H z i : ~ 5 P $ B t f ~ 9a?.
P r . 59 rSESftS@%BRl
Pr. 7 lflDS@k7~
Pr. 8 Gm3=?%67~
Pr. 18 rSiSkPEBE&J
Pr. 28 l i 3 E S A f i # E j
PT.44 rmnil@sm~

I+xm asaH
/<5j-9#+ asm
59 I 0 I 0.1.2

(E)1. RH (?IDS)RM , ($23) I E i t , 0 % (Pr. 1bf:l;tPr. 18DSSfE) b

TTT-
2. A D l % S l Z % O N e Q S S B S % Q E j t : i ; t , Pr. 44, Pr. 4511SSD4rSi3 Cr f2 9 6d. St:, 8fiBEEkOAil
P i , Pr. 7 , Pr. 8OZFSRBrnl Cr f2 9 b-b. @ q T , S R D 8 f i E E % i i , SSDEb13D@Pn7TEjt:
Lb-5.
3. S IU @ S ~ O F F O T1 , L %?:it, bi;D{S?? (STF
bf:ltSTR) i5OFFCr f27t--%ei:, ?D@,fiTSk$SZBB% (RH, Rh4k%i$TSSLf:BS%) 23 € 9 IZ:?
i%Lbf. Z%R2b'~f:/v&lfFrLt:@, ASALf:%eit, :DS?ZiiCT:.i3$ZfWM L b T m
P r . 60 r4 > T I J51> t-5--F B B J

Pr. 13 rh*!$IMi&%~
Pr. 19 ri?iIEMi?i%%Ej

@hU%@@m*V/F/<9-~'2%8 Lfh < 7 %, 6/:7 > -9 I Z i @ k ? l f 2 @ % ~ ~2 3 1:m@Fio>jfi-#T4

Lf:
- 9 % t : 7 - 9 2 , t: Y 67XTSPE2 Li+z~.\t:pfh
?I'EPIfhig&€- PPT,
 ,<?$-9%F
I%**%
SSP
SSSB E *
9999 : 4 ? I < - 9 S%
61 9999 0-500.\. 9999
Size&@
62 9999 0-20096, 9999
63 9999 0-200%. 9999
64 9999 0-200%. 9999

-
(1) Pr. 61 ~~%SEZDSEZJ
SSiE &%=3E
9999 (n%BRa+Z?sig) 4 ~/<-57?zt&ZE&&S
0-500A -m
&iEiB'
C
(€-9Z%Z%) 2EF
(2) P r . 6 2 ~ ~ U S @ Z S ~ % @ J
(figno@%€- Fk~i7snn@s€- FTSZbS75Ef29 £ T o )

' ( 3 ) P r . 6 1 r%BsSP3h4@~
(9)
-

( 4 ) P r . 64 rgpH,%%- F$~%J~;&B.J
SZtB &3EE5iE
9999 (I%8RafSZiE) 2Hz:i;hb%~Ellff&
0-1OHz o - l o H z ~ s z i E ~ ~ ~ b ~ ~ & ~
Pr. 65 r l J b ? d B @ ~
P r . 67 r7'75--Li%5k%'J b'y-~'a%t[~
Pr. 68 r 1 J b5d%fi%i%%r~y.l-
Pr. 69 r i J b 7 d g f i m % % % j m

Pr. 651-6 9 9 i-54frftfiT677-.~ifrSfRT$b?~

Pr. 67T7?-ARGE?fDY b51'@&?2st$'+T.
Pr. 6 7 D S Z @ 'J b74BS 7?-IR~S+~fl
0 J! i.f4X€zi?T -
1-10 1-1oa E h LhcL'
101-110 1-10E3 *?Id-3

Pr.690%f@%I3$ b 74Wdbl),5Pr. 68tSZ L ? : @ ~ ~ D ~ { ~ ~ ~

(h)l.- 77-ARLk%T,
B~D~B'I, E%l:S%%
%ELtrt$i%@Lf:trFLf~L, B&i+lm#LzT*
2. kZBZE%@Be7D4{%06B.4~IZZ%LTT?-Ld:W~Lf:%~,1 (FR-DU04) i i & % S % ,
- 9 b (FR-PU0.I) iL!J b ? 4 D 1 @ B S % k ~ f 2 9 1 : & % 2 ~ 2 5 Z k f i ~ h 9 2 T
Ymb?I'@
0r4-IilEIRi:EY L7t_77--~~9@0sizH@Lh+.
3. Y b 7 4 % : 6 !J i t , 7 B$tx;1/;-9MR@f~'brD%iiT'-9
t i ? Y 7 S i ; h d - t f L . (E8EY-k.;. b ki;tZf$tl ST. )
P r . 71 rBH5-9 1
Pr.0 r t . / L ? i f - - X ~
Pr. 12 r & % $ I B S E j
Pr. 19 ~ & & B & B & E J
P r . 6 0 1 4 > f J! Y I > b € - Fj
PI. 8 0 1 % - 9 $ f j
PI. 81 r € - 9 & B ~

5.5K. 7. SKliPr. 71D%?!ZfBi:k 9 , Pr. 3. Pr. l Z o ) % s { B f i ; $ % & I : E F $ h b b .

Pr. 71 ( 0. 2 . 3 - 8 . 20. 23. 24 (
Pr. 0 3%
Pr. 12 4%

( i T ) l . PI. 1 9 = r 9 9 9 9 J D k $ I i . R. 71= rZJO%sfi;P$?~d-trxL~ Pr. 71= rZjD%Z&'b? 2 $12, Pr. 1 9 o ) S m S

%r99991K%aS$%%BSL-,:< ff$L\.
2. Pr. i l = r Z j &S$ Lt; k $I:, Pr. 100-Pr. 1091)'/(7 3 - 9 z z .; b (FR-PU04) IZ%%&hS?. at:, Zo)
.
k S W 4 , Pr. 100-Pr. 1 0 9 O 3 F B 2 E F L T L " 9 s +?!J X b " " - > x 9 J! X b " i:ltb%$hZd-trx
3. X 7 f 4>*- bF=-=>TI;.'- ,. rr7‘ k P i i , P r . 9 6 & ' S . E L T < f<SL\,
4. % 7 7 4 ~ j S - b 1 = - - - > T g ? i i t . $ i 2 . P r . 7 1 = 1 3 . 7 . 8 , 1 3 , 17,18. 23~~~'Thfi,i:SZL-i-<t:~..
Pr. 72 ~PWMH;$BSRJ
P r . 240 r S o f t - P W M $ ~ J

-
- 9 m B
s+
PW++ J! 7~if2Ek?~LFTPb-%.
72 O 5
E % S M ~ ; [ H z ] ~ % . L d - b . t E L ,OibO. 7kHz. 151614.5kHztfbY) ST.
'

0 Soft-PHM%3
240
I Pr. 72= - 5 , Soft-PWMil;KBi:f2 Y) b?.
 Pr. 903 r H & f & E Z Z E , r d 7 x j

-
(h)l. 1 (H$%2$%%hfi) ii%t?23t:1340ZS%Zt~4l:dnSSh3b.
2. - 7 4 F L ki l l 4 ti 9 , ?%+27):;5-/;44 F i g 4 (0-5V3t:ltO-
lOYT50%-150%) t f2. Y Z b .
3. 74tx&B0~%%%+fZ+ii~Eifi;fiIfib\~Eg% Lab.
4. ~ ~ r ~ f i m & % t ; i +is%)
ss ~ t - t- $ o & ~ ~ f i m i $ % e ~ ~ t ~ (z%)
s ~ ~ t m &
Y 4 2Pr.903(Pr.905)t3ZLZ't. 0 E P 2hfiT5&.Sizih9 Z*L.
27:, ~ D @ S ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ J D @ S & F M ~ E B Pr.~7 T
3 ~~S@
Z 2EZ E
? 0DE~F 3: 1~ t ,5 2 i f Z t t h 0
5. b -~!4Bk4111tT L / ~ I ~ E Z I9:d~t
Pi-. 22= 19999ja) t.t i % G?~o~j~Zlzix L.
6. * I i i S E Z % % L2*.
P r . 75 r 1J +Y b ~ R ~ u % l ~ ~ ~ ~ u ~ k ~ R ~

OPU%l7@8; PU(FR-DUO4/FR-PU01)0 5'75, I' Y/<-9$t&6~51%UkEkf7:; k 3 % L T~I '

>/<-5'6;%%82(E. PUE) L. 77--Lglh&%6&$ET%.
O P U ~ ~ ;SL\T~ZOEG*-
R P I + - A ~ T ,t.1~;~gaa,
F T : , E ~ ~ ~ L ~ : ' I ~ P U ~ ~ ~ ~ ; [ S T O aks-tra:

STF
(SIR) OFF +
!

Pr. 75 'Vt!,:, kZ2

43P%-fPU 1) t .:,
3zlE l J t z ~bSR. PUZtlfB* PUCgltBR

16 $83 Y P b hfiq 0 x P U E l f 8$i:4

~..
[STOP]
. -+--Ah
-, -
it?
I.( I ,~ ~ % A E ? ~ k ~ t ~ b0h h q l
lzeBIR*
I 0 -9efiEE @SBltL b t.
0 :I C Y b q X ; Y t y b%q
 PI.%iakZRi:PUll.5 [STOP] 3-Afl-C.Blt - Z @t;E+o)Rbk@i%k
(l)E{+:;t-/b (FR-DUO41 o)%4
7 STFSf--i;tSTRiZ%2OFFl: L S T .
BEEF- FSRBiSi: L. [SET] 4-%@L S T .
O S T F ~ ~ : ~ ~ S T R I Z FL%aOa N.
( 2 7 % - 9 = 7 k (FR-PU04) GIf3e
, STF",t:i;tSiR{Z+2OFFI: Lgt.
O[EXTI~-%??LZ~.
@STFSIcl;tSTR{E4%ONL S a.
-
1 . i t A (RES) QT.5 2 . 9 7 4 I , ~ ? ' % E l f h L , Z+?f-?/I.,
b-*@R%o)h$d;!JiZ~ b$fL.52 2 ti:, €-9127 ! J - 5 2 L % + .
2. P U ! PUo)3$5'5'd<&if f ~ & E b ' l ? ~ U k % E L f ~3ti :Z # i f t < I : ~ J l f hLa*.
Z@Eh%ll'rjPUO)1+9 9 d ; E i f T i r ' f = k $12, 7 7 - A 212 L;t:@k.
3. 5 , P u a @ a t % s z ~ L t : l 2 , 9 t 7 F. L T < Ifsir'.
4. P U L E PU J O G ~ Q ~ ~ : P U l ) ~ ~ i f ~@2i PS E I ~l t ,L b T . P U & i f 7 7 - L ? - B ~ t
LSfiL.
5. P,. ~ ~ o E ~ s I ; ~ s sf:, R z :as- z~ I ~ - z I(?~ -%-9
~ ~ (jS-A,) 3 J! 7eFt L-L tD%El:
i2R 9 S @ L o J
6. PUBltiTL 9 Elt Lf--%+ii, IPS%%'?% L S T . ZS8hi2Kir'St?k,
P U z * ? 9i:L 9 , RS-485i&fZIG2-8.5%4, 9 t~b S R , P U R k S R & % I 2 E B f *A<, PU#if#Y$&
z i 2 E B k j L 9 a+. .
-
Pr. 76 r?S-.L3- F ~ A ~ R J Pr. 79 rZG*- FSRJ
Pr. 190-Pr. 195 (?%%Z,%ti)
Pr. 200-Pr. 231 [ l oT 5 L E E j

I@%*R SZEB
1<7$-9Z%
ssm
76 1 0 1 0-:I

( 1 1.77-A=- F o ) h ~ l b 1 6 0 ~ - 9 ~ S , % L Tf 5
< & ~ > ~
2. Pr. 76o)SSl;tPr. 190-Pr. I96h 9@%-%5 t;&,Pr. 76= 11-3~ o)&%+?. Pi-. 1 9 0 2 P r . 196i:TXAG+SU,
I YI Y T t , znljo)GFo)*fiiikso)ia*t
IPF, OL, F U I ; ~ ~ ) E + ' ~ ~ JM ST^ W I E % ~ ~ E - = T ~ I
@-%6&%etEHT6%el;t&% L T < f5sb\o
; - - (Pr.278-Pr.285) eEHb5%81i. Pr. 190= 1 2 0 ~I:TRUNGT-IZ7V-+
- E O F 2 8 9 fa.
P r . 77 rl<?I( -9SiA2kB4R~
 Pr. 783SE a %
- 0 EG.2G*T
1 SGTW
2 EE'FW
P r . 79 rSiE€- FSRJ
Pr. 15 iJOCEI@Bj
Pr. 4-6, Pr. 24-27, Pr.232-Pr. 239

Pr. 76 r 7 5 . - A 3 - FStlf3gRj
Pr. 180-Pr. 186 A (G
if+&Zs$)?.
Pr. 200-Pr. 231 r 1 75. ~A Z G j

4>A-9DB&€- F%&i? L.;2To

%3{Z%i: 16B& (fi%i!E&) ir , P U (FR-DU04/FR-PU04) 1- 16 Z& (PUZ&) 2 , PUB& k fis
m (fis/~ut%mz$z , t 9 ($1- YFR-ASNRE~J%) ~ E ~ I Z E E
3 9

TS: k7w3a-v.

-
Pr. 79S5E 1 84 %
o I P U S ? ~ I * ~ % ~ 9E@QR~T Z Q T
1 1 Pll~E&+- K

~ ~

ZGRETCr.. . . . . . 1' U (FR;DU04/FR-PU04) TSZ ( g 4 1/ 3 b E E , [UP/DOW] 4-) tzi;t%

%3iE%Atlf3 ( % & g S Z O J + )
$ h B I E % . . . . - . . . . f % { E % A A ( E T S T F . STR)
%8/Wi%RZE€- :i
ZP;;R~BTC~.. . . . .. s l . m e n n cz-i.2.4,1, JK, SE~~SBR)
F'U (FR-DU04/FR-PU04) T A f i ([FWD] 4-. [REV] 4-)
7-rn 7 7 A Z G € - F
lorn, 3 - BQ%h,z&AiBTCr2ssT3 ST-
BGX9- Ib.....STF, 947Yt.;. k.:.STR -
71b-lOBtR. .R4. RM, RL
z4 .;.?if-,<-€-- p
PUS&, Z !tff%J! 2 9 Z G (FR-A5NRiflV s2 E M B ) O!Jl@t22. 3Z&#E2%%
aaW
Pr.79=17~ ( P U S S Z 4 2 9 n 7 9 ) 2BP,LT<tf$Lxo
Pr. 180-Pr. 186 (%%%Af3%7%IlI+)i , X12-(PUA934 Y 9 n Y ?E4) A13i:EMb5%+g@l Y ++If
7<t5sb>s
btLT-L\fbL%&, MRS{E4O%ZliihlRS ( a f i R k ) f i ' 5 P U P ) - 8 4
XlZtS%+fi;%I+flf .;. 3 I:Wl%ir, Y Z+.

X l 2 (MRS) E9 ti%. a*
% I 8tiRlt
PUZG'E- F-W(.i=r% t f25
ON PUZG*- Fl:747> -9S%jL=r%
PUZ%aE *I

A%B%€- F-%ikiMb9i:9l%*,
OFF A%IC%EGE
PUB&€- F-tJl#?jLSk
 (iT)1. P r . i 9 = 7 0 , t : S l ; t 3 ~ t i Q ~ ~ : ~ ~/ .~7 ~
- -o9)i H
; fG
. ~I ; t E R t S d ~ & .
2. X12 (MRS) E%fi;ONt b$6%E? (STF. STR) fi;ONo)K%TiiPUiHE€- F - S e T P d+&/Y,
<
3. jkW!%%(STF.STR)o)ON, OFFtf!L5l:Ei;ll%f~ , 483ZE-F- Fi:m 9 t F r 9~ b?. @ 7 T . STF. STRnY5 5
fi'fi;ONo)K&T'XlZ(MRS)iZ%%OFF Lf-,t $ 5 - 9 i;t4S;Bf;T+f; L d db.
4. 77-LWYG. @ ~ $ / < ~ ~ J L . G > : R E S E T I ~ - ~ tP ~i C ~ ?LZ7 T 4 9.;-9 J! t Y bfi;T$S?.
5. MRSE%%PU49 9 n 7 5'!%%k L7t!EH?6%*. MRSE52ONk L, PU3EG-F- F O t $ii;Pr. 7927W4
i : % S % k 3 t , MRSE%i2BX:o)MRS&% (%hf$lk) 2 L?Bf$LS?. 2% P r . 7 9 g i t Lf:R,ktPU
4>9nY3W%tf~9S?.
6. MRSfE'%%PU4%429 n 7 3 E % k L T E H ? 6 % & t . i r .1 : Pr. 17=2
$IikE%88i:%lf .30Ni;t(PFi:, OFFl%ONiCfb9 d?.

(4) @E€- b-%%E+!n%%#%

OEffi
Pr. ?9= - 4 9% e B R L? < 2 s L \.
Pr. 180-Pr. 186 (hh%3%%33#:) i:TX16 (PU%f;. %%@GtJI%) iE'%Ahi:@R?6%+29;1l9 Mrf ? <
7YsL\o
Pr. 80 r%-9 73%~ Pr. 71 r i 5 M € - 9 ~
Pr. 81 r€-9@B~ Pr. 63 1-f-9 Z#ZEJ
Pr. 84 1 € - 9 Z # B $ 5 & ~
P r . 89 r ~ ~ % l @2~J - f ' Pr. 89 r S E % l @ i f 4 Y J
Pr. 90-Pr. 94 ( € - 9 S % )
Pr.95 l%>?-f>$- b?=-=>TiRl
Pr. 96 1%- k 7 ~ - = - > 9 T i i l $ / t k % l

. €-9?S%fi:, 4 >/~-9?S%l:WLTFI'SfJ~17 >9T0$fl&4b-k?Th5 :

€ 9 3Z&S@€-9 (SF-JR 0 . 4 k W U k ) I ZZBZ b / k 9 €-9 (SF-JRCA 200V?a463T,
0.4kW-55kW) I2SR. Z h W % 0 € - 9 0 % g r j r , k 7 7 4 >$- b ? = - = Y 5 f % Z \ Y ; f E L r tf+b>. ) <
- 3 4 6 B O L \ T h 7 ) i T h 5 1 tr. ( Z b / b 9 € - 9 l % 4 b 3 0 & ) 0
.B E 4 - 1 - 1 T h 5 1tr.
4 >/~--9fi~h€-9 5 2. (30m%$?Z;i5%el;t,
~ T o ) 8 2 W E 1 ) ~ 3 0 m W h P h1 gB?atkGT$7 7 4 >&-
b?=-=>7259T<ffsb~0 )
<En
s( iz>

/<?$-9g% sz I3 +is
9999 V/F%lJ@
80 7 F/:>X bEX*(
0.4-55 &M*a€-9Bn&'szLT<t?s1.1.
9 b/Wdl!a
9999 V/F%I@
7 F ' / < Y X b@Z*(
2.4.6 , '*--~&%%szL~< tfSL\o
9 b/~#lS
XI8 (L%X.V/FYI@A) IZ5-ONI:T, V/FXilli@-trTJ 9 %b 'I bt,
81 (SEPi:l2tn 9 Wt b9 ZttL. )
Xl6{Z5-AAl:EHTa%Fl;tPr. 160-186l:T@li~lf T 2:s <
12. 14. 16 L'.
12 : 2 & € - 9 l:%G
14 ; 4&€-9 l:3E
- -
=@%!$ b/I.3+-9
16 : 6 & € - 9
(SF-JRCA)
.':WE
?i%fB%Zi%eIi, Pr.71= r 1 ~I Z S S L T < f ? $ b \ , (SF-JRC2
t%R-b6%'&CiiF754>if- i - ? = - = 7 7 2 X h E L T <
-
. ~- 2 g E % 3 - ? (SF-SR 4P, 1. 5 k W U T ) ~ ~ ~ M %
ff$b\, )
i ,l:Ez$LT<
6 P r~. 7 1~= l r20j
 (WfitI%. ? Y ~ ' > ~ ~ > > + L ? D E S % O ~ & A ? ~
CbfL573ZZk $tL6E+t:=li%Lz+k/"* )
2. 4>/:-92=e-9rm7::9-y- $ 749 (FR-ASF-H) etgZ LTER-F~%::I~, &fi k / ~ , q
d?~?9T3%%75h 9 &?-o
3. Pr. 1 0 - P
1 8 6 2 , t62ma%i=wggS;ia t fJ<b =
9 23-. &%+Ot;e;%
&%EZLT~)>~Z~Z% ~~C)T<
ffSC\.

I
BESEN 3
P r . 82 r€-98%a6ft&%~
P r . 83 r€-9 Z%%Ej
Pr. 9 rs+?-71b~
P r . 84 r*-9 ~ % R % & J Pr. 71 rZm-F-9~
P r . 90 r€--9 2%( ~ 1 J) Pr. 80 r=e-9Sfj
Pr. 81 r+-9 B%J
P r . 91 r€-9 2%( ~ 2 J) .
.
, 1 5 6 1% Ib--~~ffikW#%Rj
P r . 92 r€-9B% (L1) J --
P r . 93 r€-9 2%(L2) J
P r . 94 r€--9 Z % ( X I J
P r . 96 r$- k F 1 - = > 9 3 2 / -% % ~
 €-9?)iEiZShTb)5Zt.
€ - 9 g f I t , 4 > / ~ - 9 Z S k ~ i l % f i ~ 1 7;ZTT.T.
7>3 (@LO. 4 k W W f )
%SMi$~li120HzTTo
~mT~9r-99S%€-9BQRRr-91tF=-=>TTS&W&m
G - Pr. 96=
gLT<Ysb>o
1101~ (€-9 %!H%L T k 7 7 - f 2%- bF=-=>T%T6) %i?&RL*%$i*-FZ?,Q%PRi:FF

~-tr/~.
f i : + ~ P ~ ; tY&
a F = - - = ~ T q r i~ I W
@;E-~Z%MB%(Pr.84DSSE) MiEZTB%LTbBdlSQfhb\Z2 .
O l k - f l);HBSh7~>6=t..
@5+~fi,5h%ght~rn& t-,
~f~k>~
- Pr.96= ill ' ( + - 9 e m ~ ~ f ~ ~ \ ~ ~ = - =?;t+-9fi;;hrfi~i~sJ1<:tfi;h~-,~0~,
> 7 + a ) .FR
@7'b-fTBRI:BZT3fi~, B%L7LZ+IBD7.E3~fxb\: t % 6 $ 3 ~ L T f i q TY$L\.
<

Pr. 80, Pr. 81i:TT ~ / ;I-lZXd?

> i b~l.?#li@%iF&XL Z T .
/~7Z--9hZa@%S.%LTWrt;Q/:7Z--9%sZL7< f<$b\.
a P r . 9 6 = ~1Zf:IilOl~l:SSLT< fZSb\o
,=
, C
r l E~Q
~ U E ~ S ~. . . . .+ - ~ ~ ! H % L ~ ~ L > T ~ - ~ - = > T L z T .
, *I
ka@ r i o l ~OS.;:. . . . .= ~ - ~ ~ B G L T F Z - = > Y L Z T ~
OPT.9it€-9Z%Z% <
(A) & S Z L T tc'SL).
OPr. 831t€--9Z%OE (V) % S Z L T <7:Sb>o
@Pr.84i2€-5'Ef%Bi$%<Hz) 2272 LT tfSb>. <
OPT.7 1 i i € - 9 % ~ t R L T <f S 1 . t .
. g @ € - s . Pr. 71= 1 3 ~
1
- ........ ... . .pr,71= 113~
' Z%E@F-~SF-JR~E
(I. 5kWUT) . . . Pr. 71= 123~
(E) 1. Pr. 96= r l 0 l ~0%&ib, .'i-+'dWCi;LZ?-0T, f i R D t ~ b > 5L lZCESLT< ESb>o
2. ?a-=>Tiel:%#J&$T ;?-tftzb'%6?
MRS, RESE%, [ S T O P I + - - - ~ ) L \ T ~ ~ ~ ~ D A ~LST.
~:TX;?.T
?=-=29EW%~OFFZkIh-I;t%#I%T?i'%E L ; f T e
3. $ 7 7 4 >jS- b4aL=-:/T+Oh%A{E%Ik, T Z E 3 0 & K B k t.tb 9 ST.
. Afi(Z$
<aacz+>
STOP, OH, IIRS. RT, CS, RES, STF. STR
. %A?%+
RUN, OL. IPF. FM. AM, 4 . 8, C
4. RUN{E%?&E7'k--4@i%fiiT6- '/-9>A%j;;St LTb\6%&Lk, RiZ!2iSL'C< l'c'$L\.
 ,;7$-93-y ~(FR-PUO~)I+~~%
( 4 Y,'-9 b 3 ~10)@4)
I. 3s 2.4=-=>9+ 3. z7 4. x7-87
1/111/111 111111111

STOP

STF STOP

STF m

Q i E % i l % 7 Lt:%e
p m ~ o 2, $12, [gap] +-g@t-c(f:gc ED t - $ l 2 , -%f.bBE% (STFif:ibSTR) %OFFLT <
..:.
)
& f:$k'-
4.
\,

I : , a 7 9 4 Y&- ~ ~ ~ - = ~ T ~ ) : W ~ R S ~ P U P U ~ ) € = ~9Sd?.
%~~SSS%I:E
(zoE{+2fibf2c\k~A~bOzGa:T3z*h~
)
Or7--s7Llt%e
$774 Y&- b 4 a - - > Y A i i E X I l % T ~-cli\a+th.
(r-9E&ib?.;, b m.-cc\atth.
4>,:-9 !JPy b2?;i??, 7$E99lEL-c<t<Sb',
@17-6D%%bS
17-S% X5-Em &Fm*
9 4 ' ~ , < - 9b LI77 BEEBir?Y B L
91 &iiir#JllliQ, ( X i.-,bElt) &%?)'hhlFLk. flOSZSlb9.f.S<63.
Pr. 156= 111 k f 6 .
92 2 >1~-9~fi~El)~ZTBlEo775Y0I:fa'~t~ ZIXRZEOZ~P~~Z?.
93 ~ + g z ~ - I - S ~ B I P E S 3 . L . ARSZPCI
@L
€ - ~ O ~ + L S * S ~ L ~ ~ S T -bT,
~+LY
(&)I. -E7?774 2&- bF=--=2Y'I=T@lZL k € - 9 ZBI2, /i7 > -9 2 L - C Z E $ ~ ~ - + D
P, % E k 7 7 4 2 % - b P = - ~ 2 f 1 2 2 R + 5 Z T 7 - 9 2 E R L Z ? 0
2. ? = - - Y 7 p D @ e i l $ % % @ i t ? = - = > ~ ~ 7t- fb '1 2-b-
EZEiiiS%EG€- F l Z f 2 !I S T . G T TSTF(STR) 1);ONo)%t?iiiEE (;_*&) L Z P .
3. P r . l l = f 8 6 8 8 l ~ ~ ~ I ~ b I R S ~ ~ f f?=-=>yii3$%Il%TT,
hAD%~, %+MRS~Z5-AAkRa;ii:DCIb-
+Mii4k f2 '1 S T o
4 . ? - Y l 7 7 - i i - t f'fL. ~ 7 - ! J b 7 4 E Z @ l 2 9 b 7 4
E%tf29%T.
5.2-77-1.2;f- ~ T ~ - = -Y ~ ~ ~ Q ~ ; ; ~ ~ Ma 'S
1 SB
T ; ~ ~ = ~ I ~ O H ~ Z ~ ~

7 - b ? - = Y 7 - - 9 M , E E L T E M t 6 A $ k
--
<%tF*llE >
<
1. Pr. 77= 1 8 0 1 ~IzZZ'L7 tf;i b'. Pr. 80fjAm. 811): 19999~ U f i i : E i Z $ f z ? b \ 3 g Q i z I ; B 9 , €-9
(Pr. 90-Pr. 94) 7 %- 9 % '1 2 *-9E% (Pr. 90-Pr. 94) UfiQ/17 % -9 t
Z%q%ilfb!, ZTd;%-jl,3;L;li.M,~7>-9TTDtS%fio,fbb~L 3 lzB;$:LT< t<Sb..
2 . P r . i 1 2 T Z Q & 3 t:EZL?<: fZSb\*
.g~*--. ~ r71= . r 4 ~
.$ b , & ~ r - p . .. .
... .. ....
P 7 ri4j
& ' QWWT) -
- E S ~ ~ E € - ~ S F - J R ~ (1. - -. - Pr. 71= r24~
3.,:7,j-95m- - T Q -9 E L L<f (GI)

4. Pr. 77o)E${~g$1:,%'~7 < t:$

 -Pr. 94OEai* Ld;q%i:?~ 9 2To
2. Pr.90-Pr.94T 199991 6 5- 9 (s
b l I . 3 € - 9 ?it%&') fi"m $hb?.
3. Pr.71e 131 - 9 , 1131 (Z i-/I.9€-9) 2f:ii 1231 EEEE'E-9SF-JR4P (1.5kWUT)
i.%Z?6t, 7 - b F - > l 7 $ h t % h Pr.71= r4Zt;i-a
i 4 s t : i ~ 2 4 ~ tSZLT€-9;E^?&?EFTa t. A-7742%- i-~=-=>71:~7~811~z~t:{gfi:
EikLbT.
4 . 7 79 - - = 7 : ? 1 : € - 9 ~ - 9 1 : * * t fi7T
L ' b T O T . ~ Z I : ~ L ? i b T Z O S $ t ? l 2 ~ , % L ? < t<Sb\.
,
- m~i F lPr.90?i+Lk$
k < (5%) 6 5 % +
Pr. 90= i25161 k S % $ h k k 3 ,
2516X 1.05=2641.8 - b f L b % P r . 9 0 = 2 6 4 2 k E $ L % T o
6 E l hBTE8lT5fi&f-9i:$%&h?L'b?. +Ot&%El:@@l:t£SO%fE?i2D
%Tt&ZOf%fJ;WY Z t t L . )

OPr.92, P r . 9 3 0 ) € - 9 Z % ? [ Q I T A h T 5 % +
<%@*I@>
i.Pr.77= 18011 i < Pr.80HFtUPr.81d: 199991 !2RI:SZShTb\5%+I:PE9. €-9Z
% (Pr.90-Pr. 94) 7 %- 9 % : 9 €-9$% (Pr. 90-Pr. 91) l24O/:7 % -9 $,s?j?
q%I:fx 9 %?A;> - ~ E Z m ~ : 7 % - 9 T T ~ T S ~ { F D5f I~: gbg \LLT < ? < S b \ =
.-

4. Pr.84?iTS?i@,% L ? S Z L d + .
I<-/$-9
B* 6 s =&SEE zszm imRa
84 I +-9a#;tasal. I 50-IZOHZ I O.O I H Z I ~OHZ
5. Pr. 7 7 O S Z E f r i t l : E L? < tfSC\.

(a)
1. Pr. 80h'LUPr. 8111; 199991 WPI-i;E;;$ (7 F / ; > Z b S S 4 9 b/[email protected]) & b T L \ 3 % & D a i . ,
Pr. 90-Pr. 94OBkk!i LA;"l%l:f~ Y ST.
2. Pr. 90-Pr. 9 4 T r9999~ eEn"aT5t E 5 i E € - 9 Z @
3. 7 9
(Z b ' l I . 9 € - 9 2 % ~ )fi;ER S h % T o
- t. { ? . J L ~ ~ % & % J O S R ? i % 5 t , 7 F / < > Z b a g 4 9 b1I.~~l4@fi~iE%i:fib-1
 e P r . 92, Pr. 9 3 0 € - 9 S % 2 [ m H : l - : A A ? 5 % *
<ERir@>
1.Pr. ii= r8Oll i = S $ L T < 7?2:i\. P r . B O h ' h V P r . 8 1 7 3 199991 W P ~ . ~ : ? ~ Z S ~ L T L \ . S W ~ : ~FE-Y9, s
& (Pr. 90-Pr. 94) O/i? Z -9 Zt%l):q%I:fd Y d t t €-9 2% (Pr. 90-Pr. 94) l J % o ) / c ? Z -9 (Pr. 82
-Pr. 99) t ~ % ~ ~ l :Y f2 bd3 : % - 3 = " +a z H / q ? % - 9 T t m T S E i F m f d b ) k 5 BELT< T:SL\~
2.Pr.7I%TZ?Oh ji:k"ZLT< "$I.'
.Ez*- g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P 7 = 101
. b,,,$7*-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pr, 71= 111
- ~ B E @ € - 9 S F - J R 4 E (1. ijkA'!JT) . - - Pr. 71= 1 2 0 ~
3, /:?z-~Ez*- FT-FSO/~::~z - ~ e % & L T%+zgm%{Eesz~-c< YSL\*
ZEEB ZSliiB IEY5RE
0-500A. 9999 0.01A 9999
0-son. 9999 0.001 n 9999
0- OR, 9999 0.001 n 9999
0- 1OOOmH. 9999 0. 11nH 9999
€-9ZBL2 - 0- 1000lH. 9999 0. 1mH 9999
0-100%. 9999 0. 1% 9999
~.P~.~~~TS~S,%L~EZL&-~,,
I < ? 3 -9
%= % % ZSEB 3ZYB IEY?E@
84 I - 9 1 50-120Hz I 0. OlHz I 60Hz
5.Pr.7io)SZ%%%l:E L T < 7:s ,\.
(a)
1. Pr. 8 0 h ' b V P r . 81b' 19996 ! J ~ / z s z b,b8IB%BtR) ShTb\6%4o)&, Pr. 90-Pr. 9 4

kE@+-9E& ( Z b / b $ 7 ~ - 9 %-SO) 8:EH $ h b b .

P r . 95 rA->74 >if- ~FZL~-=>Y~H?.J

I
..
+A Pr. 81 1 € - 9 + 5 % ~
pr. 8 3 r-F-9zaSn~ 3
Pr. 84 1 € - 9 Z # B S % J
Pr. 89 C.2R$l@Y-f >J
Pr. 90-Pr. 94 ( 5 - 9 a % )

~ - > 7 4 7 i ~ ~-. F L - - = > Y I Z L Y , P ~ B ~ ~ B ~ ~ ~ z + - P u I? =

~ -@
- = >~Y++ca z~ - P kr:a
< 9,
€ - 9 U I ~ g ~ i Z ~ g $ ~ ~ ~ b \ g %BiLkSzET073
gs&k, b j b 9 , EZZ6*fi? z k 7 5 T ~ z E T 0
Pr. 80, Pr. 812S,"Ba>k, Pr. 957:;57f 4 YiF- b F = - = Y Y 2 B R L T < L\,
. $>74>$- b T = - = > 7 o E i : g ~ g f i 7 . - 9 2 k 7 7 4 > $ - bTz-=>Y;:Tgil? L2?Ol?, s
f&stg)($asl:, k.-j=-E, & 7 7 4 > i f - b ~ z z - z > Y ~ ~ E L < t:$b\o
-c $ 7 7 4 >&- b F = - =
> Y l t 3 ~ ~ @ € -(SF-JR)
9 , $ b1b7F-9 (SF-JRCA) %EBb6%t%bk,%TTo
. $ 7 7 4 2 $ - b+~-=>9'iiPr.96=101 (HGh 9 ) TF-~%@L.I-?ZELT<t<Sb\. ( 4 f ->$
&Rlt%3=r)

(&) 1. MRSi3:Afl StI.Tb\&gg?, S$BiE+%fi:bk!%BE%(Pr. 13) uF'Jl%t%, h6L\lt4 >)<-9x7

-.efJY. 4 >/*-9O$b@&#fi:@zShTb\fJb>%ei:i$, & > 7 4 > 7 f - bT=-=27it3{$
LZ+L &

2. B ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ s P i-2~7w 4 >&-E F L b?=.--=Y713S~t?L~-tiL

: I ~ ,
3. 7 7 7 , J 0 G S E e i i " ~ ~ t . fYJbf.
4. W B B i i k ~ B W ~ l 3 % 1 4 W ~ k B f i$~hR£%b ,
5. 51$&61;i:TEBSh.5%41$. E ~ B % O 7 k - + R ~ F< 4Y7K7k-+>-YYXO%B&B3L
T < fi'SL1. # ~ - = > 7 l ~ P $ @ ~ & % T ~ 9 5 0 0SmTsLdbA;,
f b/b+'l);%ft25hdtfh..
I%?-?. ~ 9 % 5 m r r n i < , h zToTE%?LT<-r:Sb\m
Y
6. i z ' ~~ % # 8 % ~ ~ 8 f l ~ % & 8 i t>&- &>b 7 #4 = - = > ~ q L S ~ > T ? ~
7. $ 2 7 4 >i-- bT=--=>7+l$RUN1E9i3~7JS f i d t?&. %'!%I%~~I~?RUN{ZFTON2 f ' Y d?.
8. l m 7 7 ~ ~ & (Pr.79=5) i ~ k i t , jS~74>;5-b?=-=>TI;tEBt.f~YZ?.
 I
ffl]Zg/i7$-9
Pr. 100 rV/Fl ( % l R S & )
Pr. 101 rV/Fl (%lRB.%ZB--1
Pr. 102 rV/F2 ( 3 5 2 H Z W 1
Pr. 103 rV/F2 ( % 2 R Z % 3 Z E--
Pr. 104 rV/F3 ( % 3 H Z % ) J
lj
1

i Pr. 19 ~&EJ~E&%~ZEI
Pr. 47 r;iS 2 V/F (iEEJ3iBB) J
Pr.60 r1'27Y .2=2 b € - FgP,j
Pr. 71 r i g H € - 9 ~

Pr. 105 r V F 3 ( % 3 H % 5 % 3 Z E 1 ~
Pr. 106 rV/F4 (%4R%5%) J
Pr. 107 rV/F4 (%4R%%%Ei3 --
J
Pr. 108 rV/F5 ( % 5 R S % ) J
P r . 109 rV/F5 ( Z 5 R ; B B Z . E ) --
J
. ~, / / i 95 ,V / F i r)
-.' iE*+5Zkii-dr Q , %NG7V/F/q9--2%9< 5, t:L"T.?S&?.

Pr. 71=2, Pr. 1 9 t 9 9 9 9 t

Pi-. 6 - 1 - 8 S t l

(1)Pr. 19, Pr. 60, PI. 7 1 0 E Z 1 E % 6 6 3 . L L r tf$l.\.

1(7$-9%% rn s
%-9Z$&SXE??ZtZL?< 7fSL>s
199991 (LfS%G~FSZ) , 188881 T'l3#% Lia+?he
(0, ( . ) m%"*
a c l-=""
-ai~ L?< ff.SL\.
12) ( Y / F ~ ~ ~ ; ~ - ~ zi:SZ
~ I IL L
T <WtfSb\o
P&)
 (S)l. V / F , 7 7 k l , V/F%lli@o)k 3Ul&E%LLb+. 7 F j < > A b G S d 9 b ~ b i ? l J ~ U gl k! i % %
LZ+?L.
2. Pr. 60=1, 2. 3. 4 . 5, 6, 7. 5 o ) k S i b & % LZ+?/Y.
3. S l i Pr. 3. Pr. 1 9 o ) S Z i E U T k L T < TfSb)o
4. P I L I ~
i , i i = 121 ( v / F ~ . + . ~ Y 97'1~.%%)
(PT. i 9 = 1 9 9 ~ 9 ~ o ) % e i pr. T~. S E
fi:TgLb*Lo )
5. P r . 7 l f c . r ? ~k S E T 6 kPr.41. Pr. !1313&%LZ%L0
6. Pr. 7 1 f c . r k~ E ~ $ ~ f z $E?+1-71ki3&?0+-5't.
k L?Etg L2+.

. _
. . .. - - . . -. . . -_
-...- - .
Pr. - 110, Pr. 11l+ P r . 7#,ffi

P r . 1 1 7 TESJ
P r . 11 8 ~BE~~ZEJ ..
Pr. 119 rx ~ Y Y t . ~W / fY- 9 W ~ -

Pr. 120 ~ I < ~ J ? ~ F Z ~ ~ % E J

Pr. 121 r2tZlI t . 5 4 @ % ~
pr. 122 rftiEF~ Y~P~B~E~BB~EJ
Pr. 123 r M f j ~ B ~ 3 B j .-
,.
P r . 12, r,,-mmm
(&)I. 2t:f&i5>507-9;%9 I)ib-f;k-$f;t, 4 2/<-9I;tf -9 % 9 M 3 i 2 k 0
2. - 2 , E$.%*, €=9 f2 W47, 3 : f & 0 3 f ~ h 5 ? Z { Z S * % f i 5 2 2I: L 7
b \ 6 f z @ , 4 Y/F--9I)~F;I$%&ii;?-92ELf; 9 12LT1.~3+?k0L ~ T € = 9 % f 2 ?
2 , 3:f&i5~52~!.'ftiiZfiC,7T"-9DSEE%%ETd' 5 C, 7~5"7l~%SZt L T < 7:

3.Pr. 0-Pr.990h@O!%k!d tl SiAT6.5ek, Pr. 100-Pr. 915DF'l@&WX. SiAB6%$T'

1- I I H01 : Pr. 100-Pr. 159, Pr. 200-Pi-. 231, Pr. 900- 1 I

P r . 9 1 5 0 F 9 s e s % t : .iAq
H02 : Pr. 160-Pr. 199, Pr. 232-Pi-. 2 8 5 O h S % %
~, s
i
A =J
H09 : Pr. 990a>h@*%k!d .S i A q
A 4 >/i-9 D ~ E T 'SY p @ r B ? r ~ q ~ h ~ s ~ $ h r L \ G l \ % e Ek&EkDt=&3gEhiT
I=lk,
$GL\ck 51-4 > 9 5'9 $ S l f r l \ d ? r . & T Z E F r ' Y ~ ~ B B ~ ?LBr h~\ K
G gEa ~ S
Efi-3r<t:$L\o
A- 9 I l 6 D T l G< t E t 1
!EiD&8fi$;kQdc 5 I Z G 3 T L \ d T D T , ZE+IZE%%DR%GFTZ{:hiT$G< G
6 , 4 > ~ i - ~ $ R . L t $ - t t . f j L t h f T S b e hZ. E T r ~ ~ . C / ~ B a ' l B ~ ~ R h ( ~ ~ % . f j t
-LEk (E. PUE) k Grl dT.
4 >I<--"/ RES {Z%$ ON, dtzlkZ;EEi%D%$il=lk7 1)-7 >$$khfFlg-CT0
A E D , Z ~ ~ @ D B @ G F D E I E ~ ~ S V J ~ .L~T~&,Z %4 ~> JT~%- ~&E I J T I ~ E
%D@$E%?L\Ze&DTt%'fZ;ZE L T < t?$l\o
H0002 : B{ZS$Z
H0000-HFFFF : 8 f i E S % (16%) &{?LO. OlHz
[ B E R (16%) &{Zlr/min, Pr. 37=1-9998';xf:ltPr. 4%
144=2-10,102-llOOF?]
H0000-HFFFF : 8 f i Z E (16%) %GO. 01A 4#i
H0000-HFFFF : 8 f i B E (16%) S D 0 . 1V 4%
H0000-HFFFF : 9 -
lb'HF3Ti3HX &?&lC-€= 90
4#7
HOI-HOE : FZ9BRF-9
AS I f-7 I AS 1 a@
0.1%

B%F-9
-f - P 6 s 9-9 6 s F-9 6 s
HW $%%tI'L H5O IPF llCl CTE
HI0
.-. 'XI H31 LVT HC2 PZI
 A&
F 7-9 ms ?-9 st3
No. IR H D , 7 T 3 -

HM-HFF: ZERtUfi
b7 w
10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 1' 1 M: .(>,<-9Zti*(RUW*
bl: =ti*( S F )
( BI 1 0 0 4 % ) b2: Zit*( SIR)

4 7,:-937- lWll HOZ..-Xti@.

b3: REiP:IE(SU) * 2 87
Hi4 M: i@**!OLIX
93+=9 lR2l H80...SIERliPRkL?:. bj: I(IRiIP~z
M: RSBiB#SIFUI*
b7: R f S l i *
%b.lgo-b. l g s a ~ ~ t : & 7 T 8 J A h ~ f i ~ E2b Q
T.
H0000-H9C40 : %(zO. OlHz (16%)
g&B@?$ra& (0-400. OOHz) 4K
HEE ~~&{:~g&~B%?k??EET6% 7/%
< - 91a2W4' d
(E~ROM)
{:g$&h-?< f : g ~ \ ~(&+I- F : HED)
H9696 : 4 7/'-9 ?? 9 +Z 7 b LbT.
4 7,:-9 9 - t ~ 3g@h,59{sgfi77:@l:, 4 >/:-9It J! +Z Y b S 4Hi
b
3 be&.
&,<?% -9 ??I%%EEt:EL2+-e
F-9 1:6 ~ 7 4 f S % a j S - / k 9 9 7 ?? L 2 b .

/<?%-9A--Jk 4%
HFC
9 7

H9696, H9966t,<? 2 -9 7f-IkP 9 7 ??%fiT6k P

j & { z ~ g a , w 9 -9Z?2EbI%8JRiEt:E6ta, ZZ
&&m&i:{i&g,:?%-9sE%fi9T r?SL\o <
H9669 : a - y ? !J 7 ? ? f i b \ % ? .

PZc
RiE *OR. M 4fi
HFC *ERR.
8 a - 9 9 9 7
0 I x I 0 I 0
b

- -.
w
9 /<?%-9siA H60-HE3 ?-9-E% (1igc'-9) %%.% L. g.%l:G C r g
3 , 5%Yi??'fi7T<t?Sb'q 4tii
, HOo--H63 (EL, / < 7 2 - 9 l : A 7 7 i i , s&, % % T S f i b ' b a
.. ~,~.,Y~TDP~?E?&L~<~~SI.'.
HOO-H€,C, H80-HECa/<? % - 9 b s W ] % % f i 3
s~ H7F
HOO : pr. 0-Pr. 9 9 ~ h B % % %. g i A q
0

!J 79,:3 HOI : pr. 100-Pr. 159. Pr. 200-Pr. 231, Pr. 900-Pr. 91.5
~Jlh?s&EES.?&i&q 21%
11 %-9
: HFF H02; pr. 160-pr. 199, Pr. 232-~r.28.5o)b?s%%8J,
EESZ
AT
H09 : Pr. 9 9 0 a b Z ? ? % ~ , s&q
5t 8~ H6C H3D-H5A
HBD-HAD ( 3 - F F F = l ) !:Zb\T
HOO : %EMB@
g2/:7 % HOl : B*Be?
-9Y]% H02 : @%%m 2%
12 H5E-H6A
( x - FFF SjL. HEC
= 1) HDE-HEA ( 3 - lq'FF=l) l:SL'T

HOO : % 7 i z , b ~i Y 4 2

I
e01 : ??O *
~ 0 :3g ~ n 7 ? c7fg I
 ( * I ) iBE%+#, S.$%+#O/if% -9I:tEi.,Zb.
!lt 7 b T l St?&.
( * 2 ) RS-485SEZ%Gli~fiiE!4~~6
( * 3 ) Pr. 75OSEl;t?b~d+.
( * 4 ) Pr. 77nEZl;Gc \a+.

(6)Z%%W&@o)B{$
.
iEE€- F
E%Eih m S WSZE M R B ' I >9 iE8Z
(pui*9 9) ~ E ~ I Z( ~~ Z3 ~ 7 >EM ~ ~ 5 3

4 >,i-9&Z Rlt @lt Wlt

4>/<-9BK
PU=%33 %E #&+ aE
5{.- hSii7.93
, ~, - %E #E @E
a%
s{EgK 4 >A-Fig$Z ELk , 8%, * 5 ,
3 9 5
PU'I 2.3 3
'. Wlt - Rlt Wlt
%{. @is&$-793
:&
0

> 8% %E #z
W k . ,#E I * ? ,
:
4 >/<-9jg$z %E
i@(Z%R PU7%7 3 #E 8$E ,#%
(hE*7>, >) sjg .hE&793
Elk Rlt Rlt
'>

(7) Biz=?-

17-1- t.'{i
( P U 3 + 9 9i5>5iBE) L

(rn&A-793 >) E. OPT

P r . 128 r ~ l D a f i B f R ~
P r . 129 r P l D ! k m % J
P r . 130 r P l ~ @ f f @ r ~ 7 J
P r . 131 r I K ! l J S .Y k~
Pr. 132 rTK!'J S '2 t-1
P r . 133 r ~ ~ i i f i 6 @ ~ ~ 1 ~ ~ f i ~ , d ~ % J
P r . 134 [email protected]@BeE]J.
(3) Z8fiI
. .>>g n.y.;rg,
Pr. 183=14
f'r. 192=16
Pr. 193=14
Pr. 194-15

I / f2.( n
(MI { C W )

iii
( 8

.-I J
I
..e .
(REV),
%&AL b b .
Elk (STOP) 0 k 3 ~ L O W J $)

SE SE 7 2 . E 7 F U P . FPN. RLD#S%-f

P1~8Ii@%'iibi??l=3f:-~.
. .
<
X14iZ+?%ONLT E$L'. z o i S + ? ? ) ~ o ~ ~ o ) % ~ i t ~ ~ o % i~
F % ' i~
i f > T ,0 4
y / q - 9 z % k f2 9 &To
BEiE%4 2)'-90%72-58. 5 f ; l t P r . 1 3 3 t A A L, @ I S E i Z % 2 4 2/<-90%3-4-5L7i:Ah L 7 < f<
$L'*
fl%TEtffLf:E%iZ%%ABT6%8i2, %71:5fi7i:Afi LT < iY$L.>. 0 3 , Pr. 128o)SZli$%riOl
at:itrllji:ss~-c< t:$~.'. -
IR B Afilj:s P3 s
OV%O%, 5V%lOO%l:?&SL Pr. 73%rl. 3.5, 11. 13, 15Ji:%??Z (%fZ%SVSfR)
BEE + -
5 T- - Lt:%e
OV~O% I O, V ~ ~ O O % I : S S L Pr. 7 3 ~ r 0 . 2 , 4 . 1 0 . 1 2 . 1 4 1 1 : ~( ~Z ~ + ~ ~ I O V S R )
b b. Lf:%e
B EE Pr. 133 E % %Pr. 133l:SELZT.
-j"....- 100%
OV.:.O% .-. Pr. 73% r2,3,5, 12, 13, 151i:SE (%+I %5VSR)
::&
. .
GSE+?
+ ~ v . . . . # ~ o o % ~ : s E L ~ ~t:%+
Tm
%-fl-Sk?
- 10V.. - 100%
OV...O% Pr.73%10, 1.4, 10, 11, 141i:S$Z (%+l%lOVSR)
+lOV::.tlOO%i~SZLb Lt'%8
i,
i3'lS l g %74-5B 4m41);0%, 20m4i5;100%l:tB 3 LbT.
 '......I(? 3-91-7 bIzct&ZEmiS%. Pr. 1 3 3 1 z 8 ~ P ( O - I W % ) ~ A f i
LT<t:t'L\.
Z E ~ B I ~ h S ? J J ~ ~ ~ %iiRRrm7FSh.
~Ate). fRR[blFEB)Izt
66). aRRrdl*!ahl=t ,:,
bL. %BE4FONbQ. .:, b L. 5 7 . 4 ~ r n ~ i * ~ f i a (t 5t .~ % * l l ,<~, i ; h . ~ r . l * % i < .
f eSrm15A
- < L T L ' * f b.
 1. I x s z 3 4 : 4 m ~ ) BUT^.
2. Pr. 9041:T#iE&E 5.
3 . 4 5 @ X % 3 ~ 1 0 0 % 0 X : ~ : 20m4) ~EPflUT&.
4. Pr. 905i:T#E+?7 j
j.

(&)Pr.904. Pr.905P?PZ??aN&!%I;J:Pr. 902. Pr. 9 0 3 i z T E Z L t R S % t ?h?t%R CEi: L T < C Z L\.

. ,
.. .
~..~.
U k Q L 5 f ~ E i E + f i - k i % % l ~ T B O L5 l z f ~9 %To
lB~EO&Zl [tiX6J [##tJ

(&) 1. X14tZ4A~ONO%%T,,%&S (RH,RM. R L W S ) F7iJhOGZG (JWfE4) f r A f i T . 5 k P I D % l ~ Z r T 6 T % ~

28Edti;t J O G Z Q 2 E k . l + .
tr L l t t k E T i t 4 >/;-9 a%?l-SB~70AAI;t 1 E E t L-c. %-f2-567
2. Pr. 1 2 8 0 S Z @ ? ? 120~di:i3[21~
L T < f<Sb\.
0'B%iEi:boE?.t%d-bo)Ti%E
3. PT.79= rjj F) -~
(YU ~ 7 1 . s ~ + R 3 . t r ~ .I D ~ s 1 .t ti
B Lt~%g.~:i-bPIDBijs~f;iaT-s i Y~ ~
2 -be
4. Pr. 79= r61 4 - ) &-BRL k % e l 3 , PIDii?Zmi:fi 9 % T o
5. Pr. 22= 199991 osamge. 7, < d / ~ . ~ t j ~/-awlsa+a
lt mnnw
r, 9 STDP, P I D I : - ~ Z S A ~ ~
L7lS%+%EHT.5%+?ltP:r. 22# 19999~2 L T < t<Sk\.
6. pr.95= r l ~ ( % > 7 4 >%- I-T=-=>T) 2 %L ~~ : ~ ~ I : I ~ P I D ~ I ~9 3
~ ~~ E ~- I : ~ z
7. Pr. 180-Pr. 186, Pr. 190-Pr. 1,95(:T%?B%0ZE??fi 5 k , fti?O&%i-E@??~d.5 : kA:8-, 9 6%
% % ~ o % z e 6 8 s- ~ ~ f i ~ t5fasa~z~% ~ ~ r <
P r . 135 ri%jH@#?$-.fl/~kbh%~~fR~
Pi-. 11 rL$Z%%ll?ih@lf$B*b7~
>'/ ! J * Y ~ @ P ~ J
Pr. 1 3 6 rMCW#?4 PI, l i ~MRsAIIBWJ
Pr. 1 3 7 r%jfhR$2?$%~%%7~ Pr. j 7 rliiMB7 J! -7 >6b7i
Pr.j 8 rS$*%hhl)'Y
B+B.'1j
P r . 138 r5Z%t%fiHtJl#S#?~
P r . 139 r-I >I<-"/H $%W#R;$&J

(l)i*awl
9 U 9 , PA-. 185=7, Pr. 1S6=6. Pr. 192=17, Pr. 193=18, Pr. 194=19
YCZ '

* 1. L-'r>l*2l?-DS2l=;TtLT< tftLL.

E R T Q l 7 l ; t P r . 190-Pi. 1 9 4 D S Z I z 2 LJAfi
4 i,i-9%yl (E5)
4 i,i-9/iARW%. *2 'JET.
%E4>9075 . *fi%+SP 1 *fik%7:+sei*
439-7JL
'Jt7k
- OH * 3
RES
*@*-l>a
(IPF. DL. FU)
~ 9 9 x 2 Dc2,, ,,,,
SD
<h*hE%>

i=
P=
5 Ern%?

MRS MRS ,' Tm%R

%iz&q

PI. 180-PI. 186'

CS -
iZL.5
STF STF
(STR) (STR)
PI. 180-PI. 186
OH
,:ha
RES RES iE%&$km%glik 3
(ir) - MC@J{?BB i ~ % L ' T [ - l i & , 4 > / i - - Y S G T i 3 M C l ON, MC2 OFF, MC3 ONkf2 9 , EMiSg~i3
MC1 ON, MC2 OFF, MC3 OFF: :i ti.9S T , T I I {8%ON, O F F z F K o ) 8 % 2 R % L & T o

,%A{T%I3TZDct 3 i Z f 2 9 S T o

MClD@{?{Z%t%h-
Pr. 190 -PI. 195 :i
MC2o)Ri?{Z%t%A
MC3o)Ri?1E%t%A-
 w : ' rm sitq
+it4>4-077
( M I OFF
4 >,<--4Zit%* ON
1!
::
:
OFF : S ET3

(STF) M : :
4>,<-SAHMLP ON i 1 1.
cN:4>><-4zLi

,, ,, ,,
: OFF : A m s i t
s
, , m

, , , , , , ---lhtFR%,
, f-aplht% (SI :-I
' : , ,
ARYIBON :: "
,, ,, , 7
.
8
m ,
,

(UCZI OFF
,m ,, : ,, 4
, ,,
,,
,,
t ,
,< , , c
, ,
,
,
,,
,, ) (2u M u c h W S 1 (37)
£P
, , 8
, ,, 3 ,
, , I
, 8, m ~ h ~ r 4 * % ~ 4 t .
6947- : 6947
: A : Pr. 13YCMLP4>9-0796Cr.l
* ,# 8 , , ,
a
,, ,, ; B : P,. I ~ U C ~ S * M %
(w5sfr.V

:p r s e (vidbktiefrd)
 Pr. 132=r21 ( 4 >/<-9*#D*-Zf>x b9 9 %?'J*%F)
P r . 136= r2. OPJJ
. Pr. 137=rl. O#J (~EIZMC3hiONL. 4 >/<-9%-9b7h%%$h
<
Q ~ ~ o ) E + ? s ~ U + E S S L Tt!2L\o E+Be'Ih~Et\kF3&Ptlh~
i ~ ~ < g % ~ f i ~ \ z t r h ~ h )L J Z b .
Pr. 57= 10. 5f'J
Pr. s8= ro. ~ P J J (EjRE$Zh\ 5 4 >/<-9E$Z-VllJ %b6 k Sl2&!~
3=3zLT<t!*L'o 1

a/:?$- 9 3 $ g D i = % a j ' 6
; MRS

ZBON OFF -
(OFF)
#b%R OFF-ON OFFAO
( 4> / < - 9 )
-zse ON
(EM)

@i%afrtb
4 >,<-q-m
ON
@ ( 4
9)
Ek ON
-
(E)l. R S J (MC123 5fiL'OlE) T f ~ b ' t r 8 l l i FL ' d t ? h o
2. Z Dta(%ltPr. 1 3 5 + 0 t % S Z . % t L l t P U (BEE+)+%SE < ) E&ZeOZ&%hfiT-& 9 , Pr. 135
+OTri;jZ?:EiW%DZZ$Z€- iFE$4:iMClkMC3fi:ON La*.
3. MRS.C S ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ; O N T S T R ~ ~ ~ O F F ~LST~ L: :~~Z' ITC~~) I; K N # l k f i ; f i R ~ % f i 1 5 7 Y -7 >f$!kO%%ld
~, Oh O
. ~ j Pr. 137t3~Shf:~?i~s'lflf1~-r,?h~b~3%li~~fi~2~. d
4. 4- 9 S TC O N: I f 9 , +hW%O%% (MRSltON) Id, % R S % 2 fi
9 a*.
5. CSfZ%6-OFFLT:%elt, €--:Pl3ERZ%l:W1Y@b92?. tzf;'L, STF(STR)iZ%%OFFLf:%%li, 4
>/<-9l:T&aG$lt2 ti 9 ;%Ts
6. MCZt.MWd:fi%OFFLTL\.5@:li$fi~5MC2dtI;tMC3%ON?t, t 3 t P r . 136tFZ$Shi?M%6b7fii& 9 a?.
7. Pr. 135#0a.%FS% L T bPUBPE€- F T l t P r . 136, Pr. 1 3 7 0 3 s % W @ WILTs
, 4 >/'-9DAn%+!STF, CS. MRS. OH) l2S%D%%l: b k' 9 b?.
8. EM . 4 Y / i - 9 W l @ k 9 - . f ~ x % S Z L d ? k , P U E & ~ Y ~ U Y ? # % ( P ~ . ~ ~ = ~ ) ~ ~ S $ S ~
bafF L Z t ? h *
9. Pr. 180-186, r 9 0 1 9 5 12, 0 . 5 f i9 d %%,D
E%??%EZ L 7 f i . 5 3 $ ? ? f i . 3 7 < f * L x o
-

F37j5qpJ73-;yg-&;g;
_ ~ _ . _ _ _ _----
_ *.-.-; ---
pp?.744 =: p ~37$,4?$
,~.., ... ..--.....-.-*
* ~ -
Pr. 148, Prl149 Pr.'22g,@
 Pr. 150 r,%AZ3&$5Y~ ~ I L J
P r . 151 rSAzm&t%?BsEl1
4A T .0 9 , Pr. 1 5 1 U l g s L f : ~ ~ ~ ~b ,~ 4 # ~ T a
>/i-PUl%-7>3. L/3 ?~h?$i+b: Y yjhg$?l@8{z++ (Y12) L2Tc
( Y I ~ ~ ~ % ~ ~ ~ Z { $ ~
190-PI. ? ~ ~ P{+ifT<
T ~ %195T3I T . rf$b\o )

M I N lOanr ,
OFF MI OFF
%?~tZ%32Q4

Pr. 151

. ' F ~ % ~ , F L ~ & ~ ~ ~ ~ - ; rfsc\,

.. .
~ ~ S ~ E " L T <
/<73-9%=$ In s
150
%h%E%%% ~ ~ J L %L S
3 - Z
r -
l O O % I t 4 >/<-9Z%Z%k t.29 I T .
&fie'-
.awf;j;86Bm7%Sd
LZT0 i %AZ%#%.l?% (Y12)
151 Q23ht6Sfa6M5SbLSta -
( S )1. h -ta_ONT6 t , SETtlOOms~Bm7..l?%%WrR
LbT.
2. ;5>54>. & 7 7 4 > & - i-=Fa-=>TlD%fiTL5Bf-Fs
3. Pr. 190-Pr. 195i:T%+%EOEE%fij 2 , f&lD%%i:B%%%4k6 2 t%&9 % T o%%?-O%Z%l%
Z~LTfi,bSZ%fiTT< f<Sb\*

G --.
r/
..j
Pr. 152 r - f o Z Z @ * MILJ M S / C ? J. -9
Pr. 153 r - f m % % @ ~ E % q ~ Pr. 190-Pr. 195 (&h'GFt+%Zij$g)

Y T Y - F h ' Y % a h ' W G E T 6 z k h ' h 9 bf.

Zh2O)jlkf67:a)i:&h'%%h;rO~l:f ~ i ' z t -3 , %%!7'b-+2M L 6 L 5 :i, 4 > / ~ - 9 h ~ b & j l Z % l O ~ { Z ~ ~
h3fi-i-a z t-fi:T$aT.
4 2/<-9ZG+i:8h?~iPr. 152!0.%E{Ek9 &L%$%J':, Pi-. 1 5 3 0 3 s L t : @ ~ m ~ ! J h 2~, 4+$~~
- 2 9 % 9 (Y13) { Z + & s h L&T0
; t ~ r . 1951-91 9 { f ; f i f T<<SL\,
( ~ 1 3 i ~ % % h i : @ ~ b % % + i190-Pr. < )

8s b 4 1 L J /-A:Pr. 152
- T... ,, ,
<
: : l ocm.ec[3& a2'k%O[Al
t'Ofm*X - . OFF : ONF :FO
is*** -, my
PI. 153@XRrml Pr. 153t%XRM
P r . 155 rRTBgE@!@fglsfR~
,,--p&g/P7%-9 -,
Pr. 14 ~ S R B E B R J
Pr. 44-Pr. 49 (%2%%%3R)
Pr. 81 r+-gb@aj
P r . 160-Pr. 166 ( h f i % F E T i S R )

%z%l~iwzi;t,
R T ~ ~ % ~ O N / O F F T % ~ Ra
TS~TI,:, t E B LZ+.

LTSZLT< t:sL'.
T;%??@,Y
, Pr. 155%%ji$ P3 g
0 RTfH4COON/OFFTEPR'fik 7'2 Y Z b .
RTI~+OON, I , ~ Z B % D + S 7
B'2 9~2-f-
(boBi2ei2Efih)

pr. 22 rA b -J~ffi~s~+ IAIL~

P r . 23 r{SBE?Z b-/b.lXL-@~{~I / 4 1 L j
P r . 47 rg 2 A k-/b!sltBt+%gEj
- PT. 43 r% 2 A + - J L E ~ { + J S I S ~ J

-- P r . 114 r% 3 A b - ~ b E l t S ~ i + Z E j
P r . 115 r% 3 X k - ~ k f f i k B f + J S I S & ~
 0:lhhtt 0:SEB
Pr. I56

-
1. rOLW4L%A@ZG%%
(g) LfLL > I %-BRLt:%e13ZRL%A rE. OLTJ ( A b-/L@lkI:k. 9 Rlt) P%%L
TBG@tSltLa*.
c g z a l t s o s z -E. OLT-
2. E L ,R 7 fioRS@Mfi;EL\%4it, X b -~I.ffiltfi;WF L. SZDfinS
B81tMTRlt t f ~ ~ \ % e h 9: h d+DTPr. 1562z b-~bBltmfir/~/~trtgSfslE~:sZ L T <E S L ~ ,
( x ~ - ~ b @ l t ~ l h f i + I : ~ A ~ ~ ~ h ; & R b . 3 t b: &9 %
77LL:<
E < fs9 d+h'k/1.3h:!ERLdb. b / b
3il'!E&LTtBdlBf~k\%4iZPr.k 4 ~ r 0 ~I:sZLT< E S L x m )
 Mig1<7%-9

i1
Pr. 190 ~RUN%+%ZSRJ
Pr. 191 iSU%+~iEBtRj
Pr. 192 rIPF%+i%%@RJ
Pr. 193 iOL#?#%@$?J
Pr. 194 rFu%?&%BfRj
Pr. 195 ~.~Bc%?&Z%~RJ

~ r 174
. ~ L - Y ~ T I L - ~ I ~ ~ I R J ..
d

P r . 175 ~I-Y$~IL-Y'~B BJ
P r . 176 ~L-Y~TIL-Y~~IIRJ
2@%%al--+1-'7/~-yl=e/q?% ) / ~ &%%?a
- - & O ~ e 6 , 5 ~ ~ t 3 2 ~ %o -9 ? Z k*;T$ ad-. %%LIZ,<? j-
9 O & O Z & L , SiA.?~??fi-7
i kt.;T$zE-bo 3 - V 7 ~ ~ - 1 % % U 4 ~ / ~ 7 % - 9 l 2 %
L*:Ti$ti<
8 t ~ v

Pr. 1 6 0 Q
e,:73-93~3~

10
11
 . a-YY1b-l-D/<72 -9 ff3
ft&T.5/'7,'-9%%2, Pr. 173 - 7 - 1 E ) a t i t , Pr. 175 - 7 - l:P;h
?+bb. /'7%-9%%it1 W+->SiAht<f;'$I...
.2-+fYlb-Yfib50/<7 Z -9fiIJB
BIIBT6/;7%-9Z&%fr, Pr. 14; (a-TTIL-1 1 BIIRf;) i t , Pr. 176 (a-T711.-12 811%) i:ZS
&a+. /<7,'-9%416 1 iegcJ-~SiAhT< t;lSblo

- Pr. 1601:T=-Y7Ib-ll, ZOAB, %Zb2SZZLbb.

J
(G)1. Pr. 77, Pr. 160, Pr991lt, = 1 T 7 ~ b - ? D ~ ~ l : f i ~ f i ~ b %l:%8
5 ~ , Lq%T?-
2. P S E f i f i b . 5 , Pr. ~ 6 0 l t i ; h a t ~ % t P ,
3. Pi-. 173, Pr. 174FE8 ~ f . 22 ~ @ 1 t Y / ~ - I i i : % & S h ~ l r \ 6 /-9B%2.
~7% Pr. 175, 1762%~ L
r=t.~ O E I ~ ~ J ~ - ? ~ ~ : B B : -:9~w~gTt .It .~a*. \~~ ~ ~ : ~ Z
4. PT. 160o)SZfE r o ~I;~z%A;~D i 5 2 % I:SSLT
~ ts~~n%-L # i ~ a ) a Tol
t f . / vl~ t ~ S Z L
f:%%lts%snab. -
 Pr. 170 r434gW139 '1 7~
P r . 171 rZ%Et%B~'139 11JJ

6.v
Pr. 1 8 0 ~ R L % ? @ % ~ $ ? J
P r . 181 ~ R M % ~ @ % B $ ? J
Pr. 182 ~ R H % F B % ~ ~ J
P r . 183 r R T G T @ % % 8 J
' Pr. 184 ~AU%F@%~RI
P r . 185 ~ J O G % % @ % ~ # ~ J
P r . 186 ~ c s % F B % ~ R J
TW&-S.%LT, %-/:7Z--9&-SEL.T< f:Sb\.
7%
Pr.59=1.2 * Pr.79=5 * Pr. 270=1.3*
jie"RB7Z (nos) 7 7 - b-ckfiiRRO
jie"!aBS ( R S ) l o751iZEYib-IBR
g a ; ;(SET
~ ~ !,7 ) I n 77 L H & Y / b - I B R
bTlkfiStR1

*P

* ~ r .59= I , Pr. 79= 15. , ~ r270='

. r i b t ~ t 3 jD%*c;~, RL, RM, RH, R T ~ ~ + D @ @ ~ : S DjL~g
EZhZ-?.

2 I JGG, H
.R(Z
%
%
2$ m.
RL), AUDllEk f2 9 bT.
3 c 4 - 9 ~ : Z Z S ~ T ~ ; ~ & ~ \ % ~ . I ~ M R SL%d?k ~
. ;~D&~E%#E
4 . 7 P/'>Z b S % - ( 9 b/b.V/FWl&;i. @IRBB%REE/%?&~'-X I. %%a Lf'b'%elb%Z%Z(RT) '
d:zD&ii;,2#RLb-v0
5 7 7 7 - 5 %7 BffiEba3@l4ifilf;t#SD%F%EM L a % MZJJ1:SZ
T3b+2h0
.r( 3
( T h z i ' h , % E S E D ~ ~ > ! ~ ~ I : S Z T ~ C ~ ZL A T b~9~
&~' T o~1\ ~ ~ % B I Z
6. h-Cltth%lRBRPr.27%= l l b t f b 3 ~l;tZ&iEZ (Ei) t: RT t #El:f2 9 , ;fllMif $Fl;tTS Ztt/Y0 ;
7 F R - c- x i I i I MRSE+F~:;D~B~E.~~#EL~~ 1
To
8. Pr. 79= 1 7 ~tPUZ&43;-'2 9 - e 7 9 (X12) E%d:@19 {*I$ h h T b \ f ~ b ' % e l ; t , MRSIZ9JI;Lo)tiP
%kfLgbTo
9. i & H B R B t R i E & S ~ f - i : I. (X17) E%i5PI9 HiifrjhTb\t2b\%%l;t, ~~iZ++d;:o%ii;,&#E LZ
To
lo. 7 FAY;. b E % 4 9 bib . v/FWl@;i (xis) 4Z++1):819 {+if r ; h - r c ~ f 2 b ~ ? & e ~R2 ,T t ~ ~ ~ ~ z a % @ %
P r . 190 r R U N % % @ % g R j
P r . 191 rsu%%B!&gR~
P r . 192 ~ I P F % T @ % B R J
P r . 193 r o L % F & % B R j
P r . 194 rFU%%@%%fi~
P r . 195 r A B C % T @ % B R j
i k - 7 ~ 2 bP9&h%+SLV@,fiaA%+D%%2ZF+52 2 f i i ~ 2?o
3
 s r:~fi~b?.
3. % + % i E v i S @ S Z L = r % T . + ~
4. - 9 9 kI , 1 0 0 - 1 9 9 6 1 6 1 ; 3 3 2 fblY d?.
5. Pr. 190-Pr. 1951:1ES~1EC(5$DSZE~SjE^ L l L%% L b % h .
6. Pr. i6=1,3D%%i3SU. IPF, OL, F U D Y ~ ~ J % + O ~ ? I ~ B + + I ~761:@1.\b'xt.PT. bf;, 4 2 / < - 9 77-L%&
7 iZ++%fi1);77-L?-- 'Y3fii:WJY %bYd?,
7. R U N % + ~ : $!J.b-08.h@lilM1f
+%~I] la, pr. 7 6 ~ : ~ ~ ~ T k ~ Z % j E ^ i : @ L ~ ~ ~ ~
M2/<7%-9
Pr. 199 ~L--YQF~~~B@%S~~~TJ
Pr. 77 r / c 7 % - 9 s 3 % l k % $ R ~

( 1) Pi-. 7 = (11 . Pr. 8= r2J %=-3'mt9lEk LTE$?.S%'%, (FR-DU04TO%?{F)

10 PF 7=111 (RB(IVJ&W&) %&9 -7

8 UlTPr.~ ~ A Z ( P ~ . B L D U I ! ~ ~ & ~ ~ B ~ ~ I

Pr. 199;;/'7,'-9&%~EZLI;:B$.kDS1-t.D/:5% - 9 D S ; E c j S ((+D@JTldPr. 7=1, Pr.8=2) 1)ia-'??llm

%t t' Y 2-F.
( 2 ) ~-v?ngfsrn@~r&
Pr. 1991: 19999~ eg&b ([SET] 7-21, S?$'@d) Z k(:dr 9 , 3%$kL7L'.53-'?mB/EAii%a11%gkLa
-4-.
I ( S )1. F.902-Pr, 9050i)l-Y-?J%f$:??EZ-56 t:, 7 3 -9 1 I , SB%kib2 WAC'= !J 7 2 E B Lb
P r . 200 ~YU~SL~~@BRJ
P r . 201-Pr. 210 T;PnIIY7L-t!.:, b1-101
P r . 2 1 1 - P r . 220 r?097L-k.:, b11-20J
P r . 221-Pr. 230 r;P097L-k.:, b21-30)

i?i0/<7% -9*SZL,t=t: 3:=G%:zfL9 2To

Pr. 79= r5J (Yu9'7 ,
D 7 7r J 2 re, 3)Dl.\Tho@~c:T5~~2BtR*5
z t: 75i-r-3%

4i,<-9
R. S. T U. V.e
709%~
, . .
alR RL
STR
hfiB43-F> SD SF@.% P r . 76-3
Q&~@BB~D
J! 7 b
9 (STR) , 4 2 / i - 9 * @ ! 7 - + ~b~i Z L 7 T 3 !J7i5kLZET0 P r . 2 3 1 T S Z L f ;
b
~ 8 e r ~ q ~ fr io g~I:,Re 9 ;:-ro~tzz
LT <
(2)Yolf7A-t7 b
HGfin. E&H?$&. ~ 4 k ~ ~ 1 ~ 3 9 D h % & L1 T~16O.3k6 3 9 3 9 l = ? ~ ~ - ? f i ~ % & $ 5 k L % T a
, 2 DSZfEl;tPr. 201.-.Pr. 230ffiL~ZET.
. rnE77r;il .@k~n. A9%Rf9 ..:
J
No. I Pr. 201 d.
2 Pr. 202
3 Pr. 203
I ylb- j 4 Pr. 204

251L-1 1:
No. 1 1

a
No. 21
10 P r . 210
PI. 211

...

Pr.221
-

391L-7 .
 II Elk
.
$6 30Hz 4R0%)
360%

E % . l O H z 660%)
.
i E 6 35Hz 7 6 3 0 % )
Pr.202=0,0,3;00
Pr. 2 0 3 = 2 , 3 0 , 4 : 0 0
Pr.204=1.10,6:00
Pr. 205=1,35,7:30
Glt 9%0% Pi-. 206=0, 0 , 9 : 0 0 '
+,

s f ; ~ pi s ~ ~ L / X I L a 7
941~727fZ% S R $ ' , ~ - ~ U I ~ E E L~ iEz kT R%?fii;i
61) 21.9 4 7 Y + z 2 b T 9 9 7 . T - 7 ' i ? 1-9 Y%tln l)czlv o. ! A
7,~-7Sp.(E++ @ 5 : 7 i & - 7 ~ 7 V = ; r 7 i . i j % G c : : ~(&it)
(I:(. 01.. IYFI h. Y ! ? ' l t i L T . 9 ' i T "i. 76=:liO t ?'9ii,
 . .
a Bmb9l;hali 3 ~ 9 5 ' 4 ' 7 ( 8 f i e h 7 )
-I)) ZsONLfcD%. 5 9 - b f $ % ( S T F ) e ~ N b 2 b L.
: - 0 - L o I - Y E , S T b . 5 k 9 4 L.7Y I 8 f i % + i :
a ( s I J o ~ s 1/7
- ~~ ~A ~: o N L) ~ ~ ,
( g ) Pr. i9= ~ S J D W % T + $ Z L -:
~t:SL.. PUSGq, bl:lb;i'-9 Y >38G9i:711.-lj&RE9&0NLT
L l o 77L.iE%Pi7~'Z~~ii,
as-bar, Fz,\\\\\\\\\\\
',
iiri-qm?l
18HB
I

0:
I
,
-
:_12
f2
r
t3
J X
t3
q 0
t5

t 4 t 5 16

r
F

(g)1. l o 77L.iS%%7qi:, 4 > , / < - 9 D * .e$R??-%OFFLl;@, ONLtr%& ( R S , @sL$hP) l i m B 5 ' 4

7 7 S Y t7 b Z h 5 0 T @ t L T L b 6 % L Z * L m
s b 6 % $ e a i s e ( : c i , ~ Q ~ ~ L . ~ s & B A(STF) B ~ ~ -z%+ o F F L ~ = ~ONLT<I;'SL\.
&, ( = a t $ ,s
g ~ + b 7 9 3 Z b ? 5 2 ~ 4 $ h 5t ~ i i ~ $ ~ { ~ ~ & O N L f : & f S ft$L'o dLT<
2. D L . : aaca%ii.tF$i:t~ Y, 2-f.
U . STOP. 2. 4. 1. JOG
3.
+.;.
-i . I Z 3 (STR) fi:ON;r:r-,:L'a
I
i. $, PUs$Z-F- 1-
; f p , l o T ? L S E B ~ $ $ $ ~ ( Z %(STF) , ~
f i % s $ Z e - v~qm@%%;i?$
497
 .--- -.-
Pr. 240' Pr. 723,ffi

SS% P3 %?
0 & ? E O N M E T B ~ F L Z T ~ ( 4 Y / < - P ~ B z , E ~ K M G $i~
?& Q )
$97 4 2ON-OFF%I@JS5$
1 ( 42 / < - P Z G + l % X R O N , Ekqii4 >/<-9a8EeEB L, iEEi:K L T
OV-OFF L a ? . )

I LTG~+/~;I-/LI:[FN]%%%L, 7 7 >@IS (FAN) Z

, 7 7 >fSilfFJ%%t?~fb (LF) 2
$3 Lb?. FAN,LFfZ%%lli:ER?h%+I3Pr. 190-Pi-. 195 % l:T'@l9 i*ifif-C < f<SL\-
OPr. 241= r o ~m%+
ZRON-W@T77 9 l i : S k LIZ k $.
OPT. 244= r l ~a?%+
7 7 >ON%5%9!:77 >li;f$k?6ax, 7 7 2OFFSh+I:7 7 9 a ; Z G L t k $.
s

:
(g)Pr. 190-Pr. 195i:T%+?9lM~EF2?7 3 k , f i % ~ ? ' ) @ . ~ I ~ % 2 ~9kzT0
k~i5& Z i %-%KLD@Z%@?Z
L-cli.5s7zefi7T< f:sb'o
P r . 250 rf$.Lkg$?~
Pr. 7 rfio2WB.S~
Pr. 8 rE%%Bs'l~
Pr. 44 1% 2 hDSiS6Mj
Pr. 45 r% 2 Ei.?Z@b7~
Pr. 110 ~ % ~ ~ D @ S W E ~ J

(l)Pr.?50= 199991 O#e

O F F @%Elk La*.
--
ME4 ON
1 OFF

elrhE4 OFF
..

I 1/
%~Q4OFFI:TSS~Wtb:~~E%
P r 250

I I era
t
RUNE4 -- OFF

OHz71>50)4k?ihi:f~Y 29.
 P r . 261 rgEg#kZR~
Pr. 12 ri&iz8Jazm
P r . 262 ~%SR%%%~HS%J Pr. 20 rtinESEGEJ&&j
P r . 263 r%W&@M%H;$%j
P r . 264 r~$~SB%BeEjl
J
P r . 265 rW$$i%B%Bs$2~
P r . 266 ~~E~BSB@BB~W%,%~;$BJ
@E%f:C-b?;ZEE%%fi+, 2 7YT$ Z T 0
@sF$k$+i-6:
%?A-RlBe'l. % + S - S I B R ~ ~ B % F ~ % $ W Y 5l- L, %Ili@HB%%FRl, N i Z Z E LT
S12%IJX$$5~Z3%W$%-i-P,
< f<$L\.
t%l

PI. 262
Pr. 265
wzemernz
C - s*Mf
 Pr.272 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ S ? Z T F ~ ~ % ~
Pr.273 ~ Z E W ~ ! L E B J
Pr.274 iS%T.k37 4Jk$?z9b/

P r . 2 i O i Z T , & T ~ & # ~ @ ~ ~ : I ~ & s E I ~ % $(@% ~ J @b,b90*$! S l Z z C 7 , &%!Z/qgz%??B

am~:g9 ~ 5 a 1 m %i~%. ) LZ-F~
. <
h r k & ? $ l j B @ g R L f z B e I 2 , 7 F / < > x j.BZXd3 i-/L.%~l@%B#R L 7 f?& L\, &%%%f$l $,
<
Pr. 275, Pr. 276@B,% L T ff$I.\. "
9% b J b 9 ~.%E3iiiff&%l@7:~&Z~~fll;t, Pr. 271-Pr. 274??@% L T < 7?$l.\o
 Pr. 271 ~~S%Z~@E%@J
Pr. 4 r3SSZ (SS)J
P r . 272 ~$%.%ZF@%?@J
Pr. 5 i3SSZ (PSI J
Pr. 273 r € % F @ f L E m J Pr. 6 r3SSZ (ES)I
pr. 59 i g E ~ ~ f & $ E g R ]
P r . 274 r % % ~ @47I L 2~ % ~ Pr. 180-Pr. 186 (Ah%?&

pr, 2 j 0 = rz;~bt=a3~ I ; t ki W ~ ~ L B BLs2SZ

I~L L
eh -+,
E L (AZF3SBULMhLJ)
P
a a IB
271 50% 0-200%
272 100% 0-200%
273 9999
16
0-400Hr.
1-4000
9999
..
L,.
.
..:
, .,
.., . J
......

274

Ii9<W B t t ? l b .
(*flMSE9*4;< L l f .

I. .>>p u.979
11. Pr. 186=19

- 'la%
AC200-230V
t t=l;tAC380-460V
NFB

€-9

Pr. 5/( o pr. 5 @O

I
-2
x Pr. 5
, I, ,. 1
xpr. 5
,,, 8
,
, , m
. , .,

STR I I- ON
 t # (B4gONLTZGb6 2 S , Pr.5 13jEC38 (P&) j DS?SfEDl/2nB&g
1
5 5 L % T n - D$ 37 , P .4 3 ( ) , t.
P S T TMOL i (.:I >/:-9?i:RBmi:E5??Lb-t,
(@I)
1 4 - D 8 ~ 1 / 2 5 l:i%SEli$@I2, Pr. 4DSZ{ET&G
T W{%@IDAOL
,
;;h2f,
5 l:%BEiEB(2,
2. T%=%7'1;4>/<-9Os&-ZEiUkThhlf, @~%@IDBOL Pr. 5DSZfETigG$hg
b.

Pr. 271 P ~ 272

. t%m~t~1@
(50%) (1 00x1

OPr. 270= 12Zl:i;t 31 ??a$Lbb.

P r .O r . 1 6 : X 1 9 E &$I9 !+if-C < l:;;~\.
% / < 7 -9%%;ts'L-r
OTS@i-*eaDk, # fSL.. < -.

-
(mr. 43~+5+-
~ @ o + g a : l g 2 % dl:, pr. 59= rl'btiazJ (S%EZ&E) ~ B R L ~ : % + I ~ & %
LZi?Ln
2. a : a?. e%a:/i.
f~a%e7'1:&~
2I <
ZPi;El&%A;S +L 6a)Ti@SW~77'I;Gi<
s%n%isr:r%l;iszm2<
fi 9 Zb.
1
3. 2 120HzlZf~9
, &?C120~z-Cb. 1 2 0 H z @ B ; i k E Z & L 7 bY!,ABi$%klt, 29. !
4. ~ ~ g w f i : ~ ~ i ~ r ~Y) a?.
~z~t~~fil:fi:
5 . SD, $bE&D3%l:!&!'F$i?5
Z t:fi:TSzbo
i 2,i
6. Pr. 180-Pr. 186i=T%+t#EU)EE@'ii k 9& 6%+0t#%%%
:?.L77).52zgfi97< ?:2L\- I
 -

B&%b%3Ei&%D%~IL,120Hz ZT3.202T6T%@hihLJ,7EL%TF0
~9 5 f i 3 f z 5 Z.Ti?ZES???T < f z $ l \ o
B % f l l J T D E ~ G>9
4
Bfi b1b9 S ~ S ~ E % ~ I B ~ O S ? S J ~ E & - ? L R &
1.11.3 if4i.%fliB@.#j8E%(S19)
2 %F+ki.%%T(RH. RM. RL) fJ;@e
L?B~$hk%%O~?S~$%?TSiZ%
LS+.

0 0 5% Pr. 25
0 0 4 s Pr. 24
0 0 0 6s Pr. 26
0 0 0 4 s Pr. 24
n n n 7;s PV 77

0 1 0 1 1 0 15s Pr. 25
O I O O I O I Pr. 27
1 1 %+2, 1.4, JOGi:L&SZ

- I 9 1 - G i z e - i ' i z ~ & w aLOT^^^

. ..
Pr. 270t$?2E B E WJL7XZ,M2SribllE3(X19) WTlth*1119P(RL. RTI %l%Z(7EI(RH. RM. RL)
0 X X 0
I X 0 0
2 0 " X 0
3 0 0 0
0 : K+9%%LS-Ve
Pr. 275 r&Tlk&k%fia%?%&z%%~
~ r276
. r&~lkLtWWM+t
l,~~lifj;lR&~ 4 3 ( 2 )J
Pr.5 3 (9s) J
Pr. 6 r 3 2 Z s (ES) J
Pr. 1 8 1 % 2 3 b-~l.L%lt@ih{$ZE~
Pr. 72 rPWMr-V 9 7l;fl&%~
Pi-. 180-Pr. 186 ( h h % + # E Z S R )

Pr.ZiO=rldTz13.3~ b L , 7 F / i > X k6i4%43 k-/LXil?@%

BR%6E@fiib 9 Z T 0

t
0

PP
AC2W-230V

RY
%BE%
BlSSbRl
BffiSbRZ - ON
hTlt65bRl RT OFF
hTlthbR2
SI RL. R T Cl=o~lz~hTrtBL)
~
*1m+-
. ,-. s-F%?i
ND-R.
"--A
E%lHliff%Z)
07 F / ; > Z b % % d ? b M r J @ f r B f R L , Pr. 270= r l d l z i Z 3 ~2ZSLST.

6 Y 0

48 6";
'27\b-/'Pljkh 0-200% hTkb$B+L?X b-1bEkBi+Lr:1Lfr3ZLbj~
=OIL
' i@~ilr130%-180°hT+-t
275 a 0-1000%
hTk&i%lW@OA (Reb , L 9 ) L?kS $ 2 3 Z L - c < ?<Sb.,
Et&s~s 9999 M E Lblfx.,
hTlt@XilI@@OPWM+-*r J! 7BE$%?2ZZ Lb?.
ibTkk'~%PwM+-~ 0-15
2i6
J! 7 M s a (G)
(BS%3HzWTTB%1i:f6 Y a?,
9999 Pr. 72 r P W + !J 7 B & % @ ~ R i O Z ~ l : @ I . \ b f ,

(8)
Pr.77=8011:73*, %3&T%kfdY3?10 /<7%L9sA+
- * ~ n T @ l ; t P r . 77a)%2Zo)iEi:R L-c < t:;i L\.

.& T k & h ~ l ~ B R O ~ Z ~ % ? $ i
 ~ r278
. ~~L/-+MEH&%J
pr.60 r d ~ y G v Z Y & + - FBZI
P r . 279 r? L/-%M&ZZJ PT. 80 r + - g g ~ j

Pr. 61 1€-9E%kJ
P r . 280 r 7 b--+mEz%%S%Fd~
P r . 281 r%a8?fl ~/-4li$fi@Bd1
P r . 282 r7~-+%~FHZBI
P r . 283 rek8?f7b-%%6%1%'1J
P r . 284 ~%BE%Y~B%SRI
P r . 285 rif-~l-x f- ~-'BSH;$%J
%P%H&f2 E i ~ % l f 6 & % 7 ' k - * D R & % T f Z % 9 4 Z Y7fZ7???4 Y/i-9h15~%h%6EET
-F,
&437*k-+D%fF94 < Y 7 T B I Z L 6 $ + % 5 3 O ~T0 h i V?, 'r$~tD3Oi&'%i?it77-A3E+Q~D
C?IQPPXtt L, li L T S O T 5 ; 2 d'L?tTi.

9 %@.7'k-+DM&Z7E%~4 Y~i-PI~AAT63&2A
, hL ~ L ~ ~ ~ ? & ~ ~ \ T ~ I Z &
TT,
9 PI. 60= r?'bfzI28~I Z S e L, fl%I3%&-€- Ff 7 F/<YX b @ % A 9 b~I.?611@2~$?
Lfz )l $a)+;iT
FAfit.f29 Z T .

Pr. 181=15
Pr. 190=20

I b--fMfbrS;kE4(8OFi%4)
*4>,<-?i.a3l-7>57.9m
W ~ ~ Z l r i Z E <L tTf t L L L
(BRIE*) (DC24V 0 I A I
@ $+BE+; 4 >/;-7 1~46BllE%d;J.71Sh&t4 >/2-7itZ$Z%M4kL, *fiBia&fi;Pr. 2780)25Bi8&l;fll
2LT, f i r ! 7 9 Pr. 2800)SSE+h7ECL7' k-;M&E;#iES(BOF) ??8
fi Lb*.
Ik-+MSflZTiE% (BRI) li~Afi;h?Pr.281mSZ~h7%?,~5~fiB&B%3BjERb?;l%S~b
To
f$ltEf : Pr. 2 8 2 i : S s D E l & B 2 T $ t j E b 6 t. I b-+MSfl?Z~iE%(BOF) %OFFLd?. 7'k-;B~iF%~iZ%
(BRI) fi;Afi LTfi15Pr. 28:1LS?.SDti;fMB1:4 ~ / ; - 9 o , & f i ? ? 0 F F L B b .
* Pr. 60= 1 8 ~( @ @ I I.--:~M&ZTiE4??Afi LfxL') o)%e, 7'L.-+MSflZ*E%;tlfifii8fi S h
??J~50)E+r@7iLfxYz-d--d

, , , ,
, ,
, a
.
, , #
, , ,

.
STF Pr. 279
,,
8
,
,,
,
, -
,
,
.
, ,
I , , ,
, ON 8 8 ,

,, ,, .
, , , ,
(BOFB*)
7b-?MEE7 - .
.
-
-
(BRI 84)
9631b-IPII@ -- s:J 68
mi
 ,q&<7$-9

i-
P r . 900 ~ F M % F % E J
Pr. 51 rFM%i@%SRJ
Pr. 901 rAM%FeEl Pr. 55 ~ E J B % € = ~ Z O J
Pr. 56 lZZ€-- ~ E @ J
\ Pr. 158 rAM%-f@%i%?~ 4

L TI :,pr, 9 0 0 1 : ~ ~ % (;%I ~ % ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ D H z ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ I L
,iJLX,8%12 : Pr. 55lZTSZ FM%A,@:Etfi1440Hzkfi6
( ~ ~ t f i * = + ~ = r n a x ~ )

M%FI26€-9%ED7~bX+-/l.%triTDClOV~ti2fts5 f: C ~ I ~ ~ ~ t i B % I : ~ ~ $ k L T L \ ~ - d ; ~ i ,
Pr. 901C:h 9 , E D (+'4 2 ) 2 - 9 7 I z f f L,
fiZEi2DClOVT-b.

(l)Fhi%70EE
O S % M (JSli$iBEt) e4 >/~-90%+FM-SDBm7CZ@ZLbT. (@*iZ'&S L 7 < f<S6)- PkltJ:?? XTT0 )
o i L j i:sgTatJl. aqfi L T < ~ : S L L
i ~ ~ i ~ f i ;t.r fza
@BgEEBEs?i;Ttl:@Esn-c~\a%eii,
@~r.54i: 11-3, - 4 17, 16, ,21) , % S s L Z 3 ? o
~ .:&
~ Yih~~%l:~&Bi$i%%f=l> i 4, < - ? & f i g ~ % e ~ ~ ~ f : % e l z l i Pr.
, 5 5 2 t i i P r . 56i:L 9 5tJiLh8
2$Z%h;144OHzkf~6%6B~%bf:iiSZjEeSZL7< f:$b'o
ZD1440HzTB%iiZ -:'li;711.X?-11.i:fL 9 &?.
(2)AM%+DEiE
O o c o - i o v m S % 3 S % b t (B&%St) 2 4 I//:-90%+AM-5h7L:@Et5a (h3Ei:B,S?L T < f < S k > oMIA;?
?XT-F0 )
@Pr.1561: 11-3, 5-14, 17, 18, 21J %%iE"LT<f?$l.\.
4 : G B f I I i: - 9 R L : , Pr. 55df:IiPr. 561:L. 9 k 57)1C@kE
3~~%h~lovk~zaBGB&%2f:liz%~8%SzL-c<
f:sLxo
f O o % l : 8 I Pr. is6= r z i ~I Z , S Z L T ~ J ~ ~ T ~ Z
F L 7 1 5 2 3 ) &SZL?
(%hZ%fLo)t- < f:SL\.
(a)1. Pr. 9 O O i 6OHzO k 3 lmAT7~1.Xt/-/L.,FM&hl;flia&l44SHzkfL6d; i iZSZSiL7
I. .a?. %+nrow/:~LxnY ~ ~ ~ ~ Z ~ O O H Z T - L
2. ~ i i + m - ~ ~ m i : l ; f l . $ & ~ t * t g ~ ~ ~ + ~ l ; f l& ~& ~~~~t~ ~ l~; -f b
l i~$~&8 l, ) : i ot.,
o~ I~ u _ t ~ ~
I F M Pr. 5 5 ~ & J r l ; f l & % l ~ $ E ? 6 ~ ~ $9i lb)?.
~h
3 . - 9 b (FR-PU04) ? ? O @ f F Z E i ~ F R - P U 0 4 ~ M i ~ Y iL~T S<. R lr\.
 Pr. 902 ~HZBSZZEIW~XJ
Pr. 20 rflnl%hgEB&SZ~
Pr. 903 rRZBSZZEY4 >J Pr. 73 10-5 O-IOVBR
p r . 904 r H Z B % z % % ~ i 4 7 ~ 1
Pr. 905 rHZBSZB55Y4 >I

kfiiTS=&9 o -
B&&SSfE% (DCO-5V, 0-10V$l:i$.1-20mA) 6 (@2)??{%si:SS

0 ~ 6 ~ / < 4 7 ~ J 3 & %902T%ZZLd-C,

2Pr.
Pr. 7 3 l : T ~ ~ ~ h ~ ~ B & ~ t ~ ~ ~ E i :903TC.&RZ
~T5~ L dAT~O& ~ ~ P r .
4rnAga)/i47 ~ B & ? & 2 P9r0.4 T S Z L 3 - C -
B~~%~Z%(4-20mA)O20mrZiZ~-$587'lB&&2Pr. 9 0 5 T Z S L L T ,
G
 -
(E) 1. Pr. 903, Pr. 905 ( Y 4 23s) L b, Pr. 2 0 i 3 g f k
1 (BST;cEZ#L+hhfif~ 7 A f i l ; t B E ~ ~ Z E ~ l Z f l O 5 5 ~ ~ b ~ .
P r . 990 rIY-~#J@j
 4'>/<-5'l:g%i5<%%t5k!XE&kiZi5;S4#Lt P U @ Z ? % ~ h ~ T Z O ~( ?Z -X ) -?Tl?i,~$Brni:3
-'- 9 i*.
9 t?%b
R ; % ~ ~ : B ~ F L$I*, , ~ a ? ~
T : ~ r j . 2 Z E - ~~ W ~ : ~ L ~\s .TR .~L, E B ~ E D JGEW.RRL\
7f-~~nktsc,;r~i4, w$hm+si:i;t.r > / ; - i r 2 Y +ZP t--faz.za;wg a t .

5.1.1 17- (E%)FJs

T : ? D 7 7 - L l i 9 R i ~ & % % $ h ~ ~ I$' ,>/i-9 2itifiEE L, g%~h2fib'%T0

: e

: . C
 fl'rP3ltLZt.
b f 4 ~ S l X ~ I : S & A m P T ~ f ~ f i ~ =4>/.-9O%fl&WltL
f:94.

~ ~ 7 9 3 9 ~ 7 4>/'-9oxflw ( f i ~ asw) (G, v. n) 0 5 3 . ~ @ f i : m a t t~ 4, >,;-r

*fi&RltL*t.
E. CPU C PUSS-
@PCPUO@Sfi;6ZOaFblfiI:AT L t i l \ t - . S X t 8 2PlBiLT4>,<--9OX
fl%RltLbt.
&
~ c t i + ~ r ) ~ f i + ~ ~ ~ z ~ v -2iwatln.rrwiL-ft.
e m f i : ~ s ~ ~ zt m~-t .t.. .
n ~ t g . i ' ~ f i ~ i t & ~ 'o~~~~. B t t+~RuE R E s A ~~ I.: tT' i~=~ i~~ i - c ~ s i
E. P24 Dcz4vzmL't:Es .Lo 9 t 7 b t 6 t $13, gi#1(%,L@MC\3fi.=iwEE%LtWEA06,?hfi.O%
ti'5'zEMLT< t?SL.,
%fP'+,LMBB (W=+99OP5S) fi:)SiBLtztt. P%X?lkE~L%t. z
tB#,'*ll.m#tWi5 , O t t . fe#,(*lL. (/C5$-9==7 b ) OEM. PU=%9 96~%ORS--185jEEIi
% T W t f i'l S t . Y t 7 b t ' i t C i i . 3E;fRESAfl. = E E E ~ ~ f 2 A O i ~ T h

(iT) 1. Pr.195 (A, 0, C%+&%SF)

175I%?&@gZOk%+ -
2. EMP6&fi%?itPr. 190-~r. l % + : ~ @ l ~ i ? S G ~ f 9
i%dT.
3. - 1 Pr. 180-Pr. 186 (hf%
i +t%%8
i $?) 2 ~ O H J i:E$ Lf: t: $O&!thf+ Lbb. 4
4. b - - 1 ~ G k i h + F ~ ~ 1 l . % 1 5 0 t%S Z Lft t 2 ( I E ~ R G ~ h 2%
E ) La*. Z O E % E E Lfik%+iA,
EE L t Z Z E T X b-~bEJ.kfi:ihfT LSt.
5 . Y - e ~b%i;t;
R2g@%8:@$, I' 2 / ; - 9 d : : Y i f i 2 R k L t % + (€-5'l-67 Y - 3 2 g l t T 5 ) ? a d % # #LbTo)
?-Ye7b L ~ ~ k ~ F E 9 S $ $ $ h T . $ i , - t t & Y~ + z y I-bSl:it, Z E ? ~ ~ \ ~ ~ ? A J Z & % %
Y + z&
?SbEAT~~
G-fRES-SD%O. l?~WkE@%&l:HfrZdt,%+F/~;f./i./~f
2 ' - 5 ' a = .;/ bO[RESETI+-%#'b. (A7% -
9== .;, ~ D - I ~ Y @ & % E R ? )- ~a333
~ 9 Dfi#fi:B, 9 dT. RES-SD67?2%% LElf 5 t:@f+,CTf.ll.lb
err.^ ??/<7%-91=y btt!JP.;. b+thh,;t:23ZLdT.
-
 - .
.4bOgsETltfcL~fi.,
E.OCI bDB@Bm?2%<7.3, 0
* A S S . *%IifLL'fi~~
f iFr~95.EIifcL~fi.~
E. K 2 fiiFrL04EkfL<t-. 0
* A S S . *%lifLL,fi.D
*&i?&EGTlifiLvPm
&i%aFlb72S< t 6 ,
E. OC3 % A S % . T$#ZlifLL'fi..
lk-+GRkZ4Zf6.
0
+-9~0iQtalk-Slblit%diktFfLL~fii?,
E. OV I ~ r n ~ i ~ ~ ~ ~ i f ~ ~boSaFPa7kg<
~ f i ~ t 6~ , 0
E. OVZ f i E ~ ~ . E l ~ f ~ L ~ d ~ , @ E O * . E 2 f L < t* 0
&gaFr.SkS< 3-3. (fiiFrGD2l:h%=f:kSW

I I I
E. PZi I PC%?8Afi'SS LTL \flL>fi.. I S%e3i%2'@lBt3. 1 0 1
E. CTE I ~ ~ 3 f 9. f9f e a d ; S j B L Y ~ ' f ~ L ' f i . , I PU. ? - l ) b * % P 1 0 1
 (1)€-9h\'*< H1;fdlL\
OiB%Db@
-
E%fLEE%Efi:FWIn S ~ T Lfi>- (@{F/:+/bi3sS%ShTb~6fi1~
=?-flfi~iEL<@EShTb~5fi~.
@AAE40,fiB
PfiBE+?l;AA S hTb)6fil.
i ~ ~ ~ r ~ & ~ ~ f i @ ~te ~f ifsn-rb\trb\fi,.
; if i % c
-
J3SW3SiZ4fi:+e T C . I ~ + L L ~ ~ ~ .
BEBEZfE44-2OdDLr S. AUiZ4fi;ONShTb\6fi%
% A E l t E 4 (hlRS), 2l'iiY.e~ biz% (RES) f i ~ O N 0 & E i Z f 2 7 T b ~ f 2 b ' f i ~ o
. ~ F S A P ~ ~ S J ~ ~( ~R P. sZ~ .=~rs999~
:~SR us)
~fi~~?-cs~~~;li:o~~i:f~~~~\fa'c~fi~.
@ A ? %-9OEZD@ZZ
%&Elk (Pr. i 8 ) fi;Ej;SS h 7 b ' f i b \fi>.
%&€- I-'(Pr.79) DSZl2iE L.b \fi>.
/<I' 7 Z . Y 4 >(Pr. 902-Pi. !105)o)SSi:S J! IldfLb\fi..

<
PShH&B(Pr. 13)0SZiEfi:ZE&B&%L. 9 A$ f L 3 T b \ f s b ~ f i ~ .
%@S&;WiftiB (3%iZ%f~Y)0BiE%SZfi;-k'~ 2 f ~ - > T b \ f ~ b ' f iI l . IPEJBEB (Pr. 1) fi;+u 2
f ~ 7 7 b ~ f s b \ f i ~ ~ ~-
@$36ioat.tt
.
Wnd;s-vFtLb'fi.,
-
#fi;aXZhfi&ETlldfbb'fix.
0?0&
ALARM? Y y f i ; b f l L77"l.\fi',.
.J%i%f;B;fl:, Pr. 15 rJ0GBi88~f i , . 13 J a !JEb%??ss LTb\f~b\fi~~
I .
..
. ~

- .i,
(2) 5-9 Ol!El$Z%FIh%!!Th6~ --
...
. WI%FU, V, W0@W:% 9 l l d f b l t ~ * ~ o
lifiUJ11E4 (I&,
3%) D@EltiE LL.'d>m

H E B S Z i E 4 f i ; E Lb\i+. ( A ~ ] ~ E ~ V ~ I ~ ?L?TBaI 6J )Z
-0 %0 (Pr. 1, Pr. 2 , Pr. 902-Pr. 905, PI. 19)
A A E Y & A ~ 4 % D /4 XD%W$:%V Tb\fab\fi,. (9-IL F%D%R)
. $3nfi:zT3-fLb~fi~~

.n u s s ~ r ~ ~ ~ s z ~ ~ f i : , ~ ~ ~ + g f ~ ~ \ f i ~ ~
.B n f i ; g a s t ~ ~ x f i . .
b ~ b 1-7.
9 b (Pr. 0, Pr. 46, r 2 OSZil$fi:ti;$TF7, X k-/l.&%fi'~{?L7L\f2Lifi~,
 . &Rh:STgfLb'h>-
J - b (F'r.0, Pr. 46, F'r. 112) ~ S Z E f i : A % ? ~ f 2 b ' a ~ ~

. kPBi3&& (PI. 1) D 3 Z f E l i i E Lb>film

. & B h ~ Z T 5 f ~ b (iFF'&fLYTli,
~fi~~ %%i:@.%fi:S< f26: kfi;& 9 %To
)
b1L.9 7'-z b ( P I . 0,.Pr. 46, Pr. 112) DBZ!Eh:AS??T, Z b-/bEkE%fi:%{?LTb\f2b~fi,~

- m 9I L TeqFi ~:-L\T~$;P.LT < t:s~..

1. $$~~fi{sf ----------- S T F ~ f : l i S T R f ~ ~ ~ ; O F F ~ ~ E l Z f 2 72Ttb ??@Z,
'6 L 7 <7?Sb\.
STFZtziiSTAE%hiONllf2~TL'.5 tS&€-FOW1 Y %f?;ilif(iibhLbitX/.
2. /?f% -92s --------- Pr. 7 9 U l 2 ~ { i 5 0 @ ~ ,
Pr.?9!rB%*-- F%ib?~ 0 (I%%%%SS{E) 2 , AhOaoNt Fl
+ - - 9 , @{?/?;f-~i.m[MODE] +--.23!E!PB L [UP]+--%Pi-
% l = ~ ~ . S i & f ; Fi:fi Oi
7 -9.'1= .; b (FA-PU04) a)%eIi[PU]+-??@?) t PUS&€- FlZtn 9 % b
9 - t m ~ m z j t a l ~ ( l - a ) m % e i * + ~ m f i s T z e + -F ~ ) J : P E Z S ~ L ~ P ~
fitETZ. b i i 7 7 a ~ ? d ~ \;fSL\.
F< 4- 9 % L O .b 2 5 , *;=&3;'&
-+,

{LT5T%t!+75$9 9STe
(a)
1. I T * A 6 zkD 5 k , ZE L T < t<Sb\.
2. I i3ibmDB%%LB-F. Fe=>F>?D%$$l:L~T-%%S L, a % % S f ~ b \ = 9
bt. I ~%mit~-z
~ n - % i o nQ% L ~ T ,+ Y = - J L D ~ S , T X ~ O ~ R ~ L P ~ : L LZT
3 , %rfiDBliEi5'l2lbSLif j~ibEi&T;.f,
-
i
aDLJ4L
Ok%h>Ij.:,%
fr%L'l!I7, 772%/i-fL.%LT< f s I r \ .
bGI
m
oom
\ T7>,,,i-

/ylp t

779

-37>18$63+99
@77>~Z~*39%%L~<ffSIr.. ,, ,

@77>216(Y91-LT<t;'S1.\.

*a L) {*If
7 7 " A I R FLOW" D%mi5kgh<A j l;
mYliiifT<f:21.\. -

1 T AIR FLOW

< 7 7 >@!I?i>
.-.
<IPI:FR-A52D-5. 5K>

O~~>EE?*~~%~%L-C<?$I,\.
E?@i;t77>I:$3iAZfb1.\L jI:E%LT< f;'Sb\.
o ~ T > ~ , : - ~ E z Y~:ZL\.
HI~~<

-
( B )1. T X 9-f ibS26;kS < iE L < 8I~lET-f%'&A.
2. Pr. 195 (A, 0. C%+&fiBRj fi;iE%E$a)%Zi~Ea)%~~
* ( )m;li;t4oov~7xa)t. smizf-v.
 ( .I"C,

I I
ta
?6
mian
," ,L%,Tmm
n*;se

~ B R
,,,
,",
I som&nllUT( z E . ' ) f r b . z t
,
I i "

I tzm
L -L
T
cri-
".> L

( ~ B Q ( T S.Z; l k r r n x .jr<+: .
z b C / ~ $ , L % U I + L L \tZ )
a%,E$ii / r&Ii11100mUi. 5 . Ym/s' 0 .5 C l i i i (11s C 0911hEt )
If'h#%W FR-TD ZZZSGffl, En@%%, j / > ? 0 tfBk%fif27814(5VA)
IY7>7.% FR-FA ' .A/VEB, SB@glOPSk LT@B((:JYAJ
%SAZ& OVH-10 ~SSSER:A C ~ O V I ~ ~5Yn n 1 1 (~~ i o o ~ ~ . i : r )
If'h&%E YYGC-5001-iI8 5iEiSGR (IXLl%$mEhR%). %i'lACliflY/gO"
F3fi@%Ti% WA2W I k 0 , % 2 I BVf#
F3fiWt YY206HI Inh %TBBE%Ef~ B & l 2 I l l l z % T ) , T~=OL%i€E=%tt
B&SiEE%% RYZ-IYN l U k d W B & H u i B & @ i E M . E%ERiB DVfB
.f>,<-9f Y i.777
77 1-~7
FR-SWO-SETCP-11 4 > , ( - 9 m a k 1 ? ' t , ~ r ~>
s ~+>xar.~zz+~a-1-
 -
f 99,>x?i 4 2~~-9~tbi:d~SffiO26BS~Y,~~i:+h~5EtZDlASkStP,LT?i--iz~
P? 9%
%I
.$.
? ,
FR-ASAY
x f i ~ s r t WEE.
.*AEE~LZ%+FMTAHTF=~TP3 I~BSDB+.WSL T X A L
m s 7 t nY*jl Z'?,
-
Dc~m~~t:lilh-5~(10~)0#-9~~dff~?b+.
9 P-sjl FA-AjAR
- 4 9~'-9dtbi:B*XRD26RZO*fiB+d~%EZO3fPlk%R L T 9 b - Z b X A L d
f,
I Z B ~ L T B : : ~ M : ~ ~ ,(,WZG.=-Y)
~ ~ : M ~ ~ Bt~c r%
i i a e h r ~ ,m g ~ g l p -
lt ( * 3 = 2 b#I@J) * : T ? b T .
+-9OR&ZEtr,x/Lzx2=-~T-@~LL.
:D&XfZ+&42,;-9l:7r- F,r73 L
;S!J l 2 .
b PLGXfl FR-ASAP 7,i f ~ ~ ~ i k f t k a f i & L%T. LT t€-9OiEE&--Zl:~
l = m ~:m~:hfi5$n*:%
(5EgeE) 9.: k*:T-szT,
Zi$:Rbh@. € - 9 f B E Z E ~ ~ S R ~ ~ + I ~ ~ , ~ S
7 k
#T- €~==9 t=. 3 :t ~:T-?L
- t.
,Vbx$vlA?j . 4 ~ ~ ~ - ' ~ - ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ k ~ ~ ~ t l l r 3t.d$
i T~?1i T
1.2 / ~ T ~ j l t 3 :
FR-ASKR
'
,<:/:=>.FA= > k n--5?LZOHStdlti2iBY-?/tllrTdffL. 1.-40 771.Tl 2.c-9
HOaY 2 9
("*IE) . Oi@#E.
€ = 9 . ~ < 7 # - 9 O E F 2 t t W l % d 3 5 5 3: t # T + $ T .
bX7?-7,kl:L3, ,4Xl:SL~i2i{3Z5Tf0
FR-AjNP 4 ;,,;-9OiEE. *-9. .<7%-9O,EBk3StdlPPLCJ).5fi5Z t 6 : T ? $ T o
Profibur DP ,.
s (fiBR*) -
FA-AMD 4;*,;-9Di&, F;9. ~ ~ 5 # - 9 O E H k ~ S f i P ? P L C 2 ~ 5 :f ti t5i T ? b t .
Device Ker ~r
(asam -
"' FR-AjHC 4;,/<-9mSE. -9. :td:T-t
IC~#-SO$B~PLC~ . ~ ~ ~ Sf.
~
CC-Link
-
, f.J i-s ,e-R,-.1 , -
lodbur Plus
FR-AjNM .4;./;-9DiSE. € = 9 , ~ ~ 7 # - 9 o ) E F k ~ H % ? ~ ~ ~ dtd;TBPT.
~5fi5:
(5BieZ) . .
E3gRh\lZ L k L \ Pr. 72, Pr. 240

1i53-9CDrj~L-yHlf ??Lfrl\ Pr. 160, Pr. 173-Pr. 176

/(?%-9CD~J9~g3f;SLfrL\ p r . 199

4 >/\'-9CD%tbEbE+8m7CD9 117 Pr. 171

m3/3s%#l@s?k Pr. 271-Pr. 274

6~k~%l@~fil\~~
Pr l275,
\ Pr. 276

;+M77>CD#I??ZIfLfi1\ Pr. 244

l?j~E+CD-f>li--9%~C8k Pr. 261 -Pr. 266

7 V/i>x t-6HB49 t - I L % l @ S E Pr.80. Pr.81

y09-5LZFZ Pr. 200, Pr. 201, Pr. 21 1, Pr. 221, Pr. 231

+-kZRSDBR Pr. 990